HomeMy WebLinkAboutIFB 8935 2024 Mill and Overlay Package Project Manual.PROJECT MANUAL
FOR
THE CONSTRUCTION OF
2024 MILL AND OVERLAY PACKAGE
IFB#8935
Greg Hudspeth Sara Hensley
Mayor City Manager
Seth Garcia
Director, Capital Projects
Prepared for
The City of Denton
December 2025
Effective January 2021
City of Denton
Table of Contents
00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division 00 - General Conditions
00 05 15 Addenda
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders
00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit
00 41 00 Bid Form
00 42 43 Unit Price Bid Form
00 43 13 Bid Bond
00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form
00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder
00 45 13 Bidders Minimum Qualification Statement
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers’ Compensation Law
00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories
00 52 43 Agreement
00 61 13 Performance Bond
00 61 14 Payment Bond
00 61 19 Maintenance Bond
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance
00 72 00 General Conditions
00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
00 73 73 Form 1295 Certificate of Interested Parties
Division 01 - General Requirements
01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
01 29 76 Stored Materials and Equipment (Materials On Hand)
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting
01 31 20 Project Meetings
01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video
01 33 00 Submittals
01 35 13 Special Project Procedures
01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization
01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey
01 74 23 Cleaning
01 77 19 Closeout Requirements
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
01 78 39 Project Record Documents
00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Division 02 Existing Conditions
02 41 14 Utility Removal and Abandonment
02 41 15 Paving Removal
Division 03 Concrete
03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
Division 31 Earthwork
31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control
Division 32 Exterior Improvements
32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair - REVISED
32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving
32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants
32 13 13 Concrete Paving
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
32 16 00 Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways
32 17 23 Pavement Markings
32 93 00 Plantings
Division 33 Utilities
33 01 50 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade
Division 34 Transportation
34 41 50 Aluminum Signs and Signposts
34 71 13 Traffic Control - REVISED
END OF SECTION
00 05 15
ADDENDA
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 05 15
2 ADDENDA
3
4
5
6 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with any addenda
7 issued during bidding.]
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 END OF SECTION
00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 11 13
2 INVITATION TO BIDDERS
3 RECEIPT OF BIDS
4 Sealed bids for the construction of 2024 Mill and Overlay Package will be received by the City of
5 Denton Purchasing Office as outlined at
6 http://dentontx.ionwave.net/CurrentSourcingEvents.aspx.
7
8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
9 The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Milling and overlaying 52,000 SY of
10 asphalt roadway to a depth of 3 inches.
11
12 DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS
13 The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City
14 of Dentons Purchasing Division website at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. The Contract Documents
15 may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. The
16 contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the
17 form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the
18 City Council. The form can be obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm .
19
20 PREBID CONFERENCE
21 A prebid conference will be held as described in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO
22 BIDDERS at the following location, date, and time outlined in the Citys solicitation website. To
23 view pre-bid invitation log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the
24 Activities tab of this solicitation.
25
26 PREBID WALKTHROUGH
27 After the prebid conference, interested parties may reconvene at [the Chinatown CafØ parking lot
28 on the west side of Bonnie Brae just south of the University Ave intersection], immediately
29 thereafter for a walkthrough of the project site.
30
31 CITY’S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS
32 City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject bids.
33
34 INQUIRIES
35 All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed in the Citys solicitations website.
36 To submit and view questions log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the
37 Questions tab of this solicitation.
38
39 END OF SECTION
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
2 SECTION 00 21 13
3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
4 1. Defined Terms
5
6 1.1.Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, which are defined in Section 00 72
7 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS.
8
9 1.2.Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the
10 meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
11
12 1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting
13 directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing
14 the work contemplated under the Contract Documents.
15
16 1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or
17 corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a
18 bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose
19 principal place of business is not in the State of Texas.
20
21 1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City
22 (on the basis of City’s evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award.
23
24 1.2.4. Purchasing Agent: City designated representative to assist in solicitation of bids
25 from vendors for City contracts.
26
27 2. Copies of Bidding Documents
28
29 2.1.Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
30 resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
31
32 2.2.City and Engineer in making Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of
33 obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any
34 other use.
35
36 3. Minimum Qualifications
37
38 3.1.The following minimum requirements must be demonstrated in order for the submission
39 to be considered responsive. The form can be found in Section 00 45 13 Bidders
40 Minimum Qualification Statement.
41
42 3.1.1. Bidder shall provide documentation demonstrating three (3) years minimum
43 experience providing services similar to those indicated in Section 00 11 13
44 Invitation to Bidders.
45
46 3.1.2.Bidder shall provide documentation of three (3) references from governmental
47 entities for which Bidder has performed similar services to those indicated in
48 Section 00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders.
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1
2 3.1.3.Bidder shall fill out provided safety record questionnaire.
3
4 4.Additional Prequalification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors)
5
6 4.1.Special qualifications required for this project include the following:
7
8 4.1.1.< NONE.>
9
10 5. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site
11
12 5.1.Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall:
13
14 5.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data
15 identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in
16 Paragraph 5.2 below). No information given by City or any representative of the
17 City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially
18 promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City.
19
20 5.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and
21 site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the
22 Work.
23
24 5.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,
25 progress, performance or furnishing of the Work.
26
27 5.1.4. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
28 contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing
29 surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that
30 have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical
31 data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any,
32 at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing
33 reliable "technical data."
34
35 5.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of
36 the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data
37 which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents
38 shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract
39 Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original
40 Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in
41 the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be
42 binding upon the City.
43
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 5.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means
2 as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be
3 encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide
4 each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations,
5 explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a
6 Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
7 conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies.
8
9 5.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the
10 cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information
11 required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their
12 own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are
13 necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based.
14 It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the
15 Bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims
16 for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually
17 encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be
18 allowed.
19
20 5.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or
21 between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor
22 shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents,
23 and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may
24 be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents.
25
26 5.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions for identification of:
27
28 5.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to
29 the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents.
30 The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only.
31 Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of
32 conditions which actually exist.
33
34 5.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and
35 subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to
36 the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents.
37
38 5.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder
39 on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract
40 Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled
41 to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03. of the General Conditions has been identified
42 and established in Paragraph SC 5.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is
43 responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
44 any other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
45
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 5.3.The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder (i)
2 that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 5, (ii) that without
3 exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the
4 Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or
5 procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required
6 by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all
7 conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the
8 written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts,
9 etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in
10 Paragraph 7, and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate
11 and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the
12 Work.
13
14 5.4.The provisions of this Paragraph 5, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated
15 biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by
16 Paragraph 5.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract
17 Documents.
18
19 5.5.The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics
20 Ordinance No. 23-1165.
21
22 6. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc.
23
24 6.1.The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for
25 access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work
26 are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto
27 required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of
28 materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for
29 by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
30 facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the
31 Contract Documents.
32
33 6.2.Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed
34 in Paragraph SC 5.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-
35 of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel
36 the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the
37 project.
38
39 6.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-
40 way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how
41 construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits
42 and/or easements.
43
44 7. Interpretations and Addenda
45
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 7.1.All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to
2 the City in Ionwave on or before the deadline advertised on this solicitations page at
3 http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Questions received after this day WILL NOT be
4 responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response
5 to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as
6 having received the Bidding Documents or by responding to individual questions via this
7 solicitations page at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Only questions answered by formal
8 written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be
9 without legal effect.
10
11 Address questions for this solicitations IONWAVE page to the Questions tab
12 (dentontx.ionwave.net).
13
14 7.2.Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
15 City.
16
17 7.3.Addenda or clarifications may be posted via the Citys online hosting site, which can be
18 located by visiting and logging-in to the City of Dentons Purchasing solicitation website
19 at http://dentontx.ionwave.net and clicking on this solicitations link.
20
21 7.4.A pre-bid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or
22 INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the
23 Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will
24 transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary
25 in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied
26 upon and will not be binding or legally effective.
27
28 8. Bid Security
29
30 8.1.Each Bid for projects over $100,000, must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to
31 City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder’s maximum Bid price on form attached,
32 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 6.01 of the General
33 Conditions.
34
35 8.2.The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award
36 have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete
37 Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in
38 default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited.
39 Such forfeiture shall be City’s exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all
40 other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award
41 will be retained by City until final contract execution.
42
43 9.Contract Times
44 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in
45 accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for
46 Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the
47 attached Bid Form.
48
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 10. Liquidated Damages
2 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
3
4 11. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items
5 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the
6 Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items.
7 Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or-
8 equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to
9 City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective
10 Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor
11 and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 7.06 and 7.07 of the General Conditions
12 and is supplemented in Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements.
13
14 12. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others
15
16 12.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person
17 or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection.
18
19 13. Bid Form
20
21 13.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be
22 obtained from the City.
23
24 13.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed. Erasures or
25 alterations shall be initialed by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be
26 indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case
27 of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may
28 be entered. Bidder shall state the prices, in both words and numerals, for which the
29 Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. If
30 handwritten, all prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between price
31 in written/typed words and the price in written/typed numerals, the price in
32 written/typed words shall govern.
33
34 13.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a
35 vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
36 sign, as provided herein, Section 00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorized
37 Signatories. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below
38 the signature.
39
40 13.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
41 partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of
42 authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the
43 signature.
44
45 13.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a
46 member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of
47 the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown.
48
49 13.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder’s name and official address.
50
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 13.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venture in the manner indicated
2 on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown.
3
4 13.8. All names shall be typed below the signature.
5
6 13.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of
7 which shall be filled in on the Bid Form.
8
9 13.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the
10 Bid shall be shown.
11
12 13.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of
13 Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance
14 to State Law Non Resident Bidder.
15
16 14. Submission of Bids
17
18 14.1. Bids may be submitted electronically or by hard copy. Electronic submittals must be
19 submitted using this solicitations page in http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Electronic
20 submittals will not be accepted via email.
21
22 14.2. Hard copies of bid bonds shall be submitted for both electronic and hard copy
23 submissions. Bonds must be submitted in a sealed envelope before the due date and
24 time as indicated in Section 00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders.
25
26 14.3. Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding
27 Documents, at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION
28 TO BIDDERS.
29
30 14.4. Hard copy submittals shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with
31 the Bid Number, Project Title, the name and address of Bidder, and accompanied by
32 the Bid security and other required documents, as indicated in Section 00 41 00 Bid
33 Form. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed
34 envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID
35 ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
36
37 14.5. Hard copy submissions shall also include a flash drive, containing a complete copy of
38 the response
39
40 14.6. Address Hard copy submissions as follows:
41
42 City of Denton
43 901-B Texas Street
44 Denton, TX 76209
45 Attn: Purchasing Division, <IFB #8935 2024 Mill and Overlay Package>
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 15. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids
2
3 15.1. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent and filed with the Purchasing Division may
4 be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal must be
5 made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid
6 must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any
7 time prior to the opening of Bids. After all Bids not requested for withdrawal are
8 opened and publicly read aloud, the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been
9 properly filed may, at the option of the City, be returned unopened.
10
11 15.2. Bidders may modify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the
12 time set for the closing of Bid receipt.
13
14 16. Opening of Bids
15
16 16.1. Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be
17 submitted. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any)
18 will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids.
19
20 17. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance
21
22 17.1. All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of
23 Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder.
24 City may, at City’s sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior
25 to that date.
26
27 18. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract
28
29 18.1. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights
30 to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids
31 and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best
32 interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is
33 not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to
34 meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves
35 the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the
36 Work with the Successful Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units
37 of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies
38 between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will
39 be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures
40 will be resolved in favor of the words.
41
42 18.1.1. The Bid is not signed by a person empowered to bind the Offeror.
43 18.1.2. The Bid is not accompanied by an acceptable Bid Bond, with Power of Attorney
44 attached.
45 18.1.3. The Bid is submitted by an Offeror that has submitted more than one Bid.
46 18.1.4. There is evidence of collusion between the Offeror submitting the Proposal and
47 one or more other Offerors.
48 18.1.5. The Bidder did not attend or have an authorized agent attend a mandatory Pre-
49 Proposal Conference, if applicable.
50 18.1.6. The Bidder is under debarment or suspension by the Owner.
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 18.1.7. The Bidder or a principal of the Bidder is currently debarred or suspended by a
2 Federal, State or local governmental agency. (Applicable for Proposal amounts
3 equal to or in excess of $25,000.00)
4 18.1.8. The Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, or City or Offeror
5 may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, or Offeror is in
6 arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract.
7 18.1.9. The Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner.
8 18.1.10.The Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgement of the City will
9 prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded.
10 18.1.11.Incompleteness or an omission, alteration of form, or addition, or the inclusion of
11 a qualification or condition not called for or authorized in the Bid Documents.
12 18.1.12.Ambiguity or lack of clarity in a Bid, in which case the City reserves the right to
13 interpret the Bid in the most advantageous manner for the City, or to reject the
14 Bid.
15 18.1.13.Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda.
16 18.1.14.Failure to identify a dollar amount for one or more unit prices required to be
17 provided in the Unit Price Proposal Form.
18 18.1.15.Failure to submit post-bid information within the allotted time(s).
19 18.1.16.Failure to timely execute and deliver the Contract to the City after award.
20
21 18.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
22 other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which
23 the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must
24 be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City.
25 City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance
26 data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for
27 incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the
28 Notice of Award.
29
30 18.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the
31 evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial
32 ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
33 organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
34 Documents to City’s satisfaction within the prescribed time.
35
36 18.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a minimum value as
37 outlined in Section 00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form, unless otherwise
38 approved by the City. Contractor shall complete and submit Section 00 43 36
39 Proposed Subcontractors Form.
40
41 18.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and
42 responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the
43 best interests of the City.
44
45 18.6. Additional approvals could be required if outside funding is used.
46
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 18.7. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award
2 contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidders bid is lower than
3 the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a
4 Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a
5 comparable contract in the state in which the nonresidents principal place of
6 business is located.
7
8 18.8. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is
9 to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 120 days after the day of the Bid
10 opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute
11 acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by
12 the City.
13
14 18.9. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid.
15
16 18.10. Contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and
17 the form must be submitted to the City Project Manager before the contract will be
18 presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at
19 https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm.
20
21 19. Signing of Agreement
22
23 19.1. When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
24 by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days
25 thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the
26 Agreement to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other
27 required documentation. City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to
28 Contractor.
29
30 END OF SECTION
00 35 13
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 35 13
2 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT
3 END OF SECTION
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ
For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity
This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session.
This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as
defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after
the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code.
A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a
misdemeanor.
1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity.
2
Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.
(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the
date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.)
3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed.
Name of Officer
This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship
as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary.
A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor?
Yes No
B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer
named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity?
Yes No
C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an
officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more?
Yes No
D. Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section.
4 I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose.
5
Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 SECTION 00 41 00
2 BID FORM
3 TO: City of Denton
4 c/o: Purchasing Division
5 901-B Texas Street
6 Denton, Texas 76209
7
8 FOR: IFB #8935 - 2024 Mill and Overlay Package
9
10 1 Enter Into Agreement
11
12 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement
13 with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as
14 specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time
15 indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract
16 Documents.
17
18 2 BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification
19
20 2.1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION
21 TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those
22 dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond.
23 2.2 Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract
24 award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14
25 days of notification of award.
26 2.3 Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any
27 undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive
28 agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation.
29 2.4 Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false
30 or sham Bid.
31 2.5 Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding.
32 2.6 Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing
33 for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph:
34 a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of anything
35 of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process.
36
37 b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to
38 influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices
39 at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free
40 and open competition.
41
42 c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more
43 Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to
44 establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels.
45
46 d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,
47 persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or
48 affect the execution of the Contract.
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1
2 2.7 The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics
3 Ordinance No. 23-1165.
4
5 3 Time of Completion
6
7 3.1 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within [150] Days after the date when the
8 Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed, plus
9 any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions.
10 3.2 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to Liquidated Damages in the event of
11 failure to obtain Milestones (if applicable) and Final Acceptance within the times specified
12 in the Agreement.
13
14 4 Attached to this Bid
15
16 The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid:
17 a. Section 00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit
18 b. Section 00 41 00 This Bid Form
19 c. Section 00 42 43 Unit Price Proposal Form Electronic Copy (either included
20 in the Bid, or submitted via Ion Wave)
21 d. Section 00 42 13 Required Bid Bond, issued by a surety meeting the requirements
22 of Paragraph 6.01 of the General Conditions
23 e. Section 00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form
24 f. Section 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder
25 g. Section 00 45 13 Bidders Minimum Qualification Statement
26 h. Section 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Law
27 i. Section 00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories
28 j. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 00 21 13 Instructions to
29 Bidders
30
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1 5 Total Bid Amount
2
3 5.1 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the
4 following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for
5 this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening.
6 5.2 It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount
7 entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid
8 prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and
9 then totaling all of the extended amounts.
10
11 Total Bid Amount: $____________________________
12
13 6 Bid Submittal
14
15 This Bid is submitted on _____________________________, 20___ by the entity named below.
16
17
18 Respectfully submitted,
19
20 By: ______________________________
21 (Signature)
22
23 _________________________________
24 (Printed Name)
25
26 Title: _____________________________
27
28 Company: _________________________
29
30 Address: __________________________
31 ___________________________
32 State of Incorporation: _______________
33 Email: ____________________________
34 Phone: ____________________________
35
36 END OF SECTION
Receipt is
acknowledged of the
following Addenda:
Initial
Addenda No. 1:
Addenda No. 2:
Addenda No. 3:
Addenda No. 4:
Addenda No. 5:
To:From:
IFB:8935
ENG
PMO:250002-1
Item
No.Spec. Section No.Description UOM BID QTY Unit Price Extended Price
1 01 35 13 Railroad Coordination and Flagging DY 5
2 01 58 13 Project Signs EA 2
3 01 70 00 Mobilization LS 1
4 02 41 14 Remove Water Valve EA 2
5 02 41 15 Surface Milling (3")SY 51,810
6 02 41 15 Remove Curb & Gutter LF 114
7 02 41 15 Remove Concrete Inlet Curb Section LF 11
8 31 25 14 Remove Concrete Driveway SY 148
9 31 25 14 Remove Concrete Sidewalk SY 12
10 32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair - Full Depth Replacement SY 1,045
11 32 12 16 Asphalt Pavement Type C (3")SY 51,810
12 32 16 00 Concrete Curb & Gutter LF 114
13 32 16 00 Concrete Inlet Curb Section LF 11
14 32 16 00 Concrete Driveway (8")SY 148
15 32 16 00 Concrete Sidewalk (6")SY 12
16 32 17 23 Double Solid Yellow with RPM (4")LF 3,472
17 32 17 23 Single Broken White with RPM (4")LF 9,938
18 32 17 23 Single Solid White with RPM (4")LF 2,250
19 32 17 23 Single Dotted White (4")LF 1,165
20 32 17 23 Continuous Dual Left with RPM (4")LF 4,070
21 32 17 23 Stop Bar (24")LF 249
22 32 17 23 Pedestrian Crosswalk (24")LF 459
23 32 17 23 Yield Triangles LF 115
24 32 17 23 Elongated Turn Arrow EA 39
25 32 17 23 Turn and Through Arrow EA 1
26 32 17 23 ONLY Lettering EA 5
27 32 17 23 Railroad Crossing Marking EA 2
28 32 17 23 Yellow Gore EA 1
29 32 93 00 Block Sod SY 134
30 33 01 50 Adjust Valve Stack EA 7
31 33 01 50 Adjust Manhole or Cleanout EA 17
32 34 71 13 Traffic Control Devices MO 5
33 34 71 13 Traffic Control Plan EA 5
-$
2024 Mill and Overlay Package
SECTION 00 42 43 - UNIT PRICE BID FORM
2024 Mill and Overlay Package
City of Denton - Capital Projects COMPANY NAME
TOTAL PROJECT BID AMOUNT:
PROJ.:
COMPANY NAME
901-B Texas Street
Denton, TX 76209
Gabby Leeper/Purchasing
Dept.
BIDDERS APPLICATION - UNIT PRICE BID
STREET ADDRESS
CITY, STATE
CONTACT
PHONE
EMAIL
00 43 13
BID BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 43 13
2 BID BOND
3
4 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
5 That we, (Bidder Name)___________________________________________________,
6 known as Principal herein, and (Surety Name)_____________________________________, a
7 corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as Surety herein,
8 are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation
9 created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as City herein, in the penal sum of five percent
10 (5%) of Bidders maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton,
11 Denton County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind
12 ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,
13 firmly by these presents.
14 WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following
15 project designated as
16 IFB #8935 2024 Mill and Overlay Package .
17
18 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall
19 award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all
20 requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the
21 Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this obligation
22 shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in
23 accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for
24 the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of
25 the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate
26 City for the difference between Principals total bid amount and the next selected bidders total
27 bid amount.
28 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in
29 the state district court of Denton County, Texas.
00 43 13
BID BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED
2 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _______ day of
3 ____________________, 20___.
4
5
6 By: ___________________________________________________________________________
7 (Principal Name)
8
9 ______________________________________________________________________________
10 (Signature and Title of Principal)
11
12 *By: __________________________________________________________________________
13 (Surety Name)
14
15 ______________________________________________________________________________
16 (Signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
17
18 *Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney-in-Fact
19 END OF SECTION
Impressed
Surety Seal
Only
00 43 36
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 43 36
2 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM
3
4 Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying
5 the proposed subcontractors whom they intend to utilize and the approximate percentage of the
6 overall contract that will be allocated to each entity. Bidder is reminded that a minimum of 35%
7 of the Contract must be performed by Bidders company.
8
Company Name Type of Work to be Performed
Overall
Contract
Percentage (%)
General Contractor:
Subcontractors:
9
10
11 The undersigned hereby certifies that the subcontractors described in the table above will
12 be utilized for this project at the approximate percentage levels indicated above.
13
14 BIDDER:
15
16 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________
17 Company (Please Print)
18
19 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________
20 Address
21
22 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________
23 City/State/Zip (Please Print)
24
25 Date: __________________________________
26
27 END OF SECTION
00 43 37
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 43 37
2 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON- RESIDENT BIDDER
3
4 Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident
5 bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident
6 bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside
7 the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at
8 an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident
9 bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable
10 contract in the State which the nonresidents principal place of business is located.
11 The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your
12 bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically
13 disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B.
14 A. Nonresident bidders in the State of ______________________, our principal place of
15 business, are required to be ________________ percent lower than resident bidders by State
16 Law. A copy of the statute is attached.
17 Nonresident bidders in the State of _____________________, our principal place of business,
18 are not required to underbid resident bidders.
19 B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is
20 in the State of Texas.
21
22 BIDDER:
23
24 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________
25 Company (Please Print)
26
27 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________
28 Address
29
30 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________
31 City/State/Zip (Please Print)
32
33 Date: __________________________________
34
35 END OF SECTION
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
00 45 13
BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 45 13
2 BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
3
4 List three (3) Government references, other than the City of Denton, who can verify the quality of service
5 your company provides. The City prefers customers of similar size and scope of work to this solicitation.
6
REFERENCE ONE
7
8 GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME:
9 LOCATION:
10 CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE:
11 TELEPHONE NUMBER:
12 SCOPE OF WORK:
13 CONTRACT PERIOD:
14
REFERENCE TWO
15
16 GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME:
17 LOCATION:
18 CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE:
19 TELEPHONE NUMBER:
20 SCOPE OF WORK:
21 CONTRACT PERIOD:
22
REFERENCE THREE
23
24 GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME:
25 LOCATION:
26 CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE:
27 TELEPHONE NUMBER:
28 SCOPE OF WORK:
29 CONTRACT PERIOD:
30
31
32
00 45 13
BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 PROJECT INFORMATION FORM
2
3 Detail three (3) of the most recent projects Bidders firm has completed providing
4 services similar to this project:
5
6 Project #1
7 Name of Project:
8
9 Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number:
10
11 Original Contract Amount:
12
13 Final Contract Amount:
14
15 Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days):
16
17 Start Date for Project:
18
19 Final Completion Date for Project:
20
21 Number of Days to complete (calendar days):
22
23
24 Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues,
25 successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered.
26
27 _________________________________________________________________________________________
28 _________________________________________________________________________________________
29 _________________________________________________________________________________________
30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
31 _________________________________________________________________________________________
32 _________________________________________________________________________________________
33 _________________________________________________________________________________________
34 _________________________________________________________________________________________
35 _________________________________________________________________________________________
36 _________________________________________________________________________________________
37 _________________________________________________________________________________________
38 _________________________________________________________________________________________
00 45 13
BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1
2 PROJECT INFORMATION FORM
3
4
5
6
7 Project #2
8 Name of Project:
9
10 Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number:
11
12 Original Contract Amount:
13
14 Final Contract Amount:
15
16 Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days):
17
18 Start Date for Project:
19
20 Final Completion Date for Project:
21
22 Number of Days to complete (calendar days):
23
24
25 Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues,
26 successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered.
27
28 _________________________________________________________________________________________
29 _________________________________________________________________________________________
30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
31 _________________________________________________________________________________________
32 _________________________________________________________________________________________
33 _________________________________________________________________________________________
34 _________________________________________________________________________________________
35 _________________________________________________________________________________________
36 _________________________________________________________________________________________
37 _________________________________________________________________________________________
38 _________________________________________________________________________________________
39 _________________________________________________________________________________________
40 _________________________________________________________________________________________
41 __
00 45 13
BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1
2 PROJECT INFORMATION FORM
3
4
5
6 Project #3
7 Name of Project:
8
9 Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number:
10
11 Original Contract Amount:
12
13 Final Contract Amount:
14
15 Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days):
16
17 Start Date for Project:
18
19 Final Completion Date for Project:
20
21 Number of Days to complete (calendar days):
22
23
24 Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues,
25 successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered.
26
27 _________________________________________________________________________________________
28 _________________________________________________________________________________________
29 _________________________________________________________________________________________
30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
31 _________________________________________________________________________________________
32 _________________________________________________________________________________________
33 _________________________________________________________________________________________
34 _________________________________________________________________________________________
35 _________________________________________________________________________________________
36 _________________________________________________________________________________________
37 _________________________________________________________________________________________
38 _________________________________________________________________________________________
39 _________________________________________________________________________________________
40 __
00 45 13
BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE
2
3 The City of Denton desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local
4 Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to award of City
5 contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, the City of Denton has
6 adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record
7 of a respondent prior to awarding City contracts.
8
9 The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a respondent for this consideration
10 shall be:
11
12 The City of Denton shall consider the safety record of the respondent in determining the
13 responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or
14 safety of the citizens of the City of Denton, be it related or caused by environmental,
15 mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City
16 may consider, among other things:
17 A. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review
18 Commission (OSHRC), against the respondent for violations of OSHA regulations
19 within the past three (3) years.
20 B. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined
21 below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection
22 Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of
23 Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the
24 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental
25 Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC)
26 (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of Health (TDH), the Texas Parks
27 and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB),
28 agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or
29 worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other
30 states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of
31 enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines
32 assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative
33 orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments.
34 C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in
35 bodily harm or death.
36 D. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in
37 determining the responsibility of the respondent and his or her ability to perform the
38 services or goods required by the solicitation documents in a safe environment, both
39 for the workers and other employees of respondent and the citizens of the City of
40 Denton.
41
42 In order to obtain proper information from respondents so that City of Denton may consider the
43 safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Denton
44 requires that respondents answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their
45 submissions:
46
47
00 45 13
BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 QUESTION ONE
2
3 Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the
4 respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received
5 citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years?
6
7 YES NO
8
9 If the respondent has indicated YES for question number one above, the respondent must provide
10 to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such
11 citation:
12
13 Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of
14 offense, if any, and penalty assessed.
15
16 QUESTION TWO
17
18 Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the
19 respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received
20 citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type,
21 within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement,
22 suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending
23 criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders,
24 and judicial final judgments.
25
26 YES NO
27
28 If the respondent has indicated YES for question number two above, the respondent must provide
29 to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such
30 conviction:
31
32 Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition
33 of offense, if any, and penalty assessed.
34
35 QUESTION THREE
36
37 Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by respondent,
38 or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted,
39 within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or
40 death?
41
42 YES NO
43
44 If the respondent has indicated YES for question number three above, the respondent must
45 provide to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each
46 such conviction:
47 Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if
48 any, and penalty assessed.
49
00 45 13
BIDDER’S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 Bidder must provide records, with its submission, supporting the Safety Record Rates for the past
2 5 years listed below:
3
4 Experience Modification Rate (EMR)
5 2024: _____________
6 2023: _____________
7 2022: _____________
8 2021: _____________
9 2020: _____________
10 Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR)
11 2024: _____________
12 2023: _____________
13 2022: _____________
14 2021: _____________
15 2020: _____________
16
17
18 END OF SECTION
00 45 26
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER’S COMPENSATION LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 45 26
2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER’S COMPENSATION LAW
3 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it
4 provides workers compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on 2024
5 Mill and Overlay Package Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code,
6 Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractors certificates of
7 compliance with workers compensation coverage.
8
9 CONTRACTOR:
10
11 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________
12 Company (Please Print)
13
14 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________
15 Address
16
17 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________
18 City/State/Zip (Please Print)
19
20
21 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
22
23 COUNTY OF DENTON §
24
25 BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared
26 ___________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is
27 subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as
28 the act and deed of ____________________________________ for the purposes and
29 consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated.
30
31 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ____________day of
32 _______________________, 20__.
33
34
35 __________________________________
36 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
37
38 END OF SECTION
39
00 45 43
CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 45 43
2 CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES
3
4
5
6 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with Bidders
7 corporate resolution authorizing signatories.]
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 END OF SECTION
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1
2 SECTION 00 52 43
3 AGREEMENT UNIT PRICE BID
4 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on ______________is made by and between the City of Denton,
5 a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager,
6 (City), and ______________________________________________________________,
7 authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative,
8 (Contractor).
9 City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows:
10 Article 1. WORK
11 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the
12 Project identified herein.
13 Article 2. PROJECT
14 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is
15 generally described as follows:
16 2024 Mill and Overlay Package
17 IFB#8935
18 Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE
19 City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
20 Documents an amount, in current funds, of __________________________________Dollars
21 ($___________________). At the sole option of the City, five (5) percent contingency in the
22 amount of __________________________________Dollars ($___________________) may be
23 used for a total not-to-exceed amount of __________________________________Dollars
24 ($___________________).
25 Article 4. CONTRACT TIME
26 4.1 Time is of the essence.
27 All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract
28 Documents are of the essence to this Contract.
29 4.2 Final Acceptance.
30 The Work will be completed for Final Acceptance within {150} Days after the date when
31 the Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed,
32 plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General
33 Conditions.
34
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1 4.4 Liquidated Damages:
2 A. Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence to achieve Milestones and Final
3 Acceptance of the Work, and City will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is
4 not completed within the times specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor
5 also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving, in a legal or
6 arbitration proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work related to the
7 Milestones or Final Acceptance is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of
8 requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that liquidated damages for delay (but not
9 as a penalty):
10 1.Final Acceptance: If Contractor neglects, refuse, or fails to complete the Work
11 within the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph
12 4.2, for completion and readiness for Final Payment, Contractor shall pay City <Six
13 hundred and twenty-five> Dollars ($625.00) for each day that expires after such
14 time, until the date determined by City as stated in the City-issued Letter of Final
15 Acceptance.
16 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
17 5.1 CONTENTS:
18 A.The Contract comprises the entire agreement between City and Contractor concerning the
19 Work and consists of this Agreement and the items set forth below. The Contract
20 Documents consist of all items below other than this Agreement.
21 1. Attachments to this Agreement:
22 a. Proposal Form
23 1) Bid Form
24 2) Unit Price Proposal Form
25 3) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Offeror
26 4) State and Federal documents (project specific)
27 b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table
28 c. Workers Compensation Affidavit
29 d. General Conditions.
30 e. Supplementary Conditions.
31 2. The following located in File <8935> at:
32 https://lfpubweb.cityofdenton.com/MaterialsManagement/Browse.aspx?id=19&
33 dbid=0&repo=MaterialsManagement&cr=1
34 a. Specifications described in the Table of Contents of the Projects Contract
35 Documents.
36 b. Drawings.
37 c. Addenda.
38 d. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.
39 3. The following which shall be issued after the Effective Date and delivered to the City
40 within ten (10) days of the Effective Date and before beginning Work:
41 a. Payment Bond
42 b. Performance Bond
43 c. Maintenance Bond
44 d. Power of Attorney for the Bonds
45 e. Form 1295 Certificate of Interested Parties (email to purchasing)
46 f. Insurance Certificate
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1 4. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or,
2 if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents
3 of the Projects Contract Documents.
4 5. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
5 Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:
6 a. Notice to Proceed.
7 b. Field Orders.
8 c. Change Orders.
9 d. Letter of Final Acceptance.
10 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION
11 6.1 CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD
12 HARMLESS AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS,
13 ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND
14 AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,
15 ARISING OUT OF, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF, RELATED TO OR IN
16 CONNECTION WITH THE WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE
17 CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS,
18 LICENSEES OR INVITEES UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS
19 INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE
20 AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR
21 SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN
22 PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. THIS
23 INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT
24 LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES AND
25 LEGAL FEES INCURRED BY THE CITY IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH
26 CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTIONS.
27
28 6.2 CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD
29 HARMLESS AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS,
30 ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND
31 AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR, LOSS OF, DAMAGE TO, OR
32 DESTRUCTION OF, PROPERTY OF THE CITY OR OF A THIRD PARTY,
33 ARISING OUT OF, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF, RELATED TO OR IN
34 CONNECTION WITH THE WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE
35 CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS,
36 LICENSEES OR INVITEES UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS
37 INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE
38 AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR
39 SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN
40 PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. THIS
41 INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT
42 LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES AND
43 LEGAL FEES INCURRED BY THE CITY IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH
44 CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTIONS.
45 Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1 7.1 Capitalized Terms.
2 Unless otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement which are
3 defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General
4 Conditions.
5 7.2 Assignment of Contract.
6 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
7 Contractor without the advance express written consent of the City.
8 7.3 Successors and Assigns.
9 City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
10 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
11 obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
12 7.4 Severability.
13 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or
14 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
15 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor.
16 7.5 Venue and Waiver of Sovereign Immunity.
17 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of
18 Texas. Venue shall be in the state district courts of Denton County, Texas. The Citys
19 sovereign immunity is waived only to the extent set forth and in accordance with the
20 provisions of Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code or as otherwise
21 specifically waived by law. The City does not waive its sovereign immunity to suit in federal
22 court.
23 7.6 Authority to Sign.
24 Contractor hereby certifies that the person signing the Agreement on its behalf is the duly
25 authorized signatory of the Contractor.
26 7.7 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Israel.
27 Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government
28 Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or
29 services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does
30 not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms
31 boycott Israel and company shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section
32 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that
33 Contractors signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not
34 boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract.
35 7.8 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Energy Companies
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1 Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government
2 Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services
3 unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not boycott
4 energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of the contract.
5 The terms boycott energy company and company shall have the meanings ascribed to
6 those terms in Section 809.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this agreement,
7 Contractor certifies that Contractors signature provides written verification to the City that
8 Contractor: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy
9 companies during the term of the agreement. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements
10 under this provision will be considered a material breach.
11 7.9 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Firearm Entities and Firearm
12 Trade Associations.
13 Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government
14 Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services
15 unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not have a
16 practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm
17 trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a
18 firearm entity or firearm trade association. The terms discriminate against a firearm entity
19 or firearm trade association, firearm entity and firearm trade association shall have the
20 meanings ascribed to those terms in Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code. By
21 signing this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractors signature provides written
22 verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or
23 directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2)
24 will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm
25 trade association. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be
26 considered a material breach.
27 7.10 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Iran, Sudan, or a Foreign
28 Terrorist Organization
29 Sections 2252 and 2270 of the Texas Government Code restricts CITY from contracting with
30 companies that do business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist organization. By signing
31 this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractors signature provides written
32 verification to the City that Contractor, pursuant to Chapters 2252 and 2270, is not
33 ineligible to enter into this agreement and will not become ineligible to receive payments
34 under this agreement by doing business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist
35 organization. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be
36 considered a material breach.
37 7.11 Termination Right for Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Certain Foreign-
38 Owned Companies
39 The City of Denton may terminate this Contract immediately without any further liability if
40 the City of Denton determines, in its sole judgment, that this Contract meets the requirements
41 under Chapter 2274, and Contractor is, or will be in the future, (i) owned by or the majority
42 of stock or other ownership interest of the company is held or controlled by individuals who
43 are citizens of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated country (ii) directly
44 controlled by the Government of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated
45 country, or (iii) is headquartered in China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated
46 country.
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1 7.12 Immigration Nationality Act.
2 Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform
3 work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification
4 Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms
5 and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this
6 Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish
7 appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor
8 employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL
9 INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES,
10 LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY
11 CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTORS EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS,
12 AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right
13 to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor.
14 7.13 No Third-Party Beneficiaries.
15 This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor
16 and there are no third-party beneficiaries.
17 7.14 No Cause of Action Against Engineer.
18 Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the Project or their
19 sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and
20 subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering
21 services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer.
22 The presence or duties of the Engineer’s personnel at a construction site, whether as on-site
23 representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way
24 responsible to Contractor or any other entity for those duties that belong to the City, and do
25 not relieve Contractor or any other entity of its obligations, duties, and responsibilities,
26 including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and
27 procedures necessary for performing, coordinating and completing all portions of the Work
28 in accordance with the Contract Documents and any health or safety precautions required by
29 such Work. The Engineer and its personnel have no authority to exercise any control over
30 any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work
31 or any health or safety precautions.
32
33 SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW
34
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective
2 as of the date subscribed by the Citys City Manager or his designee (Effective Date).
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39 ATTEST:
40 LAUREN THODEN, CITY SECRETARY
41
42
43 _______________________________________
44
45
46 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM:
47 MACK REINWAND, CITY ATTORNEY
48
49
50 _______________________________________
CITY OF DENTON
BY: ___________________________________
TITLE: _________________________________
DATE: _________________________________
CONTRACTOR
[CONTRACTORS CORPORATE NAME HERE]
BY: ___________________________________
AUTHORIZED AGENT
_______________________________________
NAME
_______________________________________
TITLE
_______________________________________
PHONE NUMBER
_______________________________________
EMAIL ADDRESS
51 _______________________________________
52 TEXAS ETHICS COMMISSION
53 1295 CERTIFICATE NUMBER
THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN
BOTH REVIEWED AND APPROVED
as to financial and operational obligations
and business terms.
_______________ ________________
SIGNATURE PRINTED NAME
__________________________________
TITLE
__________________________________
DEPARTMENT
00 61 13 - 1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
1 SECTION 00 61 13
2 PERFORMANCE BOND
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF DENTON §
7
8 That we, _______________________________________________, known as Principal
9 herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety(sureties, if
10 more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as Surety herein
11 (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal
12 corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as City herein, in the penal sum of,
13 ___________________________________________ Dollars ($_______________________),
14 lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton County, Texas for the payment
15 of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
16 successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
17 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City
18 awarded the _____ day of ________________, 20____, which Contract is hereby referred to and
19 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment
20 labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change
21 Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as 2024 Mill and Overlay Package
22 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal
23 shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and
24 faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans,
25 specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of
26 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be
27 and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
28 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in
29 Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas,
30 Sherman Division.
00 61 13 - 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
1 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
2 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
3 accordance with the provisions of said statue.
4 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED
5 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ______day of ____________,
6 20 .
7 PRINCIPAL:
8 ____________________________________
9 ____________________________________
10
11 BY: ________________________________
12 Signature
13 ATTEST:
14
15 ______________________________ ____________________________________
16 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title
17
18 Address: ____________________________
19 ____________________________
20 ____________________________
21 _____________________________
22 Witness as to Principal
23 SURETY:
24 ____________________________________
25 ____________________________________
26
27 BY: ________________________________
28 Signature
29
30 ____________________________________
31 Name and Title
32
33 Address: ____________________________
34 ____________________________
35 ____________________________
36 _____________________________
37 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________
38
39
40
41 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract
42 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If
43 Suretys physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
44 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
45
00 61 14 - 1
PAYMENT BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
1 SECTION 00 61 14
2 PAYMENT BOND
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF DENTON §
7 That we, _____________________________________________________, known as
8 Principal herein, and _________________________________________________________, a
9 corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
10 Surety herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a
11 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as City herein,
12 in the penal sum of___________________________________________ Dollars
13 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton
14 County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our
15 heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
16 presents:
17 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the
18 _____ day of ______________________, 20_____, which Contract is hereby referred to and
19 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment,
20 labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in
21 said Contract and designated as 2024 Mill and Overlay Package
22 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if
23 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in
24 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under
25 the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full
26 force and effect.
27 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
28 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
29 accordance with the provisions of said statute.
00 61 14 - 2
PAYMENT BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED
2 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _________ day of
3 ___________________, 20_____.
4
PRINCIPAL:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST:BY: _____________________________
Signature
___________________________________ _____________________________
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
___________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Principal
SURETY:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST:BY: _____________________________
Signature
__________________________________ _____________________________
(Surety) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
__________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Surety
Telephone Number: ________________
5
6 Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the
7 bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Suretys physical
8 address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
9
10 THE DATE OF THE BOND SHALL NOT BE PRIOR
11 TO THE DATE THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED.
12 END OF SECTION
13
00 61 19 - 1
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
1 SECTION 00 61 19
2 MAINTENANCE BOND
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF TARRANT §
7 That we_____________________________________________________, known as
8 Principal herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety
9 (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
10 Surety herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a
11 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as City herein,
12 in the sum of_________________________________________ Dollars
13 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton
14 County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its
15 successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly
16 and severally, firmly by these presents.
17
18 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded
19 the_____ day of , 20 , which Contract is hereby
20 referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all
21 materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the
22 Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein,
23 the Work) as provided for in said contract and designated as 2024 Mill and Overlay Package
24 and
25
26 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in
27 accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will
28 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years
29 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City (Maintenance Period); and
30
31 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part
32 upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance
33 Period.
34
00 61 19 - 2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
1 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall
2 remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion
3 satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in
4 full force and effect.
5
6 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely
7 noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to
8 be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and
9 the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and
10
11 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in
12 Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas,
13 Sherman Division; and
14
15 PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and
16 successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches.
17
18
00 61 19 - 3
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this
2 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of
3 , 20 __.
4
5 PRINCIPAL:
6 ____________________________________
7 ____________________________________
8
9 BY: ________________________________
10 Signature
11 ATTEST:
12
13 ______________________________ ____________________________________
14 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title
15
16 Address: ____________________________
17 ____________________________
18 ____________________________
19 _____________________________
20 Witness as to Principal
21 SURETY:
22 ____________________________________
23 ____________________________________
24
25 BY: ________________________________
26 Signature
27
28 ____________________________________
29 ATTEST: Name and Title
30
31 _____________________________ Address: ____________________________
32 (Surety) Secretary ____________________________
33 ____________________________
34 _____________________________
35 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________
36
37 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract
38 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If
39 Suretys physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
40 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
41
00 61 25
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 61 25
2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
3
4
5
6 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with standard
7 ACORD Certificate of Insurance form.]
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 END OF SECTION
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page i of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page ii of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .............................................................................. 1
1.01 Defined Terms .............................................................................................................................. 1
1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 6
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................................................................................ 7
2.01 Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance ........................................ 7
2.02 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................... 7
2.03 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 7
2.04 Preconstruction ConferenceMeeting ............................................................................................. 7
2.05 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 7
2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules .................................................................................................... 8
2.07 Electronic Submittals and Transmittals ........................................................................................ 8
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE ............................... 8
3.01 Intent ............................................................................................................................................. 8
3.02 Reference Standards ...................................................................................................................... 8
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ....................................................................................... 9
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents .................................................................................. 10
3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 10
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK................................................ 10
4.01 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed ............................................................... 10
4.02 Starting the Work ........................................................................................................................ 10
4.03 Delays in Contractor’s Progress .................................................................................................. 10
ARTICLE 5 – SITE; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS......................................................................................................... 12
5.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................. 12
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ........................................................................................................ 13
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ........................................................................................... 14
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions .............................................................................. 15
5.05 Underground Facilities ................................................................................................................ 15
5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ............................................................................. 16
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page iii of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE .............................................................................................. 18
6.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers .................................................................................................... 18
6.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds ........................................................................ 18
6.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................. 18
6.04 Contractor’s Insurance ................................................................................................................ 20
6.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ............................................................ 21
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................... 21
7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction ..................................................................... 21
7.02 Supervision and Superintendence ............................................................................................... 22
7.03 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 22
7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment ............................................................................................ 22
7.05 Project Schedule .......................................................................................................................... 23
7.06 “Or Equals” ................................................................................................................................. 23
7.07 Substitutions ................................................................................................................................ 24
7.08 Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers .................................................................................. 26
7.09 Wage Rates ................................................................................................................................. 27
7.10 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 28
7.11 Permits and Utilities .................................................................................................................... 28
7.12 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 29
7.13 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 29
7.14 Record Documents ...................................................................................................................... 30
7.15 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 30
7.16 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................. 31
7.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification ............................................................................................... 31
7.18 Submittals ................................................................................................................................... 32
7.19 Continuing the Work ................................................................................................................... 33
7.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ........................................................................... 33
7.21 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 34
7.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............................................................................... 34
7.23 Right to Audit ............................................................................................................................. 35
7.24 Nondiscrimination ....................................................................................................................... 36
ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE .......................................................................................... 36
8.01 Other Work ................................................................................................................................. 36
8.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................... 37
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page iv of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
8.03 Legal Relationships ..................................................................................................................... 37
ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................ 37
9.01 Communications to Contractor ................................................................................................... 37
9.02 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 38
9.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................ 38
9.04 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings ................................................................. 38
9.05 Change Orders ............................................................................................................................ 38
9.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................... 38
9.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................ 38
9.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ..................................................................... 38
9.09 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................... 38
ARTICLE 10 – CITY’S OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION ................................................ 38
10.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative .................................................. 38
10.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................ 39
10.03 Determinations for Work Performed ...................................................................................... 39
10.04 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................... 39
ARTICLE 11 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK ............................................... 39
11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract ........................................................................... 39
11.02 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................... 40
11.03 Field Orders ............................................................................................................................ 40
11.04 Authorized Changes in the Work – Extra Work ..................................................................... 40
11.05 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................ 40
11.06 Dispute of Extra Work ............................................................................................................ 40
11.07 Contract Claims Process ......................................................................................................... 41
11.08 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................ 42
11.09 Change of Contract Time ........................................................................................................ 43
11.10 Notification to Surety .............................................................................................................. 43
ARTICLE 12 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY
MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................................................................... 43
12.01 Cost of the Work ..................................................................................................................... 43
12.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................. 46
12.03 Unit Price Work ...................................................................................................................... 46
12.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment .......................... 47
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page v of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK .................................................................................................................................. 48
13.01 Access to Work ....................................................................................................................... 48
13.02 Tests, Inspections .................................................................................................................... 48
13.03 Defective Work ....................................................................................................................... 49
13.04 Rejecting Defective Work ....................................................................................................... 50
13.05 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................................................................................... 50
13.06 Uncovering Work .................................................................................................................... 50
13.07 City May Stop the Work ......................................................................................................... 50
13.08 City May Correct Defective Work .......................................................................................... 51
ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD ............ 51
14.01 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................. 51
14.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................ 54
14.03 Partial Utilization .................................................................................................................... 54
14.04 Final Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 55
14.05 Final Acceptance ..................................................................................................................... 55
14.06 Final Payment ......................................................................................................................... 55
14.07 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release ...................................................... 56
14.08 Waiver of Claims .................................................................................................................... 56
14.09 Correction Period .................................................................................................................... 56
ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ......................................................... 57
15.01 City May Suspend Work ......................................................................................................... 57
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause ................................................................................................ 58
15.03 City May Terminate for Convenience..................................................................................... 59
ARTICLE 16 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES ........................................................................... 61
16.01 Methods and Procedures ......................................................................................................... 61
ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS ......................................................................................................... 62
17.01 Giving Notice .......................................................................................................................... 62
17.02 Computation of Times ............................................................................................................ 62
17.03 Cumulative Remedies ............................................................................................................. 62
17.04 Limitation of Damages ............................................................................................................ 62
17.05 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................... 62
17.06 Survival of Obligations ........................................................................................................... 62
17.07 Assignment of Contract .......................................................................................................... 63
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page vi of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
17.08 Successors and Assigns ........................................................................................................... 63
17.09 Headings ................................................................................................................................. 63
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in the Contract or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have
the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words
denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. When used in a context
consistent with the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined
below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined,
terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified
articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which
clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract
Documents.
2. Agreement—The written instrument titled “Agreement”, “Agreement – CSP”, or
“Agreement – Unit Price Bid” executed by the City and Contractor for the Work, setting
forth the name of the Project, Contract Price, Contract Time and the items included in the
Contract.
3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor
during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to
be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract.
4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is
releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United
States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
5. Award—Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement.
6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the Work to be performed. The term “Bid” shall be defined to include the term
“Proposal” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than
an Invitation for Bid.
7. Bidder—The individual or entity that submits a Bid directly to City. The term “Bidder”
shall be defined to include the terms “Proposer” or “Offeror” in those instances where
the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid.
8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda). The term “Bidding Documents” shall be defined to include the
terms “Proposal Documents” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for
Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid.
9. Bidding Requirements—The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders,
Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments.
The term “Bidding Requirements” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposal
Requirements” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather
than an Invitation for Bid and will include the Request for Proposal or Invitation to
Offerors, Instructions to Offerors, Offerors Bond or other Proposal security, if any, the
Proposal Form, and the Proposal with any attachments.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
10. Business Day—A day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through
Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City.
11. Calendar Day—A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next
midnight.
12. Change Order—A document which is prepared by the Contractor or City, approved by
the City, and signed by Contractor and City, authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision
in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or
after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
13. City—The City of Denton is, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation acting by its City
Council through its City Manager or his or her designee.
14. City Attorney—The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Denton or his or her
designee.
15. City Council—The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Denton.
16. City Manager—The officially appointed authorized City Manager of the City of Denton.
17. Contract—The entire and integrated set of written instruments between the City and
Contractor concerning the Work comprised of the Agreement and all Contract
Documents, which written instruments supersede all prior negotiations, representations,
or agreements, whether written or oral, concerning the Work.
18. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment
of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim.
19. Contract Documents—Those items so designated as “Contract Documents.” in the
Agreement at Paragraph 5.1.A. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and
the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract
Documents.
20. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 12.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). The Contract Price does
not include any “Incentive”, if applicable.
21. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (a) achieve
Milestones, if any and (bb) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance.
22. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement.
23. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 12.01 of these General Conditions for definition.
24. Damage Claims—A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from
a third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim.
25. Day or day—A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day.
26. Drawings—The part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by an Engineer
that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by
Contractor. Submittals, as defined, are not considered Drawings as so defined here.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
27. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which it
becomes effective,, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the
Agreement is signed and delivered by the City.
28. Electronic Document—Any Project-related correspondence, attachments to
correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, or graphics, including but
not limited to Shop Drawings and other Submittals, that are in an electronic or digital
format.
29. Electronic Means—Electronic mail (email), upload/download from a secure Project
website, or other communications methods that allow: (a) the transmission or
communication of Electronic Documents; (b) the documentation of transmissions,
including sending and receipt; (c) printing of the transmitted Electronic Document by the
recipient; (d) the storage and archiving of the Electronic Document by sender and
recipient; and (e) the use by recipient of the Electronic Document for purposes permitted
by the Contract. Electronic Means does not include the use of text messaging, or of
Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, or similar social media services for transmission of
Electronic Documents.
30. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State
of Texas performing professional services for the City.
31. Extra Work—Additional work made necessary by City-approved changes or alterations
to the Contract Documents. Extra Work shall be part of the Work.
32. Field Order—A written directive issued by City that requires changes in the Work but
does not involve a change to the Contract Price, Contract Time, or Drawings, Plan, or
Shop Drawings.
33. Final Acceptance—The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work
specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City.
34. Final Inspection—The inspection performed by the City to determine whether the
Contractor has completed each and every part or appurtenance of the Work fully, entirely,
and in conformance with the Contract Documents.
35. General Requirements—Sections of The information set forth in “Division 101 – General
Requirements” of the Standard Construction Specification Documents.
36. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs ,
Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or any other substance, product, waste
or materials, in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to
persons or property exposed thereto.
37. Hazardous Waste—Any solid waste listed as hazardous or which possesses one or more
hazardous characteristics as defined in applicable Laws and Regulations.
38. Incidental or incidental—Work items that the Contractor is not paid for directly, but costs
for which are included under the various bid items of the Project.
39. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations,
ordinances, codes, and binding decrees, resolutions, and orders of any and all
governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Site
or any portion or part of the Work to be performed.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
40. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property,
or personal property.
41. Major Item—An item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost
equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price.
42. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to the
performance of an identified portion of the Work by an intermediate Contract Time prior
to Final Acceptance of the Work.
43. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon
timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed in such
notice, City will sign and deliver the Agreement.
44. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which
the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform
the Work specified in Contract Documents.
45. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls.
46. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at
standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds
per square inch absolute), and including but not limited to oil, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil
refuse, gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste
and crude oils.
47. Plans—This term will have the same definition of as “Drawings”.
48. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract.
49. Project Manager—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the
Project.
50. Project Manual—The documentary information prepared for bidding or proposing and
furnishing the Work.
51. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance
with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities
comprising Contractor’s plan to achieve each Milestone and accomplish the Work within
the Contract Time.
52. Public Meeting—An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public
participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project.
53. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such
portion of the Work will be judged.
54. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required
submittals and the time requirements toto support scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
55. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating
portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for
reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
56. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or
information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and
submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether
approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents.
57. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City
upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements
for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the
use of Contractor.
58. Specifications or Technical Specifications —The part of the Contract that consists of
written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as
applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters
applicable to the Work. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract
Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as
indicated in the Table of Contents (Section 00 00 00) of the Project.
59. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with
any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
60. Submittal—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by
Contractor to the City to illustrate some portion of the Work.
61. Subsidiary or subsidiary—These terms will have the same definition as “Incidental. or
incidental”.
62. Successful Bidder—The Bidder to whom City issues a Notice of Award. The term
“Bidder” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposer” or “Offeror” in those instances
where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid and is the
Proposer or Offeror submitting the proposal or offer that provides the best value to the
City and to whom the City issues a Notice of Award.
63. Superintendent—The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and
able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor.
64. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract set forth at Division 00 73 00 that
amends or supplements these General Conditions.
65. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor
having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials
or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor.
66. Underground Facilities—All underground lines, pipelines, conduits, ducts, encasements,
cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or systems at the
Site, including but not limited to those facilities or systems that produce, transmit,
distribute, or convey telephone or other communications, cable television, fiber optic
transmissions, power, electricity, light, heat, gases, oil, crude oil products, liquid
petroleum products, water, steam, waste, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or
chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
67. Unit Price Work—Work for which the Contract Price is determined by multiplying the
unit price for the item by the estimated quantity of the item.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
68. Weekend Working Hours—Those hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Saturday,
and between 1:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Sunday or on a federal or state holiday observed
by the City, as approved in advance by the City for performing Work.
69. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce
such construction including any Change Order or Field Order,, and furnishing, installing,
and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by
the Contract Documents.
70. Working Day—Defined as a Business Day but excluding any days that weather or other
conditions beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor prevents the performance of
the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours
between 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraphs 1.02.B, C, D, and E are not defined terms that
require initial capital letters, but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract, have
the indicated meaning.
B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: The Contract includes the terms “as allowed,” “as
approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise
of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,”
“proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or
determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of judgment, action, or
determination will be to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in
the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating
otherwise).
C. Defective: The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:
1. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
2. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or
approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
3. has been damaged prior to City’s written notice of Final Acceptance.
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide
1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment,
means to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some
other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition.
2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment,
means to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment
complete and ready for intended use.
3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or
equipment, means to execute, carry out, furnish and install said services, materials, or
equipment complete and ready for intended use.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 7 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific
services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words
“furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said
services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.
E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract in accordance with such
recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance
A. Performance and Payment Bonds: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the
Agreement to City, Contractor shall also deliver to City the performance bond , payment bond
and maintenance bond that comply with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas
Government Code. Work will not be allowed to begin until the performance and payment
bonds have been provided by the Contractor to the City.
B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the
Agreement to City, Contractor shall also deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured
(as identified in the Contract), the certificates, endorsements, and other evidence of insurance
required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. Work will not be allowed
to begin until the evidence of insurance has been provided by the Contractor to the City.
2.02 Copies of Documents
A. City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of
the Contract, and three (3) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional printed copies will
be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.03 Before Starting Construction
Baseline starting Work, Contractor shall submit for review by City the following in accordance
with the Contract Documents:
A. Baseline Schedules in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 16.
B. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals.
C. Preliminary Schedule of Values: For lump sum contracts, a Schedule of Values for all of the
Work that includes quantities and prices of items that when added together equal the Contract
Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis
for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.
2.04 Preconstruction Meeting
A. Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Meeting
as specified in Section 01 31 19.
2.05 Public Meeting
A. Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials, or resources to the Site prior to
Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 8 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
A. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable Project Schedules are
submitted to City in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2.07 Electronic Submittals and Transmittals
A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the City and Contractor may send, and
shall accept, Electronic Documents transmitted by Electronic Means.
B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for Electronic Means, then City and Contractor
shall jointly develop such protocols.
C. Subject to any governing protocols for Electronic Means, when transmitting Electronic
Documents by Electronic Means, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long-
term compatibility, usability, or readability of the Electronic Documents resulting from the
recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware
differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the Electronic Documents.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one Contract Document is
as binding as if required by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract to describe a functionally complete Project to be constructed in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or
equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing
custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided
whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City.
C. City will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein.
D. The Specifications may vary in form, forma and style. Some Specification sections may be
written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style, and some sections may be
relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as “the Contractor
shall,” “in conformity with,” “as shown,” or “as specified” are intentional in streamlined
sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of
provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the
format of the section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format
or style in making Contract Claims or Damage Claims.
E. The cross-referencing of Specification sections under the subparagraph heading “Related
Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:” and elsewhere within each Specification
section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely
on the cross-referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under
the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not cross-referencing is
provided in each section or whether the cross-referencing is complete or accurate.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 9 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference
standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or
Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, means the standard
specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the
time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids),
except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, and
no instruction of a Supplier, will be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of
City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from
those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be
effective to assign to City or any of its officers, elected or appointed officials, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or
authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to
undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies
1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each
part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check
and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to
applicable field measurements, and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in
writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers,
or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby.
2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the
Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the
Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or
Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference
standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly
report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby
(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.1717) until the conflict, error,
ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by City, or by
an amendment or supplement to the Contract issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01.
3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity,
or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge
thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions
of the Contract Documents take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity,
or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and:
a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or
the instruction of any Supplier; or
b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work
(unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would
result in violation of such Law or Regulation).
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 10 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions,
Drawings shall govern over Specifications, and Supplementary Conditions shall govern
over General Conditions and Specifications.
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents
A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor shall submit to the
City in writing all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents
(sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the
acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters
arise. City will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of
the acceptability of the Work.
B. City will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision
on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents.
City’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor,
unless Contractor appeals by filing a Contract Claim.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not:
1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or
other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or
its consultants, including electronic media versions, or reuse any such Drawings,
Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any
other project without written consent of City and specific written verification or
adaptation by Engineer; or
2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any
such Contract Documents for any purpose without City’s express written consent, or
violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents.
B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 05 will survive final payment, or termination of the
Contract. Nothing herein precludes Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract
Documents for record purposes.
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
4.01 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed
A. The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A
Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the
Contract.
4.02 Starting the Work
A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to
run. No Work may be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences
to run.
4.03 Delays in Contractor’s Progress
A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 11 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained
by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. The City shall
be liable only to the extent allowed by the provisions of the Contract and as allowed by
Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code.
B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delay,
disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption,
and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be within the control of Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except
when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City
to provide information or material, if any, that the Contract specifies is to be furnished by the
City.
D. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by
unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of City, Contractor, and those for
whom they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in
Contract Time. Such an adjustment will be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the
delays, disruption, and interference described in this Paragraph 4.03. D. The Contractor is
responsible for the prompt submission of a request for an adjustment to the Contract Time
under this Paragraph to the City. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise
to an adjustment in Contract Time under this Paragraph include but are not limited to the
following:
1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and
earthquakes;
2. Abnormal weather conditions;
3. Acts or failures to act of third-party utility owners or other third-party entities (other than
those third-party utility owners or other third-party entities performing other work at or
adjacent to the Site as arranged by or under contract with City, as contemplated in
Article 8); and
4. Acts of war or terrorism.
E. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of Contract Time or Contract Price is limited as
follows:
1. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Time is conditioned on the
delay, disruption, or interference adversely affecting an activity on the critical path to
completion of the Work, as of the time of the delay, disruption, or interference.
2. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price for any delay,
disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or
interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Such a concurrent delay by
Contractor shall not preclude an adjustment of Contract Time to which Contractor is
otherwise entitled.
3. Adjustments of Contract Time or Contract Price are subject to the provisions of
Article 11.
F. Each Contractor request or Change Order seeking an increase in Contract Time or Contract
Price must be supplemented by supporting data that sets forth in detail the following:
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 12 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. The circumstances that form the basis for the requested adjustment;
2. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference began to affect the
progress of the Work;
3. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference ceased to affect the
progress of the Work;
4. The number of days’ increase in Contract Time claimed as a consequence of each such
cause of delay, disruption, or interference; and
5. The impact on Contract Price, in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.08.
6. Contractor shall also furnish such additional supporting documentation as City may
require including, where appropriate, a revised Project Schedule indicating all the
activities affected by the delay, disruption, or interference, and an explanation of the
effect of the delay, disruption, or interference on the critical path to completion of the
Work.
G. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from
the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable
accuracy, and those resulting from undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are
governed by Article 5, together with the provisions of Paragraphs 4.03.F and 4.03.G.
ARTICLE 5 – SITE; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
5.01 Availability of Lands
A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor in writing of any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which
Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will be responsible for obtaining any
necessary easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities.
1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or
easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired
in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project
Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must
consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements.
2. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the City has or anticipates moving
and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding movement or
relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set
forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor
in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or
obstructions to be moved and/or relocated by others.
B. Upon reasonable written request of Contractor, City shall furnish Contractor with a current
statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 13 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
C. Contractor shall provide for any additional lands and access thereto not included in the Site
that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. The cost
of such shall be part of the Contract Price.
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the
storage of materials and equipment, worker car parking and the operations of workers to
the Site, to adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction
easements or otherwise, and to other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with worker
car parking, construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall
assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other
adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or
areas, or to improvements, structures, utilities, or similar facilities located at such
adjacent lands or areas; and (d) for injuries, including death, and damage to or losses of
property sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that
such damage, losses, injuries or deaths arose out of or result from the performance of the
Work or arose out of or resulted from any other actions or conduct of the Contractor or
those for whom Contractor is responsible.
2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed, closed, or
is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than
is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to
reduce the area impacted to only that necessary for proper execution of the Work and/or
to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on
any additional area of the Site.
3. Construction equipment, spoil materials, supplies, forms, buildings, labs, or equipment
and supply storage buildings, or any other item that may be transported by flood flows,
shall not be stored within existing federal floodways during the course of the Work.
4. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant adversely impacted
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the
Damage Claim.
5. PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 7.21, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD HARMLESS CITY AND ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED
OFFICIALS, AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS,
LOSSES, AND DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY CLAIM OR
ACTION, LEGAL OR EQUITABLE, BROUGHT BY ANY SUCH ADVERSELY
IMPACTED OWNER OR OCCUPANT AGAINST CITY.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the
Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish,
and other debris will conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: If 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the
clean-up at the Site is insufficient or occurring in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, the
Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory condition and/or procedures, the City may take
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 14 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to
the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct corrective action, plus 25 %
of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor under
the Contract.
D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall clean the Site
and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City and any adjacent property owners, if
applicable. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent
areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, surplus materials, waste
materials, rubbish and other debris and shall restore to original condition or better all areas
impacted or disturbed by the Work.
E. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be
loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of
the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them.
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. Those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the Site; and
2. Those drawings known to City of existing physical conditions at or contiguous to the
Site, including those drawings known to City depicting existing surface or subsurface
structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities.).
B. Underground Facilities: Underground Facilities are shown or indicated on the Drawings,
pursuant to Paragraph 5.05, and not in the drawings referred to in Paragraph 5.03.A.
Information and data regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities are not
intended to be categorized, identified, or defined as technical data.
C. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor is provided certain technical data
identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings for its
use, but the City does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy of the information, and such
information including reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Contractor may not
make any Contract Claim against City, or any of theirits officers, elected or appointed officials,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect
to:
1. the completeness or accuracy of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences,
and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings; or
3. the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record
drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or City’s archival documents
concerning the Site; or
4. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any
such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 15 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is
uncovered or revealed at the Site either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” is materially inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and
generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents;
then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing
the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith
(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17), notify City in writing about such
condition.
B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments
1. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time
if:
a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a
final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the
submission of a Bid or becoming bound under the Contract; or
b. The existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed
as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or
c. Contractor failed to give the written notice required by Paragraph 5.04.A.
C. Underground Facilities; Hazardous Environmental Conditions: Paragraph 5.05 governs
rights and responsibilities regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities.
Paragraph 5.06 governs rights and responsibilities regarding Hazardous Environmental
Conditions. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03 and 5.04 are not applicable to the presence or
location of Underground Facilities, or to Hazardous Environmental Conditions.
5.05 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and
data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including
City, or by others, unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions::
1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such
information or data provided by others; and
2. the cost of all of the following are included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall
have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all information and data;
b. verifying the actual location of those Underground Facilities shown or indicated in
the Contract Documents as being within the area affected by the Work, by exposing
such Underground Facilities during the course of construction;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 16 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners (including City) of such
Underground Facilities, during construction; and
d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and
repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Not Shown or Indicated:
1. If an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or
indicated on the Drawings or otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not
shown or indicated on the Drawings or in the Contract Documents with reasonable
accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection
therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17), identify the owner of
such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. Contractor shall be
responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility.
2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order
may be issued to reflect and document such consequences, subject to the provisions of
Article 11.
3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of
all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including
exploratory excavation if necessary.
5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have
been identified at the Site; or
2. drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been
identified at the Site.
B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor is provided certain technical data
identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings for its
use, but the City does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy of the information, and such
information including reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Contractor may not
make any Contract Claim against City, or any of its officers, elected or appointed officials,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect
to:
1. the completeness or accuracy of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences,
and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings; or
3. the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record
drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or City’s archival documents
concerning the Site; or
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 17 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
4. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any
such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
C. Contractor shall not be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or
revealed at the Site if such Hazardous Environmental Condition was not shown or indicated
in Drawings or Specifications or identified if the removal or remediation of such Hazardous
Environmental Condition was not identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope
of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created
by the actions of or with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors,
Suppliers or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible and the costs associated with the
same.
D. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose
removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within
the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates
a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or
otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in
any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17); and (3)
notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the
necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if
any.
E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with a Hazardous
Environmental Condition identified pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.D or in any affected area until
after City has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to
Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been
rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which
such Work may be resumed.
F. If, after receipt of such written notice, Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based
on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special
conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such
condition to be deleted from the Work and the Contract Price. City may have such deleted
portion of the Work performed by City’s own forces or others.
G. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS,
CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY, AND ITS
OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS,
PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS, AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF
EACH AND ANY OF THEM, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES,
AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES
OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND
ALL COURT ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) FOR
PERSONAL INJURY, DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY
CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE.
NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH 5.06.CityG OBLIGATES CONTRACTOR TO
INDEMNIFY ANY INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY FROM AND AGAINST THE
CONSEQUENCES OF THAT INDIVIDUAL’S OR ENTITY’S OWN NEGLIGENCE.
H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of a Hazardous
Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 18 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
6.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or
authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and
coverages required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional
requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
6.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, in accordance with the
provisions of the Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute and as required
by the City, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful
performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. The
performance and payment bonds must be provided by the Contractor to the City prior to the
Contractor beginning any Work.
B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as
security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the
Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date
of Final Acceptance by the City. The maintenance bond(s) shall be provided as directed by the
City as part of the close-out of the Contract and shall be provided prior to the final payment
being made.
C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents, except as provided
otherwise by Laws and Regulations, and must be issued and signed by a surety named in
“Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and
as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Department Circular 570 (as amended
and supplemented) by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A
bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that
individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority must show that it is
effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond.
D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or
the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, or its right to do business is terminated in
the State of Texas, then Contractor shall promptly notify City in writing and shall, within 30
days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of
which must comply with the bond and surety requirements above.
E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, City may refuse to allow the Contractor to
begin Work, exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise City’s termination rights under
Article 15.
F. Upon request to Contractor from any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity
claiming to have furnished labor, services, materials, or equipment used in the performance of
the Work, Contractor shall provide a copy of the payment bond to such person or entity.
6.03 Certificates of Insurance
A. Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee
identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance and endorsements (and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 19 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) establishing
that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies and coverages required by these
General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions prior to beginning any Work.
1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in
the Supplementary Conditions as “additional insureds” on all liability policies.
2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a “per project” or “per location”
endorsement, that shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City.
3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the
insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed
in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide.
4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State
of Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating
of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent
financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction City. If the rating is below that
required, written approval of City is required.
5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in
favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation
against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions
6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with
the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence
that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain
such lines of insurance coverage or to provide such certificates or other evidence of full
compliance with the insurance requirements.
7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess
Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of
the primary coverage.
8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”.
If If City agrees in writing that coverage is underwrittenmay be written on a claims-made
basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date
of the Agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims-
made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the
duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance or for the
warranty period provided for under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period,
whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall
evidence such insurance coverage.
9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements that either nullify or amend the
required lines of coverage, nor or decrease the limits of said coverage unless such
endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Notice of an Award has
been issued or the Agreement executed, and the policy exclusions are determined to be
unacceptable or the City desires that the Contractor obtain additional insurance coverage
the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional
coverage plus 10%.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 20 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
10. For any proposed self-insured retention (SIR),) in excess of $25,000.00, affecting
insurance coverage, Contractor must obtain the written approval of the City in regard to
asset value and stockholders' equity. In lieu of traditional insurance, proposed alternative
coverage maintained through insurance pools or, risk retention groups, or self-funding
will also require the written approval of the City.
11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on
a first-dollar basis must be acceptable to and approved in writing by the City.
12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to
make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverages and limits when deemed necessary
and prudent by the City based upon the scope of the Work, changes in statutory law, court
decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the
City. The City will provide prior notice of 90 days and the insurance adjustments shall
be incorporated into the Work by Change Order.
13. City shall be entitled, upon written request to Contractor and without expense to City, to
receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and. City may make any reasonable
requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions,
limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the
requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required
where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party
or the underwriter on any such policies.
14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
Contractor’s insurance.
6.04 Contractor’s Insurance
A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain
such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas
Workers’ Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits
for Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s
performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents,
whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee
benefit acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death
of employees.
B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability
(bodily injury, including death, or property damage) arising from: premises/operations,
independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury including death,
liability under an insured contract, and explosion/collapse/underground (where those
exposures exist). Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive
as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary
insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City.
The Commercial General Liability policy shall have no exclusions by endorsements that
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 21 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
would alter or nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual,
personal injury, or advertising injury, that are normally contained with the policy, unless the
City approves such exclusions in writing.
For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City
may require the Contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no
less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the
Supplementary Conditions)).
C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any
auto”, defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person and/or property damage arising out
of or related to the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any
Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.
D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the Work or any warranty work is within the limits of
railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the
Supplementary Conditions.
E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon
cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop Work until replacement
insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for delays or days not worked
pursuant to this section.
6.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
A. If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or
insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with
Article 6 or the Supplementary Conditions on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract
Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after
receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City
such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably
request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required
by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior
to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required
coverage. Such failure to provide bonds or insurance as required by the Contract Documents
is a breach of the terms of the Contract and the City may terminate the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures of construction.
B. If the Contract Documents note, or Contractor determines, that professional engineering or
other design services are needed to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, or for Site safety, then Contractor
shall cause such services to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, at
Contractor’s expense. Such services are not City-delegated professional design services under
this Contract, and neither City nor Engineer has any responsibility with respect to (1)
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 22 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
Contractor’s determination of the need for such services, (2) the qualifications or licensing of
the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor, (3) the performance of such
services, or (4) any errors, omissions, or defects in such services.
7.02 Supervision and Superintendence
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall identify and assign a competent
superintendent, who is proficient in English, and who shall not be replaced without written
notice to City of the name of the replacement superintendent. If at any time the superintendent
is not satisfactory to the City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, replace the superintendent
with another satisfactory to City.
C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of
construction.
7.03 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the
Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all
times maintain good discipline and order at the Site.
B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of Contractor’s
employees; of Suppliers and Subcontractors, and their employees; and of any other individuals
or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work, just as Contractor is responsible for
Contractor’s own acts and omissions.
C. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property
at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all
Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours on Business Days.
Contractor will not permit the performance of Work outside of regular working hours on
Business Days without City’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably
withheld)). Contractor’s written request (by letter or electronic communication) for City’s
written consent must be made as follows:
1. for Work beyond regular working hours on Business Days, request must be made by
noon at least two (2) Business Days prior;
2. for Work during Weekend Working Hours, request must be made by noon of the
preceding Wednesday; and
3. for Work on state or federal holidays observed by the City, request must be made
sufficiently in advance of the holiday, to satisfy requirements for City Council approval.
7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume
full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction
equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary
facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the
performance, Contractor required testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or
not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 23 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not
specified, shall be of sufficient quality to complete the Work, and must be new and of good
quality, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and
guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required
by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as
to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment.
C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied,
installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract
Documents.
D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at
the time of bid, unless otherwise specified.
7.05 Project Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.06
and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to the City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph
2.06 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that
will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments must comply with any
provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto.
2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress
payment request for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the Construction
Progress Schedule, General Requirements 01 32 16.
3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. Adjustments in Contract
Time may only be made by a Change Order.
7.06 “Or Equals”
A. Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Whenever an item of equipment or material is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the names of one or more
proprietary items or specific Suppliers, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor
furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended
to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or
description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal”
item is permitted, Contractor may request that City permit the use of other items of equipment
or material, or items from other proposed Suppliers, under the circumstances described below.
1. If City in its sole discretion determines that an item of equipment or material proposed
by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no
change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or equal”
item. For the purposes of this Paragraph, a proposed item of equipment or material will
be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. the City determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 24 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole;
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service;
and
4) it is not objectionable to City.
b. Contractor certifies that, if the proposed item is approved and incorporated into the
Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and
2) the item will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item
named in the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal”
item at Contractor’s expense.
C. City’s Evaluation and Determination: City will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each
“or-equal” request. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed
“or-equal” item. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” item will be
ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until City’s review is complete and City determines
that the proposed item is an “or-equal.” City.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its
determination.
D. Effect of City’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal” request will result
in any change in Contract Price. The City’s denial of an “or-equal” request will be final and
binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract.
E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If City determines that an item of equipment or material
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, Contractor may request that
City consider the item a proposed substitution pursuant to Paragraph 7.07.
7.07 Substitutions
A. Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Unless the specification or description of an item
of equipment or material required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or
is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that
City permit the use of other items of equipment or material under the circumstances described
below. To the extent possible such requests must be made before commencement of related
Work at the Site.
1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitution therefor. City will not accept requests for review of
proposed substitute items of equipment or material from anyone other than Contractor.
2. The requirements for review by City will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.07.B, as
supplemented by the Specifications, and as City may decide is appropriate under the
circumstances.
3. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item
of equipment or material that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall
comply with Section 01 25 00 and:
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 25 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
a. will certify that the proposed substitute item will:
1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the
general design;
2) be substantially similar in substance to the item specified; and
3) be well-suited to the same use as the item specified.
b. will state:
1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will adversely
impact Contractor’s achievement of Final Acceptance on or before the Contract
Time;
2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change
in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct
contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the
proposed substitute item; and
3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with
the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
c. will identify:
1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from the item specified; and
2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services.
d. will contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in
Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and Damage Claims of other
contractors affected by any resulting change.
B. City’s Evaluation and Determination: City will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each
substitution request. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed
substitute item. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered,
furnished, installed, or utilized until City’s review is complete and City determines that the
proposed item is an acceptable substitution. City’s approval determination will be evidenced
by a Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including
changes in Contract Price or Contract Time. City will advise Contractor in writing of any
denial determination.
C. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special
performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitution. Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless City and its officers, elected and appointed officials,
employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors and anyone directly or indirectly
employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses
(including attorney’s fees) arising out of or relateds to the use of substituted materials or
equipment.
D. Reimbursement of City’s Cost: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitution
proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed
or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed
substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 26 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from
the acceptance of each proposed substitute.
E. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute
at Contractor’s expense.
F. City Substitution Reimbursement: Cost savings attributable to acceptance of a substitution
shall be paid to City by Contractor by an appropriate Change Order decreasing the Contract
Price.
G. Effect of City’s Determination: If City approves the substitution request, Contractor shall
execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The City’s denial of a
substitution request will be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under
any provision of the Contract. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs
imposed under Paragraph 7.07.D, by timely submittal of a Change Order.
7.08 Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers
A. Contractor shall perform with its own organization, and with the assistance of workmen under
its immediate superintendence, work of a value not less than 35% of the Contract Price, unless
otherwise approved by the City.
B. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work.
Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether
initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor
shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to
furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection, except
as provided in Paragraph 7.08.C. The Contractor’s retention of a Subcontractor or Supplier for
the performance of parts of the Work will not relieve Contractor’s obligation to City to perform
and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract.
C. The City may require the use of specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or
entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work , and will provide such
requirements in the Supplementary Conditions.
D. Contractor shall provide to City as part of the Bid, the identity of all proposed Subcontractors
and Suppliers. Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to City
unless City raises a substantive, reasonable objection prior to execution of the Agreement.
E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s
own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract:
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any
moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may
otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
F. No acceptance by City of any such Subcontractor or Supplier, whether initially or as a
replacement, will constitute a waiver of the right of City to the completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents, Contract Price and Contract Time.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 27 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
G. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the tasks of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of
the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.
H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier must be pursuant to an
appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the
applicable terms and conditions of the Contract for the benefit of City. Contractor must comply
with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, ordinances or regulations, including
but not limited to immigration laws, workers compensation laws and wage laws, in the hiring
of any Subcontractor or Supplier and shall ensure that each Subcontractor or Supplier has the
same obligations.
I. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors and Suppliers from communicating with City,
except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed in
this Contract.
7.09 Wage Rates
A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than
the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Denton to be the prevailing wage rates
in accordance with Chapter 2258. The then current prevailing wage rates at the time of
execution of the Agreement are included in these Contract Documents.
B. Penalty for Violation: A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing
wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for
each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates
stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its
administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code Section 2258.023.
C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause: On receipt of information,
including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas
Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial
determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to
whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in
writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination.
Upon the City’s determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or
Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the
claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the
prevailing wage rates, such amounts being retained from successive progress payments
pending a final determination of the violation.
D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved: An issue relating to an alleged violation of
Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an
affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas
General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or
Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th
day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph 7.09.C. If the
persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th
day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the
petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 28 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of
competent jurisdiction.
E. Records to be Maintained: The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three
(3) years following the date of Final Acceptance, maintain records that show (i) the name and
occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work
provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The
records shall be available in Denton County, Texas at all reasonable hours for inspection by
the City. The provisions of Paragraph 7.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection.
F. Progress Payments: With each progress payment request or payroll period, whichever is less,
the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the
requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
G. Posting of Wage Rates: The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place
at the Site at all times.
H. Subcontractor Compliance: The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall
otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs 7.09.A through 7.09.G.
7.10 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. Contractor shall pay all patent or license fees and royalties and pay all costs incident to the use
in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
If an invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for
use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject
to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any patent or license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights will be disclosed in the Contract Documents. Failure of the
City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay
said fees or, royalties or costs to others.
B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS,
CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY, AND ITS
OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS,
PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF
EACH AND ANY OF THEM, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES,
AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES
OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND
ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY INFRINGEMENT OF PATENT RIGHTS
OR COPYRIGHTS INCIDENT TO THE USE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
OR RESULTING FROM THE INCORPORATION IN THE WORK OF ANY
INVENTION, DESIGN, PROCESS, PRODUCT, OR DEVICE.
7.11 Permits and Utilities
A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract
Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. City
shall provide reasonable assistance to Contractor, if necessary, in obtaining such permits and
licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the
prosecution of the Work applicable at the time the Notice of Award is issued, except for
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 29 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
permits provided by the City as specified in Paragraph 7.11.B. City shall pay the charges of
utility service providers for connections for providing permanent service to the Work.
B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for those permits and licenses
identified as City’s responsibility in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It
will be the Contractor’s responsibility to comply with and carry out the provisions of the
permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes,
the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate
regulatory agency. relating to the changes. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any
cost associated with the requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits
the City will obtain if required:
1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits
2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits
3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits
4. Railroad Company Permits
5. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) Permits
C. Outstanding permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be
acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The
Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents
must consider any outstanding permits and licenses.
7.12 Taxes
A. On issuance of a Notice of Award by the City, an organization which qualifying for exemption
pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent
or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this
contract by issuing to hisits Supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption
certificate to comply with State Comptroller’s Rulings applicable to Texas Tax Code,
Subchapter H. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall
be subject to and shall comply with all applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code,
Subchapter H.
B. Texas tax permits and information may be obtained from:
1. Comptroller of Public Accounts
Sales Tax Division
Capitol Station
Austin, TX 78711; or
2. http://www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.html
7.13 Laws and Regulations
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s
compliance with any Laws and Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know
that it is contrary to Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall be liable for all resulting claims,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 30 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
costs losses, and damages, and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, and its officers, elected
and appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and
subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or
relating to such Work or other action.
C. Changes in Laws and Regulations not known at the time of the City’s issuance of a Notice of
Award having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of
an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time.
7.14 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, written interpretations and
clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in
good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. Contractor shall
include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. These record documents, together
with all approved Samples, will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the
Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to City prior to Final Inspection.
7.15 Safety and Protection
A. As between City and Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of persons and
property in the performance of the Work, for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work and for compliance with applicable
safety Laws and Regulations.
B. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative whose duties and
responsibilities are the prevention of Work-related accidents and the maintenance and
supervision of safety precautions and programs. Contractor shall inform the City in writing of
Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site.
C. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary
protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage
on or off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of
construction.
D. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.1515.C.2 or 7.1515.C.3
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier,
or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any
of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be the responsibility
of and remedied by Contractor at its expense.
E. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 31 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
and shall implement, erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and
protection.
F. Contractor shall notify City; the owners of adjacent property; the owners of Underground
Facilities and other utilities (if the identity of such owners is known to Contractor); and other
contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, in writing, when
Contractor knows that prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with
them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in
progress.
G. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any.
H. Contractor shall inform City in advance in writing of the specific requirements of Contractor’s
safety program with which City’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply
while at the Site.
I. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will continue until all the
Work is completed and City has issued a Letter of Final Acceptance.
J. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will resume whenever
Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction
obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents.
7.16 Hazard Communication Programs
A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of safety data sheets (formerly
known as material safety data sheets) or other hazard communication information required to
be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with
Laws and Regulations.
7.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification
A. In the event of threatened or actual emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons
or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to
immediately act to prevent damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written
notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the
Contract Documents have been caused by an emergency or are required as a result of
Contractor’s response to an emergency. If City determines that a change in the Contract
Documents is required because of an emergency or Contractor’s response, a Change Order
may be issued.
B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies,
omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are
to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and
request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the
Contractor does not take proper action within 24 hours to fulfill this written request or fails
to show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such
remedial action with City resources or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to
the entire cost for such remedial action, plus 25% from any funds due or to become due the
Contractor on the Project.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 32 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
7.18 Submittals
A. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit required
Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of
Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.03).
1. Contractor shall submit the Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 of the General
Requirements.
2. Data shown on the Submittals must be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to demonstrate to
City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide, and to enable
City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.18.C.
3. Submittals reviewed and accepted by City for conformance with the design concept shall
be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by
City.
4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater
detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings
and Specifications.
5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct a review
or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
6. Contractor shall submit the required number of Samples specified in the Specifications.
7. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such
as catalog numbers, the use for which it is intended and other data as City may require to
enable City to review the Submittal for the limited purposes set forth in Paragraph 7.18.C.
B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any
related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will
be at the sole risk, expense and responsibility of Contractor.
C. City’s Review
1. City will provide timely review of Submittals in accordance with the accepted Schedule
of Submittals. City’s review and acceptance will be to determine if the items covered by
the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, comply with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,
or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique,
sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents), or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto.
3. City’s review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the
assembly in which the item functions.
4. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal will not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 of the General
Requirements, and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific
written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 33 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
5. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal will not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal, or of a variation from the requirements of
the Contract Documents, will not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Time or
Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order.
7. Neither City’s receipt, review, or acceptance of a Submittal will result in such item
becoming a Contract Document.
8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and
commitments set forth in accepted Submittals, subject to the provisions of Section 01 33
00 of the General Requirements.
7.19 Continuing the Work
A. Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project
Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor
may otherwise agree in writing.
7.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the
Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, elected and appointed
officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors
shall be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, or improper modification, maintenance, or operation, by persons other than
Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom
Contractor is responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents is absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents, a release of Contractor’s obligation to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or a release of Contractor’s
warranty and guarantee under this Paragraph 7.20:
1. Observations by Engineer or City;
2. Recommendation by Engineer or payment by City of any progress or final payment;
3. The issuance of a letter or certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related
thereto by City;
4. Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City;
5. Any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City;
6. Any inspection, test, or acceptance by others; or
7. Any correction of defective Work by City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 34 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to
other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years
from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. Contractor
shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of
Paragraph 6.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
7.21 Indemnification
A. CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD
HARMLESS, AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS,
ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,
CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM , FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL
CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL OR BODILY INJURY OR DEATH, ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATED TO, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF OR BE RELATED TO, THE
WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS
OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR
INVITEES UNDER THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THIS INDEMNIFICATION
PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE
EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES
BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT,
OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. OR ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED OR
APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS OR
SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY
THEM. THIS INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR COSTS, EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES
INCURRED IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF
ACTIONS.
B. CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD
HARMLESS, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND
APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS AND
SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED
BY THEM FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSS, DAMAGE OR
DESTRUCTION OF PROPERTY OF THE CITY, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED
TO, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF OR BE RELATED TO, THE WORK AND
SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS,
AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES
UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS
SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS
ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING
SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR
NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY OR ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED OR APPOINTED
OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS
OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM.
7.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services
are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 35 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor
shall cause such services or certifications to be provided pursuant to the professional standard
of care by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal must appear on
all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such
design professional. Such design professional must issue all certifications of design required
by Laws and Regulations.
C. If a Submittal related to the requirements indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B is prepared by
Contractor, a Subcontractor, or others for submittal to City, then such Submittal must bear the
written approval of Contractor’s design professional when submitted by Contractor to City.
D. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services,
certifications, and approvals performed or provided by the design professionals retained or
employed by Contractor under the conditions indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B, subject to the
professional standard of care and the performance and design criteria stated in the Contract
Documents.
E. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.22, City’s review, acceptance, and other determinations regarding
design drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other Submittals furnished by
Contractor pursuant to the conditions indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B, will be only for the
following limited purposes:
1. Checking for conformance with the requirements of this Paragraph 7.22;
2. Confirming that Contractor (through its design professionals) has used the performance
and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents; and
3. Establishing that the design furnished by Contractor is consistent with the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents.
7.23 Right to Audit
A. The City shall have the right to audit and make copies of the books, records and computations
pertaining to the Contract. The Contractor shall retain such books, records, documents and
other evidence pertaining to the Contract during the term of the Contract and for five years
thereafter, except if an audit is in progress or audit findings are yet unresolved, in which case
records shall be kept until all audit tasks are completed and resolved. These books, records,
documents and other evidence shall be made available, in Denton County, Texas within ten
(10) Business Days of City’s written request. Further, the Contractor shall also require all
Subcontractors, material suppliers, and other payees to retain all books, records, documents
and other evidence pertaining to the Contract, and to allow the City similar access to those
documents. All books and records will be made available within Denton County,
Texas. Except as otherwise provided herein, the cost of the audit will be borne by the City
unless the audit reveals an overpayment of 1% or greater. If the City is undertaking an audit
or inspection pursuant to Paragraph 7.09 or if an overpayment of 1% or greater occurs, the
City’s reasonable cost of the audit, including any travel costs, must be paid by the Contractor
within five (5) Business Days of receipt of City’s invoice for such costs.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 36 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
B. Failure to comply with the provisions of this section shall be a material breach of the Contract
and shall constitute, in the City’s sole discretion, grounds for termination thereof. Each of the
terms “books”, “records”, “documents” and “other evidence”, as used above, shall be
construed to include drafts and electronic files, even if such drafts or electronic files are
subsequently used to generate or prepare a final printed document.
7.24 Nondiscrimination
A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing
transit-related projects, funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without
discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national
origin.
B. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended
and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be further defined in the Supplementary
Conditions, for any project receiving Federal assistance.
ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
8.01 Other Work
A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the City may perform
other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by City’s employees,
or through contracts between the City and third parties. City may also arrange to have third-
party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site.
B. If City performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees, or through
contracts for such other work, then City shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to
starting any such other work, if such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents.
C. Contractor shall afford proper and safe access to the Site to each contractor that performs such
other work, each utility owner performing other work, and City, if City is performing other
work with City’s employees, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work.
D. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to
properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with
such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or
otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work
with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected.
E. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work
performed by others, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in
writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or
unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to
so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with
Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work that could not
have been discovered through a proper inspection.
F. The provisions of this Article 8 are not applicable to work that is performed by third-party
utilities or other third-party entities without a contract with City, or that is performed without
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 37 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
having been arranged by City. If such work occurs, then any related delay, disruption, or
interference incurred by Contractor is governed by the provisions of Paragraph 4.03.D.3.
8.02 Coordination
A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the
Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees, or to arrange to
have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in
the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other
work:
1. The identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for
coordination of the activities among the various contractors;
2. An itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility;
and
3. The extent of such authority and responsibilities.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such
coordination.
8.03 Legal Relationships
A. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying,
disrupting, or interfering with the work of City, any other contractor, or any utility owner
performing other work at or adjacent to the Site.
1. When City is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees,
Contractor shall be liable to City for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable
direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by City as a result of Contractor’s
failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to City’s other work.
B. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or
any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure
to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any Damage Claim
arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or
adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor,
City, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties
through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim
by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify, defend and
hold harmless City and Engineer, and the officers, elected and appointed officials, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them
from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but
not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals
and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such
damage, delay, disruption, or interference.
ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES
9.01 Communications to Contractor
A. Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all
communications to Contractor.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 38 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
9.02 Furnish Data
A. City shall promptly furnish the data required of City under the Contract Documents.
9.03 Pay When Due
A. City shall make payments to Contractor when they are due in accordance with and subject to
the provisions of Article 14.
9.04 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings
A. City’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01.
B. Article 5 refers to City’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions
relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been
utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents.
9.05 Change Orders
A. City’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11.
9.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A. City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
Paragraph 13.02.DD.
9.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities
A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply
with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be
responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A. City’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set
forth in Paragraph 5.06.
9.09 Compliance with Safety Program
A. While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific
applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed in
advance in writing pursuant to Paragraph 7.15.
ARTICLE 10 – CITY’S OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION
10.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative
A. City will provide a Project Manager or duly authorized representative during the construction
period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s Project
Manager or duly appointed representative during construction are set forth in the Contract
Documents.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 39 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
B. City’s Project Manager for these Contract Documents is as set forth in the Supplementary
Conditions. City will establish a duly authorized representative at the Preconstruction Meeting
in accordance with Section 01 31 19 of the General Requirements.
10.02 Visits to Site
A. City will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction
as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality
of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during
such visits and observations, City will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. City will not be required to make exhaustive or
continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s efforts
will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform generally to the Contract Documents.
B. City’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on City’s responsibility set forth
in Paragraph 99.07. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of City’s visits or
observations of Contractor’s Work, City will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority
over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures
of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.
10.03 Determinations for Work Performed
A. As applicable, Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work
performed.. City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative will review with
Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written
recommendation. City’s written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed
factual conditions or more accurate data).
10.04 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. City will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge the
acceptability of the Work thereunder.
B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred.
C. City’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject
to the provisions of Paragraph 11.07.
ARTICLE 11 – CHANGES ININ THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK
11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract
A. The Contract may be amended toto provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terms and conditions thereof, including in the Contract Price or Contract
Time, but such amendment will be made by Change Order only.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be
authorized, by one of the following ways:
1. A Field Order; or
2. City’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.18.C); or
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 40 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
3. City’s written interpretation or clarification.
11.02 Execution of Change Orders
A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering:
1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties,
including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed..
2. Changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 11.04,
(b) required because of City’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.05 or
City’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08, or (c) as otherwise agreed to
by the parties.
11.03 Field Orders
A. City may authorize minor variations and deviations in changes in the Work if the changes do
not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on both
the City and Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly.
11.04 Authorized Changes in the Work – Extra Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or
from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall
proceed with the Work involved only upon receiving written notice from City. Extra Work
will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which
may or may not precede an order of Extra Work.
B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field
Order may be issued by City.
11.05 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented as allowed herein, except in certain cases
of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.17.A.
11.06 Dispute of Extra Work
A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the
payment for such Extra Work, and the City requires its performance, the Contractor shall
proceed with the Extra Work after making written request for a Change Order and shall keep
accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work
shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 11.07.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such records of all deviations from the original Contract
Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected
set of plans showing the actual work performed.
C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order
shall be the full, complete and final payment for all charges, fees and costs Contractor incurs
as a result of or relating to the Extra Work, whether said charges, fees or costs are known,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 41 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any charges, fees
or costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or
unchanged work as a result of the Extra Work.
11.07 Contract Claims Process
A. City’s Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph
14.08, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a
condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract
Claims.
B. Notice:
1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the
Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The
responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the
Contract Claim.
2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be
delivered to the City no later than 45 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto
(unless the City notifies Contractor in writing that City will allow additional time for
Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim).
3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance
with the provisions of Paragraph 11.08.
4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance
with the provisions of Paragraph 11.09.
5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor’s written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled
as a result of said event.
6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the
Contractor’s last submittal (unless in connection with the Contract Claim (unless
Contractor allows the City additional time to submit a response).
C. City’s Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the
last submittal of the Contractor unless action by City’s Council is required, take one of the
following actions in writing:
1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part;
2. approve the Contract Claim; or
3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City’s
sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further
resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.
D. City’s written action under this Paragraph 11.07 will be final and binding, unless City or
Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of
such action or denial.
E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 11.07.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 42 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
F. If the City fails to take any action pursuant to this Paragraph 11.07, the Contract Claim is
considered to have been denied by the City.
11.08 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. TheThe value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows:
1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents,
then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to
the provisions of Paragraph 12.03);
2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an
allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with
Paragraph 11.08.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are
foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or
3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum or unit price,
then on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01)
plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in
Paragraph 11.08.C).
C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit will be determined as follows:
1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. If a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the
various portions of the Cost of the Work:
a. For costs incurred under Paragraphs 12.01.B.1, 12.01.B.2, and 12.01.B.3, the
Contractor’s fee will be 15 percent except for:
1) rental fees for Contractor’s own equipment; and
2) bonds and insurance;
b. For costs incurred under Paragraph 12.01.B.4, the Contractor’s fee will be 5 percent;
1) Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.08.C.2.a
and 11.08.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee will be based on: (1) a fee of 15
percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 12.01.B.1, 12.01.B.2, and
12.01.B.3 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever
tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier
higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of
5 percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the
next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, in no case shall the
cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25% of the Cost of the Work;
c. No fee will be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 12.01.B.5,
12.01.B.6, and 12.01.C;
d. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which
results in a net decrease in Cost of the Work will be the amount of the actual net
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 43 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
decrease in Cost of the Work and a deduction of an additional amount equal to
5 percent of such actual net decrease in Cost of the Work; and
11.09 Change of Contract Time
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed under a Change Order for Extra Work or
for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the
critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by critical path method analysis
how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path.
C. Delay, disruption, and interference in the Work, and any related changes in Contract Time, are
addressed in and governed by Paragraph 4.03.
11.10 Notification to Surety
A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the
general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not
limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s
responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect
the effect of any such change.
ARTICLE 12 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY
MEASUREMENT
12.01 Cost of the Work
A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term “Cost of the Work” means the sum
of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined
below. The provisions of this Paragraph 12.01 are used for two distinct purposes:
1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract
Price, under cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or
2. When needed to determine the value of a Change Order. When the value of any such
adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to
those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or
because of the event giving rise to the adjustment.
B. Costs Included: The term, “Cost of the Work” means the sum of all costs, except those
excluded in Paragraph 12.01.C, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper
performance of the Work. When the value of any Work is covered by a Change Order, the
costs reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required
because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those
calculated based on the prevailing wage rates contained in the Contract Documents, shall not
include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 12.01.C, and may include as applicable, but not
be limited to the following items:
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such
employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, safety managers,
safety representatives, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs
for employees not employed full time on the Work will be apportioned on the basis of
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 44 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, salaries and wages plus the cost
of fringe benefits, which include social security contributions, unemployment, excise,
and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, sick leave, and
vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside
of regular working hours on Business Days, during Weekend Working Hours, or on a
state or federal holiday observed by the City, shall be included in the above to the extent
authorized by City.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including
costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in
connection therewith.
3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof, whether rented
from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved in writing by
City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and
removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental
agreements. and the Contract Documents. The rental of any such equipment, machinery,
or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors.
If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors
acceptable to City . Contractor shall deliver such bids to City, which will then determine,
which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor
is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the
Work and fee will be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work
and fee as provided in this Paragraph 12.01 and Paragraph 11.08.C.
5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed or retained for services
specifically related to the Work and specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of
job classifications referred to in Paragraph 12.01.B.1 or otherwise specifically included
in the Contract.
6. Supplemental costs consisting of the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of
Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, and temporary office or facilities at the Site,
which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of
such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor.
c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which
Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations, excluding those taxes for
which an exemption is available as described in Paragraph 7.12.
d. Deposits lost for causes other than the negligence or willful misconduct of
Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for
permits and licenses.
e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 45 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from
causes other than the negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses include settlements made with
the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses
will be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s
fee.
f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
g. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier
services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.
h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the
Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.
C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work does not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals,
general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants,
purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel
employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office
for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon
schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 12.01.B.1 or otherwise
specifically covered in the Contract. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded
here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee.
2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at
the Site.
3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital
employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose
acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective
Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any
damage to property.
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind.
D. Contractor’s Fee
1. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus-a-fee, then:
a. Contractor’s fee for the Work set forth in the Contract Documents as of the Effective
Date of the Agreement will be determined as set forth in the Contract.
b. for any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price on the
basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee will be determined as set forth in
Paragraph 11.08.C.
2. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of a stipulated sum, or any other
basis other than cost-plus-a-fee, then Contractor’s fee for any Work covered by a Change
Order for an adjustment in Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work will be
determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.08.C.2.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 46 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
E. Documentation and Audit: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined
pursuant to this Article 12, Contractor and pertinent Subcontractors will establish and maintain
records of the costs in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, and submit in
a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Subject
to prior written notice, City will be afforded reasonable access, during normal business hours,
to all Contractor’s accounts, records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts,
vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and Contractor’s fee.
Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of three years after the final payment
by City. Contractor will be responsible for ensuring that pertinent Subcontractors will afford
such access to City, and preserve such documents, to the same extent as is required of
Contractor.
12.02 Allowances
A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all
allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be
performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City.
B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that:
1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all
applicable taxes; and
2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead,
profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances, have been included in
the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment for
any of the foregoing will be valid.
C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole
use of City.
D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts
due Contractor for Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price will be
correspondingly adjusted.
12.03 Unit Price Work
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal
to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work multiplied
by the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement.
B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of
the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be
made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.03.
C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate
to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described
in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete
installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental
to Unit Price Work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price.
D. Adjustments in Contract Price
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 47 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 11.08
if:
a. the quantity of the item of Work performed by Contractor differs materially and
significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
and
b. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work.
2. Adjusted unit prices will apply to all units of that item.
E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in
accordance with Paragraph 11.04.
1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of
the Work under the Contract Documents, the altered Work will be paid for at the Contract
unit price.
2. If the changes in quantities or alterations materially and significantly change the character
of the Work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order.
3. If no unit prices exist, thisany increase or decrease in quantities will be considered Extra
Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article
11.
4. A significant change in the character of Work occurs when:
a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially or significantly in kind
or nature from that in the Contract; or
b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity.
5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than
125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may
request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%.
6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than
75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may
request an adjustment to the unit price.
12.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment
A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of Work performed or material
moved, handled, or placed during the term of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are
designated as final payment quantities, unless revised in accordance with the Contract.
B. If the total actual quantity measured for an individual item varies by more than 25% (or as
stipulated under “Price and Payment Procedures” for specific Items) from the total estimated
quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment
may be made to the quantity of authorized Work done for payment purposes. The party to the
Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing
the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made
at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 11.
C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or
to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 48 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
decreased by the amount identified in the approved change, and the 25% variance provisions
of Paragraph 12.04.B will apply to the new plans quantity.
D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than
$250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans
quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans
quantity.
E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements
are not applicable.
ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.01 Access to Work
A. City and its Engineer, consultants, representatives, employees, and independent testing
laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction shall have access to the Site and the Work at
reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them
proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures
and programs so that they may comply with such procedures and programs as applicable.
13.02 Tests and Inspections
A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for
all required inspections and tests and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
facilitate required inspections and tests.
B. If the Contract Documents or any Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction
require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of
inspection, testing or approval, except that those fees specifically identified in the
Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR)
inspections, which shall will be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections, tests,
re-tests, and approvals required:
1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate
responsibility for a specific inspection or test to City;
2. to attain City’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work;
3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents;
4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be
incorporated into the Work; and
5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to
Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections and tests will be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories,
or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 49 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to
perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by
City.
1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor;
2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03.D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other
similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all
retests. Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed
a negative result and require a retest.
3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.02.D shall be paid directly to the
Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor.
4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the
Testing Lab is paid.
E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by City or another
designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for seeking
and obtaining such approvals.
F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
Contractor without the written approval of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover
such Work for observation. Such uncovering and the recovering of such Work will be at
Contractor’s expense.
13.03 Defective Work
A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective.
B. City’s Authority: City has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject
defective Work.
C. Notice of Defects: Written notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge
will be given to Contractor.
D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective
Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed,
or completed, or, if City has rejected the defective Work, shall remove the defective Work
from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Failure to require the removal
of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work.
E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action
that would void or otherwise impair City’s warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work.
F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with
respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising
out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection,
testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines
levied against Contractor or City by governmental authorities because the Work is defective,
and the costs of repair, replacement or reconstruction of work of others resulting from
defective Work.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 50 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
13.04 Rejecting Defective Work
A. City will have authority to reject Work which City believes to be defective or will not produce
a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the
integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated
by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing
of the Work as provided in this Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or
completed.
13.05 Acceptance of Defective Work
A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers
to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City’s
evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, and for the diminished value
of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior
to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in
the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of the Work so accepted.
13.06 Uncovering Work
A. City has the authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not
the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.
B. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions of City
and if requested by City, Contractor shall uncover such Work for City’s observation,
inspection or testing and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense.
C. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected
or tested by others, then Contractor, at City’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise
make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the
Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment.
1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all
claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or dispute resolution
costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited
to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). City shall be entitled to accept
defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.05 and in such case Contractor shall
still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing defective
Work.
2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an
extension of the Contract Time to the extent directly attributable to such uncovering,
exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction.
13.07 City May Stop the Work
A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or Contractor fails to perform the Work in such a way that the
completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then City may order Contractor to
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 51 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been corrected or
eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work will not give rise to any duty on the
part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,
any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or any employee or agent of, any of them.
13.08 City May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective
Work, or to remove and replace defective Work as required by City, or if Contractor fails to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply
with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then City may, after providing 7 days’
advance written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency.
B. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all
or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services
related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or
for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow
City, City’s representatives, agents and employees, and City’s other contractors access to the
Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.08.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court, or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies
under this Paragraph 13.08 will be the responsibility of and will be charged against Contractor.
A Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include, but not be limited to,
all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction,
removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by City of City’s rights and remedies
under this Paragraph 13.08.
ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD
14.01 Progress Payments
A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph
2.03 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of
Application for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payments for Unit Price Work will be
based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the
provisions of Paragraph 12.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost
of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period.
B. Applications for Payments
1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of
the City.
2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress
payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to City for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 52 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the
Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in
writing, the Application for Payment must also be accompanied by: (a) bill of sale,
invoice, or purchase order payments, copies of cancelled checks or other documentation
establishing full payment by Contractor for the materials and equipment; (b) at City’s
request, documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment
free and clear of all Liens; and (c) evidence that the materials and equipment are covered
by appropriate property insurance, or other arrangements to protect City’s interest therein,
all of which must be satisfactory to City.
4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application must include an
affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of
the Work by Contractor have been applied to discharge Contractor’s legitimate
obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment.
5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Contract Documents.
C. Review of Applications
1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing it will
proceed to process the Application for Payment or return the Application to Contractor
indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the
necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
2. City’s processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based
on City’s observations of the executed Work, and on City’s review of the Application for
Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that based City’s actual knowledge:
a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and
b. the quality and/or quantity of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract
Documents (subject to any subsequent evaluations of the Work, an evaluation of the
Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, the results of any
subsequent tests or inspections called for in the Contract Documents, a final
determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraphs
10.05 and 12.03, and any other qualifications stated).
3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:
a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been
performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress,
or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or
b. there are no other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor
to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor; or
c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s
performance of the Work.
4. City may refuse to process or pay the whole or any part of any payment because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 53 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
may revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be
necessary to protect City from loss because:
a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor
or his subcontractors, requiring correction or replacement;
b. there are discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment;
c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
d. City has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with
Paragraph 1313.08, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 13.05;
e. City has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental
Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or
f. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraph 15.02.A that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify
termination for cause under the Contract Documents.
D. Retainage:
1. For all contracts, retainage shall be five percent (5%).
E. Liquidated Damages: For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the
time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement will be
paid by the Contractor to the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the
City. If feasible, the parties may agree to have the liquidated damages deducted from any
amounts owned to Contractor by City instead of being paid directly to City by Contractor.
F. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment
will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents.
G. Reduction in Payment
1. City may refuse to make payment of the of the amount requested because:
a. Claims have been made against City based on Contractor’s performance or
furnishing of the Work, or City has incurred costs, losses, or damages resulting from
Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to
claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property
damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement;
b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage,
delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site;
c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance;
d. City has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental
Condition for which Contractor is responsible;
e. City has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews,
evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to
manufacturing or assembly facilities;
f. The Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 54 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
g. City has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with
Paragraph 13.08, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 13.05;
h. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
i. An event has occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore
justify a termination for cause;
j. Liquidated or other damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to
achieve Milestones or Final Acceptance of the Work;
k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge
of such Liens;
l. Other items entitle City to a set-off against the payment amount requested; or
m. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraph 15.02.
2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor
written notice stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount
remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the
amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, within
a reasonable time after Contractor remedies the reasons for such action to the satisfaction
of City and City has confirmed such action.
14.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered
by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City
no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
14.03 Partial Utilization
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which
City determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be
used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s
performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing
to of any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use. In
addition, City may request in writing that Contractor permit City to use or occupy any such
part of the Work that City believes to be substantially complete, subject to the following
conditions:
1. At any time, Contractor may notify City that Contractor considers any such part of the
Work ready for its intended use.
2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.03, City and
Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete,
City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.
3. Partial Utilization by City will not constitute Final Acceptance by City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 55 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
14.04 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents:
1. City will promptly schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor.
2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such
measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
B. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines that the entire
Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection.
14.05 Final Acceptance
A. Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any and all Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents, including any corrections or additional Work identified in the Final
Inspection and delivery of all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees,
bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurances, certificates of inspection, annotated record
documents and other required documents in accordance with the Contract Documents, City
will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance.
14.06 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment
1. Upon receipt of a letter of Final Acceptance from City, Contractor may make application
for Final Payment following the procedures for requesting payments in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
2. The final Application for Payment must be accompanied (except as previously delivered)
by:
a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to
the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 6.03;
b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment;
c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all
Work, materials, and equipment has passed to City free and clear of any Liens or
other title defects or will so pass upon final payment;
d. a list of all Contract Claims or Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes
are unsettled;
e. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in
connection with the Work; and
f. a completed subcontractor form identifying the subcontractor/supplier(s) and the
description of Work and/or materials provided, if any.
B. Payment Becomes Due: The final payment requested by Contractor, less previous payments
made and less any sum to which City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated
damages, will become due and payable:
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 56 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. After City’s acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation; and
2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved:
a. directly by the Contractor; or
b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to
Contractor’s insurance provider for resolution.
The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees
or other requirements of the Contract that continue thereafter.
14.07 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release
A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may,
upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment, and without terminating the
Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected
is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.01.D, and if bonds have been furnished as
required in Paragraph 6.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due
for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to
City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract
Claims.
B. Partial Retainage Release. If the Contract provides for separate establishment and
maintenance periods and/or test and performance periods following the completion of all other
construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion
of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City.
Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all
other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained.
14.08 Waiver of Claims
A. The acceptance of final payment will constitute a waiver and release by Contractor of all
claims, rights, causes of action, or liabilities, including Contract Claims, against City arising
out of, related to or under the Contract or for any act, omission or neglect of City.
14.09 Correction Period
A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by the Contract Documents) any Work has been found to be defective, or
Contractor’s repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas, or areas made available for
Contractor’s use by City has been found to be defective, then after receipt of City’s written
notice of defect, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City’s
written instructions:
1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such adjacent areas, or areas made available for
Contractor’s use by City;
2. correct such defective Work;
3. remove the defective Work from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective,
if the defective Work has been rejected by City, and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 57 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the
work of others, or to other land or areas resulting from the corrective measures.
B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the
defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced.
Contractor shall pay all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration
or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such
removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of
work of others).
C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run
from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications.
D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
repaired or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 14.09, the correction period hereunder
with respect to such Work may be extended for an additional period of one year after the end
of the initial correction period.
E. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and
warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 14.09 are not to be construed as a substitute for,
or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.01 City May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written
notice to Contractor. City may fix the date on which Work will be resumed in such notice, and
Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During a temporary suspension of the
Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra
payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews.
B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond
the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined
by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed
is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in
Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension.
C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor
shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public
unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way; Contractor shall take every precaution to
prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; and Contractor shall provide suitable
drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary.
D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving its equipment off the job and returning
the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be
resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the
equipment and no profit or overhead will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if
the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 58 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of
limitation, may justify termination for cause:
1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or
suitable materials or equipment, or failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established
under Paragraph 2.06 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 7.05);
2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the
Contract; or
3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
or
4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of City; or
5. Contractor’s failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or
defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or
6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the
Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other
purpose; or
7. Substantial indication that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise
financially unable to perform the Work satisfactorily; or
8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City.
B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occurs, City will provide written
notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work. The conference shall be held not later than 15 days
after receipt of notice. by both Contractor and surety.
1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed
to perform the Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,
declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the
Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor
and Surety have received notice of the conference to address Contractor's failure to
perform the Work.
2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform
the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive
calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety’s performance
of its obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion
of the Work and complete it as described below.
a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the Site
and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment stored at the Site
or for which City has paid Contractor, but which are stored elsewhere, and the Work
as City may deem expedient.
3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive
any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract
Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 59 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by City, such excess will be paid to
Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses,
and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City.
Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change
Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph 15.02,
City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, elected or appointed
officials, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor
or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion
thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor.
5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the
right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely
complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim, counterclaim
or offset on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract.
6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities
as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special
guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise
under the Contract or prescribed by law.
C. Notwithstanding Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor
begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to
perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of
said notice.
D. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue,
or any rights or remedies of City against Contractor or Surety. Any retention or payment of
money due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability.
E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of
Paragraph 6.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of
this Article 15.
15.03 City May Terminate for Convenience
A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate
the Contract, in whole or in part. Any termination shall be affected by giving notice of the
termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the
contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Notice
shall be deemed validly given if given in accordance with Paragraph 17.01.A.
B. After a notice of termination, has been given, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the
Contractor shall:
1. stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of
termination;
2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may
be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not
terminated;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 60 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of
the Work terminated by notice of termination;
4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any,
directed by the City:
a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies
and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the
performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and
b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other
property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be
furnished to the City.
5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of
termination; and
6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the property related to the Contract that is in the possession of the
Contractor and in which the City has or may acquire the rest.
C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination,
the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all
items of termination inventory not previously disposed of in accordance with the Contract,
exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City.
D. Not later than 15 days after Contractor’s submission of the certified list to City pursuant to
Paragraph 15.03.C, the City shall accept title to such items, subject to verification of the list
by the City upon removal of the items or,. If the items are stored, then City shall have 45 days
after submission of the list, to verify the list submitted and accept title to such items. Any
necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.
E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination has been given, the Contractor shall
submit hisits termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by
the City. Unless an extension request is made in writing within such 60-day period by the
Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims of Contractor that are not
submitted to City within such 60-day period shall be conclusively deemed waived.
F. Should a termination claim be timely submitted to the City, Contractor shall be paid for
(without duplication of any items):
1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents
prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead
and profit on such Work calculated and determined in accordance with the Contract
Documents;
2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses calculated and determined in accordance with the Contract
Documents; and
3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to reasonable and necessary wind-down and
termination activities, without any overhead or profit.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 61 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be
paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on
the basis of information submitted and available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor
by reason of the termination and City shall pay to the Contractor the amounts so determined.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of, related to or resulting from such termination.
ARTICLE 16 – RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
16.01 Methods and Procedures
A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a
decision under Paragraph 11.07 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request
for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the
request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 11.07.E.
B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall
be commenced within 60 calendar days of filing of the request.
C. The parties shall agree on a mediator; however, if they cannot agree within 14 calendar days
then the Denton County Alternative Dispute Resolution Program (“DCAP”) shall appoint a
mediator. The mediation session shall be held within 45 days of the retention of the mediator,
and last for at least one full mediation day, before any party has the option to withdraw from
the process. The parties may agree to continue the mediation process beyond one day, until
there is a settlement agreement, or one party, or the mediator, states that there is no reason to
continue because of an impasse that cannot be overcome and sends a “notice of termination of
mediation.” All reasonable efforts will be made to complete the mediation within 30 days of
the first mediation session. All costs of mediation shall be borne equally by the parties.
D. All communications, both written and oral, during Phases A and B are confidential and shall
be treated as settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence; however,
documents generated in the ordinary course of business prior to the Dispute, that would
otherwise be discoverable, do not become confidential simply because they are used in the
Negotiation and/or Mediation process.
E. The process shall be confidential based on terms acceptable to the mediator and/or mediation
service provider.
F. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City’s action under Paragraph 11.07.C or
a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 11.07.C.3 or 11.07.D shall become final and binding 30 days
after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor:
1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the
Supplementary Conditions; or
2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution
process; or
3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court
of competent jurisdiction as set forth within the Contract Documents.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 62 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS
17.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed
to have been validly given if delivered:
1. in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, if to City, to the duly authorized
representative of City identified in the Contract Documents or to City’s Project Manager
or, if to Contractor, to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom
it is intended; or
2. by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the recipient’s place of business; or
3. by e-mail to the recipient.
17.02 Computation of Time
A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude
the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day that is a state or federal holiday observed by the City, the next
Business Day shall become the last day of the period.
17.03 Cumulative Remedies
A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any
way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are
otherwise imposed or available by Laws and Regulations, in equity, by special warranty or
guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.03 will
be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each
particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply.
17.04 Limitation of Damages
A. With respect to any and all claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at
issue, neither City, nor any of its officers, directors, elected or appointed officials, members,
partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for
any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any
other project or anticipated project. Further, the Contractor may only claim and the City may
only be liable for those damages that are set forth in Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas
Local Government Code and the City shall not be liable for any consequential damages,
exemplary damages or damages for unabsorbed home office overhead.
17.05 No Waiver
A. A party’s non-enforcement of any provision will not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor
will it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract.
B. The City has not waived its sovereign immunity except as expressly set forth in Subchapter I,
Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code or as expressly waived by other statute.
17.06 Survival of Obligations
All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or
given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 63 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and Final Acceptance of the Work or
termination of the Contract or of the services of Contractor.
17.07 Assignment of Contract
A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party to this Contract
of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on the other party without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money
that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except
to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically
stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or
discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract.
17.08 Successors and Assigns
A. City and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the
other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
17.09 Governing Law
A. The Contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without
regard to conflicts of law principles.
17.10 Headings
A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts
of these General Conditions.
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
1 SECTION 00 73 00
2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
3 TO
4 GENERAL CONDITIONS
5
6 Supplementary Conditions
7
8 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other
9 provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are
10 modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions
11 of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect.
12
13 Defined Terms
14
15 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the
16 meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein.
17
18 Modifications and Supplements
19
20 The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and
21 other Contract Documents.
22
23 SC-5.01A
24
25 Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding.
26 Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the
27 Contract Drawings.
28
29 SC-5.01A.1., Availability of Lands
30
31 The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of
32 [10/08/2025]:
33
34 Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired
PARCEL
NUMBER
OWNER TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
None
35 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed,
36 and do not bind the City.
37
38 If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the
39 Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work,
40 notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations.
41
42 SC-5.01A.2, Availability of Lands
43
44 Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated
45
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
1 The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated
2 as of [10/08/2025]
3
EXPECTED
OWNER
UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF
ADJUSTMENT
None
4 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed,
5 and do not bind the City.
6
7 SC-5.03A., Subsurface and Physical Conditions
8
9 The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work:
10
11 NONE
12
13 The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface
14 structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work:
15
16 NONE
17
18 SC-5.05 A., Underground Facilities
19
20 The following are additional resources for identification of Underground Facilities which are at or
21 contiguous to the site of the Work, and which are not necessarily shown in the Drawings:
22
23 NONE
24
25 SC-5.06A., Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site
26
27 The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City:
28
29 NONE
30
31 SC-6.02, Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
32
33 The Contract Price for Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds will be the same as indicated
34 in Article 3 as listed in the Agreement.
35
36 SC-6.03A., Certificates of Insurance
37
38 The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective
39 officers, directors, agents and employees.
40
41 (1) City
42 (2) Consultant: NONE
43 (3) Other: NONE
44
45 SC-6.04A., Contractors Insurance
46
47 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-6.04 shall provide the following
48 coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
1
2 6.04A. Workers’ Compensation, under Paragraph GC-6.04A.
3
4 Statutory limits
5 Employer’s liability
6 $100,000 each accident/occurrence
7 $100,000 Disease - each employee
8 $500,000 Disease - policy limit
9
10 SC-6.04B., Contractors Insurance
11
12 6.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04B. Contractor’s Liability Insurance
13 under Paragraph GC-6.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with
14 minimum limits of:
15
16 $1,000,000 each occurrence
17 $2,000,000 aggregate limit
18
19 The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the
20 General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site.
21
22 The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide X, C, and U coverages.
23 Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance.
24
25 SC 6.04C., Contractors Insurance
26 6.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04C. Contractors Liability Insurance under
27 Paragraph GC-6.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts:
28
29 (1)Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto",
30 defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned.
31
32 $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis.
33
34 SC-6.04D., Contractors Insurance
35
36 The Contractors construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and
37 material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line
38 of tracks [Owned by Dallas Area Rapid Transit and operated by the Denton County Transportation
39 Authority].
40
41 The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with,
42 hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains
43 or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a Right of
44 Entry Agreement with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the
45 Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute
46 the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate
47 to the Contractors use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad companys
48 properties.
49
50 The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide
51 coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the
52 Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractors operations and work cross,
53 occupy, or touch railroad property:
54
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
1 (1) General Aggregate:$2,000,000
2
3 (2) Each Occurrence:$1,000,000
4
5 x Required for this Contract Not required for this Contract
6
7 With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern:
8
9 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in
10 the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade
11 crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same
12 railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above.
13
14 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several
15 railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor
16 may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company.
17
18 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a
19 railroad companys right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-
20 grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade
21 separation.
22
23 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad companys right-of-
24 way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work
25 may be at two or more separate locations.
26
27 No work or activities on a railroad companys property to be performed by the Contractor shall be
28 commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance
29 for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and
30 each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractors beginning work.
31
32 The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way
33 has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition,
34 insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way.
35 Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the
36 railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project.
37
38 SC 6.04F., Contractors Insurance
39 Add Paragraph 6.04F. Environmental Impairment/Pollution
40
41 Environmental Impairment/Pollution Insurance to include coverage for the handling, receiving, dispensing,
42 removal, storage, testing, transportation, disposal, discharge, dispersal release or escape of any hazardous
43 material into or upon land, or any structure on land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water,
44 including ground water, with a minimum combined bodily injury (including death) and property damage
45 limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence to be obtained upon substantial completion and acceptance of facility by
46 the City.
47
48 SC-7.08C., Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers
49
50 The following subcontractors shall be required to be utilized by the Contractor for specific portions of the
51 Work as indicated below:
52
53 Required Subcontractors
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED
NONE
1
2 SC-7.11., Permits and Utilities
3
4 SC-7.11A., Contractor obtained permits and licenses
5 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor:
6
7 NONE
8
9 SC-7.11B. City obtained permits and licenses
10 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City:
11
12 NONE
13
14 SC-7.11C. Outstanding permits and licenses
15
16 The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of
17 [10/08/2025]:
18
19 Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired
OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
NONE
20
21 SC-8.02., Coordination
22
23 The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at
24 the Site:
25
Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority
NONE
26
27 SC-9.01, Communications to Contractor
28
29 No special communication requirements for this contract.
30
31 SC-10.01B., Citys Project Manager
32
33 The Citys Project Manager for this Contract is Zoro Gomez, or his/her successor pursuant to written
34 notification from the City Engineer.
35
36 SC-13.02B., Tests and Inspections
37
38 NONE
39
40 SC-14.01G, Reduction in Payment
41
42 Add Paragraph 14.01G.3:
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
1
2 3. City may reduce payments to the Contractor, if the number of Days that have passed after the date
3 listed on the Notice to Proceed exceeds the Contract Time for Substantial Completion.
4
5 SC-16.01C.1, Methods and Procedures
6
7 NONE
8
9 SC 17.01, Documents
10
11 Any documents submitted to the City in electronic format shall be considered equivalent to an original of
12 such document.
13
14
15
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
00 73 73
FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB#8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-01
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1 SECTION 00 73 73
2 FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
3
4
5
6 [Contractor: Replace this page with Form 1295 for this Contract, which can be obtained at
7 www.ethics.state.tx.us]
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 END OF SECTION
01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 11 00
2 SUMMARY OF WORK
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 A. Measurement and Payment
14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid.
15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
18 A. Work Covered by Contract Documents
19 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing
20 all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and
21 Specifications.
22 B. Incidental Work
23 1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the
24 project, such as conditions imposed by the Contract Documents in which no
25 specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, then the item shall be
26 considered as an incidental item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the
27 price bid in the Proposal for various bid items.
28 C. Use of Premises
29 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City.
30 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and
31 equipment stored on the Site.
32 3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places
33 or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the
34 Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City.
35 a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction
36 purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid
37 delay in the construction operations.
01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere
2 with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed
3 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property.
4 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such
5 manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad.
6 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in
7 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit.
8 D. Work within Easements
9 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously
10 obtained permission from the owner of such property.
11 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the
12 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the
13 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City.
14 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of
15 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the
16 Work as a part of the project construction operations.
17 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants,
18 lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements,
19 to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or
20 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all
21 other public or private property adjacent to the Work.
22 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private
23 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work.
24 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the
25 Work.
26 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any
27 corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants,
28 whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work.
29 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting
30 from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or
31 execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or
32 equipment.
33 6. Fence
34 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Work to
35 the original or a better than original condition.
36 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is
37 not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to
38 provide site security.
39 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary
40 closures and replacement, shall be incidental to the various items bid in the
41 project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal.
01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
11 END OF SECTION
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 25 00
2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not
7 equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or
8 defined by reference to 1 or more of the following:
9 a. Name of manufacturer
10 b. Name of vendor
11 c. Trade name
12 d. Catalog number
13 2. Substitutions are not "or-equals".
14 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
15 1. None.
16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
17 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
18 2. Division 1 General Requirements
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurement and Payment
21 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid.
22 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
23 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
25 A. Request for Substitution - General
26 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will
27 consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of
28 those specified.
29 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by
30 means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or
31 catalog numbers.
32 a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from
33 consideration other products bearing other manufacturer’s or vendor’s names,
34 trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as
35 determined by City.
36 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions
37 under the following conditions:
38 a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products
39 meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor;
40 or,
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City.
2 1.5 SUBMITTALS
3 A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached)
4 B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution
5 1. Substitution shall be considered only:
6 a. After award of Contract
7 b. Under the conditions stated herein
8 2. Submit one PDF copy via email to the Project Manager and their duly appointed
9 representative, including:
10 a. Documentation
11 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
12 Contract Documents
13 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is
14 proposed
15 3) Data relating to changes in cost
16 b. For products
17 1) Product identification
18 a) Manufacturer’s name
19 b) Telephone number and representative contact name
20 c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified
21 product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original
22 product in the Contract Documents
23 2) Manufacturer’s literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed
24 product with Contract Documents
25 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product
26 characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to:
27 a) Size
28 b) Composition or materials of construction
29 c) Weight
30 d) Electrical or mechanical requirements
31 4) Product experience
32 a) Location of past projects utilizing product
33 b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced
34 projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product
35 c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product
36 5) Samples
37 a) Provide at request of City.
38 b) Samples become the property of the City.
39 c. For construction methods:
40 1) Detailed description of proposed method
41 2) Illustration drawings
42 C. Approval or Rejection
43 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City
44 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern
45 of specified product if necessary to secure design intent.
46 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction
47 will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions.
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution.
2 5. Substitution will be rejected if:
3 a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval
4 b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section
5 c. In the Citys opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original
6 design
7 d. In the Citys opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function
8 consistent with the design intent
9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
13 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor
14 represents that the Contractor:
15 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or
16 superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which
17 it is intended
18 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified
19 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building
20 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be
21 complete in all respects
22 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently
23 arise
24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
25 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
28 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
29 END OF SECTION
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 EXHIBIT A
2 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM:
3
4 TO:
5 PROJECT: DATE:
6 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for
7 the above project:
8 SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED
9 ITEM
10
11
12 Proposed Substitution:
13 Reason for Substitution:
14 Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed
15 substitution will require for its proper installation.
16
17 Fill in Blanks Below:
18 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering
19 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?
20
21
22 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades?
23
24
25 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item?
26
27
28 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time?
29
30
31 E. Manufacturer’s guarantees of the proposed and specified items are:
32
33 Equal Better (explain on attachment)
34 The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the
35 specified item.
36 Submitted By: For Use by City
37
38 Signature Recommended Recommended
39 as noted
40
41 Firm Not recommended Received late
42 Address By
43 Date
44 Date Remarks
45 Telephone
46
47 For Use by City:
48
49 Approved Rejected
50 City Date
01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 31 19
2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to
7 clarify construction contract administration procedures
8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division 1 General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid.
16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
19 A. Coordination
20 1. Attend preconstruction meeting.
21 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
22 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
23 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded.
24 a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for
25 future reference.
26 4. Project Manager will establish their duly authorized representative(s) authorized to
27 make decisions as identified in the Contract Documents.
28 B. Preconstruction Meeting
29 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the
30 Agreement and before Work is started.
31 a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City.
32 2. The Project Manager will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting
33 and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing
34 the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting.
35 3. Attendance shall include:
36 a. Project Manager
37 b. Project Managers duly authorized representative (if any)
38 c. Contractor’s project manager
01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Contractor’s superintendent
2 e. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
3 to invite or the City may request
4 f. Other City representatives
5 g. Others as appropriate
6 4. Construction Schedule
7 a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and
8 provide at Preconstruction Meeting.
9 b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of
10 Preconstruction Meeting.
11 5. Preliminary Agenda may include:
12 a. Introduction of Project Personnel
13 b. General Description of Project
14 c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits
15 d. Contractors work plan and schedule
16 e. Contract Time
17 f. Notice to Proceed
18 g. Construction Staking
19 h. Progress Payments
20 i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures
21 j. Field Orders
22 k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material
23 l. Insurance Renewals
24 m. Payroll Certification
25 n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing
26 o. Public Safety and Convenience
27 p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions
28 q. Weekend Work Notification
29 r. Legal Holidays
30 s. Trench Safety Plans
31 t. Confined Space Entry Standards
32 u. Coordination with the Citys representative for operations of existing water
33 systems
34 v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
35 w. Coordination with other Contractors
36 x. Early Warning System
37 y. Contractor Evaluation
38 z. Special Conditions applicable to the project
39 aa. Damages Claims
40 bb. Submittal Procedures
41 cc. Substitution Procedures
42 dd. Correspondence Routing
43 ee. Record Drawings
44 ff. Temporary construction facilities
45 gg. Final Acceptance
46 hh. Final Payment
47 ii. Communications Plan
48 jj. Questions or Comments
01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
11 END OF SECTION
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 31 20
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 31 20
2 PROJECT MEETINGS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly
7 review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of
8 potential problems
9 B. Deviations this City of Denton Standard Specification
10 1. None.
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid.
17 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
20 A. Coordination
21 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and
22 specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work.
23 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
24 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
25 3. Meetings administered by City may be recorded.
26 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested
27 by the City, Engineer or Contractor.
28 B. Progress Meetings
29 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held <monthly>. Meetings will be
30 scheduled and administered by Project Manager.
31 a. Additional meetings may be held at the request of the :
32 1) City
33 2) Engineer
34 3) Contractor
35 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-
36 needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to:
37 a. Coordinating shutdowns
38 b. Installation of piping and equipment
01 31 20
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Coordination between other construction projects
2 d. Resolution of construction issues
3 e. Equipment approval
4 3. The Project Manager will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the
5 meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully
6 completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting.
7 4. Attendance shall include:
8 a. Contractor’s project manager
9 b. Contractor’s superintendent
10 c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
11 to invite or the City may request
12 d. Engineer’s representatives
13 e. Citys representatives
14 f. Others, as requested by the Project Manager
15 5. Preliminary Agenda may include:
16 a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting
17 b. Field observations, problems, conflicts
18 c. Items which impede construction schedule
19 d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules
20 e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other
21 construction contracts
22 f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule
23 g. Revisions to construction schedule
24 h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period
25 i. Coordination of schedules
26 j. Review submittal schedules
27 k. Maintenance of quality standards
28 l. Pending changes and substitutions
29 m. Review proposed changes for:
30 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date
31 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project
32 n. Review Record Documents
33 o. Review monthly pay request
34 p. Review status of Requests for Information
35 6. Meeting Location
36 a. The City will establish a meeting location.
37 1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site.
01 31 20
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
11 END OF SECTION
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 32 16
2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and
7 management of the Construction Progress Schedule
8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division 1 General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid.
16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Definitions
19 1.Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve
20 as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule.
21 2.Progress Schedule - Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting
22 progress on the project and any changes anticipated.
23 3.Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule
24 changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc
25 B. Reference Standards
26 1. None
27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
28 A. Baseline Schedule
29 1. General
30 a. Prepare a baseline Schedule using approved software and the Critical Path
31 Method (CPM).
32 b. Review the draft baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding
33 of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the
34 schedule.
35 c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for
36 developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports.
37 B. Progress Schedule
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. Update the progress Schedule monthly.
2 2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule.
3 3. Change Orders
4 a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in
5 the baseline Schedule.
6 C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance
7 1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status
8 Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion
9 date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the
10 following actions at no additional cost to the City
11 a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule
12 outlining:
13 1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the
14 delay to the critical path in the approved schedule
15 2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will
16 substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to
17 meet projected baseline completion dates
18 3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working
19 days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination
20 of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work
21 4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of
22 accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule
23 2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested
24 by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in
25 manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday
26 work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay
27 to the critical path in the approved schedule.
28 a. No additional cost for such work will be considered.
29 D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this
30 Contract.
31 a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be
32 supplemented with the following:
33 1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem
34 necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled
35 under the provisions of this Contract.
36 a) The City will, after receipt of such justification and supporting
37 evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in
38 writing thereof.
39 2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled, the City’s
40 determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions
41 shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data
42 relevant to the extension.
43 a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress
44 schedule.
45 b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule,
46 do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in
47 the network will not be the basis for a change therein.
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30
2 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but
3 before the date of final payment under this Contract.
4 a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within
5 the foregoing time limit.
6 b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion
7 time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather,
8 technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its
9 representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate
10 schedule adjustments or completion time extensions.
11 1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the
12 work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the
13 Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly.
14 a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such
15 schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time
16 extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which
17 case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time
18 extension and any additional cost to the City.
19 b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City
20 as well as by the Contractor.
21 3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date
22 and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date
23 of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule.
24 a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the
25 Contractor or the City.
26 b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the
27 right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project.
28 c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays, affecting paths of activities
29 containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times,
30 providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with
31 those activities.
32 E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules
33 1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent
34 upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the
35 Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts.
36 a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the
37 preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes
38 in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules.
39 2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will
40 determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary
41 to expedite the completion of the entire Project.
42 a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final.
43 b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be
44 considered as justification for claims for additional compensation.
45 1.5 SUBMITTALS
46 A. Baseline Schedule
47 1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format.
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Native file format shall be:
2 1) Microsoft Project
3 2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and
4 bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion.
5 B. Progress Schedule
6 1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format.
7 2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the 25th day of the month.
8 C. Schedule Narrative
9 1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format.
10 2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the 25th day of the month.
11 D. Submittal Process
12 1.
13 2. Contractor shall submit one (1) hard copy of documents to the Project Managers
14 duly appointed representative.
15 3. Contractor shall submit documents via email to the Project Manager and their duly
16 appointed representative.
17 4. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the
18 City, no further progress schedules are required.
19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
23 A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be
24 experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity.
25 B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared,
26 updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction.
27 C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the
28 standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects.
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
6
7 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 32 33
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 32 33
2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for:
7 a. Preconstruction Videos
8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division 1 General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid.
16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
19 A. Preconstruction Video
20 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the
21 vicinity of and to be affected by construction.
22 a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City.
23 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety
24 period.
25 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
30 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
31 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
01 32 33
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
2 END OF SECTION
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 33 00
2 SUBMITTALS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following Work-
7 related submittals:
8 a. Shop Drawings
9 b. Product Data (including Project Material Submittal Checklist submittals)
10 c. Samples
11 d. Mock Ups
12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
13 1. None.
14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
16 2. Division 1 General Requirements
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measurement and Payment
19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. No
20 separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
23 A. Coordination
24 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the
25 submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
26 2. Coordination of Submittal Times
27 a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
28 performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time
29 specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications.
30 b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by
31 processing times including, but not limited to:
32 a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required)
33 b) Coordination with other submittals
34 c) Testing
35 d) Purchasing
36 e) Fabrication
37 f) Delivery
38 g) Similar sequenced activities
39 c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor’s failure to
40 transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work.
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such
2 sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other
3 contractor.
4 B. Submittal Numbering
5 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a submittal cross-reference
6 identification numbering system in the following manner:
7 a. Use the applicable Specification Section Number.
8 b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each
9 initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number.
10 c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e.
11 A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical
12 submittal number would be as follows:
13
14 303-02-B
15
16 1) 303 is the Specification Section for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement
17 2) 02 is the second initial submittal under this Specification Section
18 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop
19 drawing
20 C. Contractor Certification
21 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors,
22 prior to submission to determine and verify the following:
23 a. Field measurements
24 b. Field construction criteria
25 c. Catalog numbers and similar data
26 d. Conformance with the Contract Documents
27 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor
28 with a Certification Statement affixed including:
29 a. The Contractor’s Company name
30 b. Signature of submittal reviewer
31 c. Certification Statement
32 1) By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified
33 field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions,
34 catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each
35 item with other applicable approved shop drawings."
36 D. Submittal Format
37 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ‰ inches x 11 inches to 8 ‰ inches x 11inches.
38 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together.
39 3. Order
40 a. Cover Sheet
41 1) Description of Packet
42 2) Contractor Certification
43 b. List of items / Table of Contents
44 c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations
45 E. Submittal Content
46 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. The Project title and number
2 3. Contractor identification
3 4. The names of:
4 a. Contractor
5 b. Supplier
6 c. Manufacturer
7 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and
8 paragraph(s)
9 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such
10 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials
11 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers
12 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents
13 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals
14 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps
15 F. Shop Drawings
16 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
17 a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working)
18 drawings
19 b. Scheduled information
20 c. Setting diagrams
21 d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions
22 e. Custom templates
23 f. Special wiring diagrams
24 g. Coordination drawings
25 h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including:
26 1) Performance curves and certifications
27 i. As applicable to the Work
28 2. Details
29 a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure
30 b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements
31 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for
32 approval.
33 G. Product Data
34 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the Citys Product Material
35 Submittal Checklist, highlight each item selected for use on the Project.
36 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the Citys Product
37 Material Submittal Checklist, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily
38 limited to:
39 a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as
40 catalog data)
41 1) Such as the manufacturer’s product specification and installation instructions
42 2) Availability of colors and patterns
43 3) Manufacturer’s printed statements of compliances and applicability
44 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates
45 5) Catalog cuts
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6) Product photographs
2 7) Standard wiring diagrams
3 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams
4 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications
5 10) Mill reports
6 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended
7 spare-parts listing and printed product warranties
8 12) As applicable to the Work
9 3. Submittals of product data for products not included on the Citys Product Material
10 Submittal Checklist may be considered a Substitution in accordance with Section 01
11 25 00.
12 4. All deviations from Citys Product Material Submittal Checklist shall require
13 approval by the Engineer of Record for the Project.
14 H. Samples
15 1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to:
16 a. Physical examples of the Work such as:
17 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work
18 2) Small cuts or containers of materials
19 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches
20 and range sets
21 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect
22 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent
23 inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work
24 I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to
25 be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item.
26 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished
27 which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor’s
28 risk.
29 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies
30 required to accomplish conformity.
31 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with
32 approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data.
33 J. Submittal Distribution
34 1. Electronic Distribution
35 a. Provide all submittals in electronic form via email to Project Manager and their
36 duly appointed representative.
37 b. Shop Drawings
38 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative.
39 2) Hard Copies
40 a) Not required
41 c. Product Data
42 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative.
43 2) Hard Copies
44 a) Not required
45 d. Samples
46 1) Distributed to the Project Manager
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 K. Submittal Review
2 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance
3 with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as:
4 a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
5 b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details,
6 dimensions, and materials
7 c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise
8 provided herein
9 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does
10 not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of
11 the terms of the Contract.
12 a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will
13 have no responsibility therefore.
14 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the
15 Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes,
16 for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner.
17 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a
18 departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the
19 City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for
20 performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an
21 exception.
22 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes:
23 a. Code 1
24 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or
25 comments on the submittal.
26 a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the
27 equipment and/or material for manufacture.
28 b. Code 2
29 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of
30 the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor.
31 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
32 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final
33 product.
34 c. Code 3
35 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is
36 assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a
37 resubmittal of the package.
38 a) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and
39 non-conforming items that were noted.
40 b) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of the
41 date of the City’s transmittal requiring the resubmittal.
42 d. Code 4
43 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent
44 of the Contract Documents.
45 a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the
46 submittal into conformance.
47 b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor
48 to meet the Contract Documents.
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6. Resubmittals
2 a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals
3 1) Corrections other than requested by the City
4 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method
5 a) At Contractors risk if not marked
6 b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the Citys
7 expense.
8 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City
9 and at the Contractor’s expense, based on the City’s or City Representatives
10 then prevailing rates.
11 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for
12 all such fees invoiced by the City.
13 c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City’s
14 review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract
15 Time.
16 7. Partial Submittals
17 a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the Citys
18 discretion.
19 b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the
20 Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted.
21 c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the
22 Contractor to the areas that are incomplete.
23 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to
24 constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided
25 thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture.
26 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the
27 Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further
28 changes therein except upon written instructions from the City.
29 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days
30 following receipt of submittal by the City.
31 L. Mock ups
32 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily
33 limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be
34 used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed.
35 M. Qualifications
36 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E.
37 Certification for each item required.
38 N. Request for Information (RFI)
39 1. Contractor Request for additional information
40 a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents
41 b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents
42 c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and
43 Specifications
44 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification
45 d. When the Contractor encounters an unknown condition in the field
46 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City (attached).
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3. Numbering of RFI
2 a. Prefix with RFI followed by series number, -xxx, beginning with 01 and
3 increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal.
4 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further
5 information.
6 5. The City will log each request and will review the request.
7 a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the
8 Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change
9 Order, as appropriate.
10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
16 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
19 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
20 END OF SECTION
21
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
22
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
2
Project: RFI #:
Engineering Project No.: Date Sent:
Sender: Receiver:
Copies To:
3
Subject:
Request:
Senders Proposed Answer/Solution :
4
5 THE PROPOSED ANSWER/SOLUTION IS, IS NOT, INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT.
6
Receivers Response :
7
Response By: Company: Date:
8
DISTRIBUTION:
9
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 35 13
2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to:
7 a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation
8 b. Work near High Voltage Lines
9 c. Confined Space Entry Program
10 d. Excavation Protection
11 e. Air Pollution Watch Days
12 f. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc.
13 g. Water Utilities Notification
14 h. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction
15 i. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers
16 j. Coordination within Railroad permits areas
17 k. Dust Control
18 l. Employee Parking
19 m. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments Clean Construction
20 Specification
21 n. Tree Protection
22 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
23 1. None.
24 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
25 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
26 2. Division 1 General Requirements
27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
28 A. Measurement and Payment
29 1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas
30 a. Measurement
31 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum.
32 b. Payment
33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid
34 for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination.
35 c. The price bid shall include:
36 1) Mobilization
37 2) Inspection
38 3) Safety training
39 4) Additional Insurance
40 5) Insurance Certificates
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, including
2 additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the Railroad
3 from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of the Project.
4 2. Railroad Flagmen
5 a. Measurement
6 1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day.
7 b. Payment
8 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid
9 for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the Site.
10 c. The price bid shall include:
11 1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen
12 2) Flagmen
13 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad
14 3. All other items
15 a. Work associated with these Items is considered incidental to the various Items bid. No
16 separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Reference Standards
19 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at
20 the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is
21 specifically cited.
22 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage
23 Overhead Lines.
24 3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Clean Construction Specification
25 4. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) Standards 29 CFR Part 1910.146
26 Permit-Required Confined Spaces
27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
28 A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation
29 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of
30 Transportation (TxDOT):
31 a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work therein in
32 accordance with the provisions of the permit
33 b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in compliance with and
34 subject to approval from the Texas Department of Transportation
35 B. Work near High Voltage Lines
36 1. Regulatory Requirements
37 a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between conductors or
38 between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with Health and Safety Code,
39 Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752.
40 2. Warning sign
41 a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements.
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following safety
2 features
3 a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm
4 b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers
5 c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the safety
6 requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines
7 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines
8 a. Notification shall be given to:
9 1) The power company (example: Denton Municipal Electric)
10 a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record action
11 taken in each case.
12 b. Coordination with power company
13 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to:
14 a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or lower the
15 lines
16 c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above requirements
17 have been met.
18 C. Confined Space Entry Program
19 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR
20 Part 1910.146 requirements.
21 2. Confined Spaces include:
22 a. Manholes
23 b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHAs Permit Required for Confined Spaces
24 D. Air Pollution Watch Days
25 1. General
26 a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days
27 designated as AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS.
28 b. Typical Ozone Season
29 1) May 1 through October 31.
30 c. Critical Emission Time
31 1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m.
32 2. Watch Days
33 a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the
34 National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon
35 prior to the WATCH day.
36 b. Requirements
37 1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the use of
38 motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour.
39 2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if:
40 a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or
41 b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as Low Emitting, or equipment burns
42 Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or alternative fuels such as
43 CNG.
44 E. TCEQ Air Permit
45 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ.
46 F. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc.
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply:
2 a. Public Notification
3 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours prior to
4 commencing.
5 2) Minimum 24-hour public notification in accordance with paragraph 1.4.H of this
6 Section.
7 G. Water Utilities Coordination
8 1. During the construction of this project, it may be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time,
9 existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with Water Utilities to determine
10 the best times for deactivating and activating those lines.
11 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing City water
12 line system with the Citys representative.
13 a. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from Water Utilities for use during the life of named
14 project.
15 b. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system is required to be turned off or on to
16 accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this activity through the
17 appropriate City representative.
18 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system.
19 a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal Code Title
20 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the
21 full extent of the law.
22 b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result
23 of these actions.
24 H. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction
25 1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block-by-block basis, prepare
26 and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front door of each residence or
27 business that will be impacted by construction. The notice shall be prepared as follows:
28 a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each block in the
29 project area.
30 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractors letterhead and include the following information:
31 a) Name of Project
32 b) Engineering Project Number (EPN)
33 c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity)
34 d) Actual construction duration within the block
35 e) Name of the contractors foreman and phone number
36 f) Name of the Citys inspector and phone number
37 g) Citys after-hours phone number
38 2) A sample of the pre-construction notification flyer is attached as Exhibit A.
39 3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each block of the
40 project to the inspector.
41 4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution.
42 b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is delivered to all
43 residents of the block.
44 I. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or
2 businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending interruption to
3 the front door of each affected resident.
4 2. Prepared notice as follows:
5 a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary interruption.
6 b. Prepare flyer on the contractors letterhead and include the following information:
7 1) Name of the project
8 2) Date of the interruption of service
9 3) Period the interruption will take place
10 4) Name of the contractors foreman and phone number
11 5) Name of the Citys inspector and phone number
12 c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as Exhibit B.
13 d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector for review
14 prior to being distributed.
15 e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to all affected
16 residents and businesses.
17 f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project Construction
18 Inspector.
19 J. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
20 1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where USACE permits are
21 required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated permit.
22 K. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas
23 1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where railroad permits are
24 required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated railroad permit. This includes, but is
25 not limited to, provisions for:
26 a. Flagmen
27 b. Inspectors
28 c. Safety training
29 d. Additional insurance
30 e. Insurance certificates
31 f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the Railroad Company
32 from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of the project. Proper utility
33 clearance procedures shall be used in accordance with the permit guidelines.
34 2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroads requirements.
35 3. Railroad Flagmen
36 a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen were present
37 on Site.
38 L. Dust Control
39 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site.
40 a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water.
41 b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry.
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 M. Employee Parking
2 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City.
3 N. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Clean Construction
4 Specification
5 1. Equipment Requirements
6 a. All construction equipment being used to perform work on the Contract shall meet EPA
7 emissions standards of Tier 3 or equivalent, or cleaner. Model Form A.14. Schedule for
8 Phase-In of Tier 1-Tier 4 Non-Road Engines is included in Appendix A. Compliance may be
9 achieved through the use of equipment powered by an EPA-certified engine, through engine
10 repowers, or through the use of retrofits which have been verified by the EPA and/or
11 California Air Resources Board. A list of available retrofits is available online at EPAs
12 website Verified Technologies List for Clean Diesel.
13 b. Equipment that meets one or more of the following conditions may be exempt from these
14 requirements:
15 1) Equipment powered by an engine that is less than or equal to ten (10) years old.
16 2) Equipment that must be used to fulfill use or reporting requirements for a grant program
17 or other clean air initiative. Documentation of such obligations must be submitted to
18 City for verification.
19 3) Equipment that is designated as low-use equipment, which is defined as any piece of
20 construction equipment which is used for less than ten (10) hours per week on a single
21 public works contract. A Low-Use Exemption Weekly Reporting Form will be required
22 for all equipment for which this exemption is claimed.
23 4) Equipment that is being used to address a critical or emergency public works need,
24 including, but not limited to, broken water mains or sanitary sewer lines. This
25 exemption is limited to work performed in a situation in which the procurement of
26 construction services is performed on an emergency basis, as provided for by State law.
27 2. Operational Requirements
28 a. All diesel fuel used to perform work on the public works contract shall be Ultra-Low Sulfur
29 Diesel (ULSD) fuel which also complies with Texas Low Emission Diesel (TxLED)
30 program requirements. This may include TxLED- compliant Biodiesel blends.
31 b. The Contractor shall limit idling of equipment to no more than five (5) minutes, unless the
32 idling is applicable to one or more of the following exceptions:
33 1) is being used for emergency response purposes;
34 2) is idling as a necessary component of mechanical operation, maintenance, or diagnostic
35 purposes; or
36 3) is idling for the health or safety of the equipment operator.
37 c. To the greatest extent possible, Contractor shall stage equipment away from, and minimize
38 operation near, sensitive receptors including, but not limited to, fresh air intakes, hospitals,
39 schools, licensed day care facilities, and residences.
40 3. Reporting Requirements
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. On or before the day construction activity commences, the Contractor shall submit to the
2 City an inventory report containing identifying data for each piece of equipment to be used
3 on the worksite. A form for submitting such information will be provided by the City. This
4 inventory may be used by the City to conduct site inspections and/or verify compliance with
5 specification elements.
6 b. If additional equipment is brought on-site after construction begins, the Contractor shall
7 provide this same inventory information to the City for the new equipment on or before the
8 day it begins work on-site.
9 c. Reports shall be provided for all equipment used on-site.
10 4. Enforcement Requirements
11 a. All construction equipment used at the Site is subject to inspection by the City at random.
12 Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all subcontractors meet the requirements of this
13 specification.
14 O. Tree Protection
15 1. Install tree protection in accordance with the Drawings, if applicable.
16 2. Coordinate with City Building Inspections prior to commencing and earthwork activities to
17 perform an initial tree protection inspection.
18 1.5 SUBMITTALS
19 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
20 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
21 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
22 A. Construction Notice Flyer
23 B. Notice of Temporary Water Service Interruption
24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
28 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
31 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 END OF SECTION
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 EXHIBIT A
2 (To be printed on Contractors Letterhead)
3
4
5
6 Date:
7
8 EPN No.:
9 Project Name:
10 Limits of Construction:
11
12
13
14
15
16 THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF DENTON, OUR
17 COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR PROPERTY.
18
19 CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS
20 NOTICE.
21
22 IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER ISSUE,
23 PLEASE CALL:
24
25
26 <CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT > AT <TELEPHONE NO.>
27
28 OR
29
30 <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.>
31
32
33 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8953
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 EXHIBIT B
2
3 Date:
4
5 EPN No.:
6
7 Project Name:_____________________
8
9
10 NOTICE OF
11 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
12 INTERRUPTION
13
14
15 Due to utility improvements in your neighborhood, your water service will be interrupted on
16 ___________________________________________________
17 between the hours of __________________ and _______________________.
18
19
20 IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS DISRUPTION, PLEASE CALL:
21
22
23 <CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT > AT <TELEPHONE NO.>
24
25 OR
26
27 <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.>
28
29 THIS SERVICE INTERRUPTION WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE
30
31 Thank you,
32 _________________________, Contractor
01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 45 23
2 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
8 1. None
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1 General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 A. Measurement and Payment
14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid.
15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
16 a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is
17 responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests,
18 re-tests, or approvals.
19 b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for
20 performing and payment for first set additional independent testing chosen by
21 the City to be performed.
22 1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is
23 responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test occurs.
24 a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments
25 for testing by Contractor have been paid in full.
26 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
28 A. Testing
29 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
30 2. Coordination
31 a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently
32 in advance, when testing is needed.
33 b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City,
34 sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed.
35 3. Distribution of Testing Reports
36 a. Electronic Distribution
37 1) Provide all reports to Project Manager and their duly appointed
38 representative electronically via email.
01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. Provide Project Managers duly appointed representative with trip tickets for each
2 delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information:
3 a. Name of pit
4 b. Date of delivery
5 c. Material delivered
6 B. Inspection
7 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to
8 perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9 1.5 SUBMITTALS
10 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
12 A. Materials Testing Reports sealed by a Professional Engineer or Professional
13 Geoscientist licensed in the State of Texas.
14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
18 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
19 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
21 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
22 END OF SECTION
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 50 00
2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not
7 necessarily limited to:
8 a. Temporary utilities
9 b. Sanitary facilities
10 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings
11 d. Dust control
12 e. Temporary fencing of the construction site
13 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
14 1. None.
15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
16 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
17 2. Division 1 General Requirements
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid.
21 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
24 A. Temporary Utilities
25 1. Obtaining Temporary Service
26 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services.
27 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities
28 having jurisdiction.
29 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final
30 Acceptance.
31 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for
32 execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work.
33 2. Construction Water
34 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be
35 performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as
36 required for the completion of the Work.
37 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic
38 consumption by Contractor, if required.
39 c. Coordination
40 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Metering and Payment for Construction Water
2 1) For water system improvements:
3 a) Obtain construction water meter from City to track water usage. Water
4 will be provided at no cost to Contractor.
5 2) For all other projects:
6 a) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by
7 Citys established rates.
8 3. Electricity and Lighting
9 a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including
10 testing of Work.
11 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use.
12 b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to
13 maintain operations during scheduled shutdown.
14 4. Telephone
15 a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel
16 and others performing work or furnishing services at Site.
17 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation
18 a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work.
19 b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions.
20 B. Sanitary Facilities
21 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site.
22 a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health.
23 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site.
24 a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities.
25 b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities.
26 c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health
27 problem.
28 d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly
29 dispose in accordance with applicable regulation.
30 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project.
31 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project
32 C. Storage Sheds and Buildings
33 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor
34 above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
35 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off
36 ground.
37 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner.
38 a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification,
39 inspection and inventory.
40 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for
41 equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage
42 environments acceptable to specified manufacturers.
43 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from
44 temporary and existing buildings.
45 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance.
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 D. Temporary Fencing
2 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract
3 documents
4 E. Dust Control
5 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the
6 project.
7 a. Contractor remains on-call at all times
8 b. Must respond in a timely manner
9 F. Temporary Protection of Construction
10 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due
11 to weather.
12 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
13 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
18 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
19 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
21 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
24 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
25 3.4 INSTALLATION
26 A. Temporary Facilities
27 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed.
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION]
2 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION
3 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
8 A. Temporary Facilities
9 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a
10 condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work.
11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
14 END OF SECTION
15
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
16
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 57 13
2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Procedures for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the
11 Contract
12 2. Division 1 General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance
16 a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items
17 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance
19 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
20 b. Payment
21 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
22 item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Stormwater Pollution
23 Prevention Plan, and made in partial payments as follows:
24 a) When 1% of the Contract amount is earned, 15% of the SWPPP lump
25 sum bid will be paid.
26 b) When 10% of the Contract amount is earned, 25% of the SWPPP lump
27 sum bid will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be
28 deducted from this amount.
29 c) When 25% of the Contract amount is earned, 30% of the SWPPP lump
30 sum bid will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be
31 deducted from this amount.
32 d) When 50% of the Contract is earned, 50% of the SWPPP lump sum bid
33 will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be deducted from
34 this amount.
35 e) When 75% of the Contract is earned, 75% of the SWPPP lump sum bid
36 will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be deducted from
37 this amount.
38 f) When 100% of the Contract is earned and final stabilization has been
39 achieved, 100% of the SWPPP lump sum bid will be paid. Previous
40 payments under the item will be deducted from this amount.
41 c. The price bid shall include:
42 1) Preparation of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Implementation
2 3) Permitting fees
3 4) Final Stabilization
4 1.3 REFERENCES
5 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
6 1. Notice of Intent: NOI
7 2. Notice of Termination: NOT
8 3. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP
9 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ
10 5. Notice of Change: NOC
11 A. Reference Standards
12 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
13 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
14 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
15 2. Integrated Stormwater Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction
16 Controls
17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
18 A. General
19 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated
20 with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.
21 2. As a condition of approval, applicants conducting land disturbing activities will
22 complete the online construction site survey. This survey can be found at
23 https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/dentonconstruction.
24 3. Refer to TCEQ website for further information about stormwater permits at
25 https://www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/construction/TXR15_AIR.html.
26 B. Construction Activities resulting in:
27 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance
28 a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14.
29 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance
30 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
31 Permit is required
32 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
33 1) Indicate City is a Secondary Operator
34 2) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit
35 TXR150000
36 a) Post at job site
37 b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Watershed
38 Protection Division, Watershed@cityofdenton.com.
39 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14.
40 4) Project Site Operator must contact Watershed Protection Division for initial
41 inspection prior to commencing land disturbing activities to ensure
42 compliance with stormwater regulations and proper installation of
43 appropriate BMPs, Watershed@cityofdenton.com.
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of
2 TCEQ have been met, send copy of signed Small Construction Site Notice
3 to Watershed Protection division, Watershed@cityofdenton.com.
4 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance
5 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
6 Permit is required
7 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
8 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee
9 a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Division,
10 Watershed@cityofdenton.com.
11 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI
12 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14.
13 4) Project Site Operator must contact Watershed Protection Division for initial
14 inspection prior to commencing land disturbing activities to ensure
15 compliance with stormwater regulations and proper installation of
16 appropriate BMPs, Watershed@cityofdenton.com.
17 5) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of
18 TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted.
19 a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Division,
20 Watershed@cityofdenton.com.
21 C. Sites adjacent to or encroaching into Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs):
22 1. Provide tree protective fencing at the boundary of any identified onsite ESAs and
23 approved construction activities that would result in land disturbances.
24 2. Provide signs identifying the area as an ESA and prohibiting construction activity.
25 1.5 SUBMITTALS
26 A. SWPPP
27 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein.
28 a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City
29 as follows:
30 1) 1 copy to the Project Manager
31 a) Project Manager will forward to the City Watershed Protection
32 Department, Watershed@cityofdenton.com.
33 B. Modified SWPPP
34 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City
35 in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
10 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Removed specific City of Denton personnel names from contact information under
Section 1.4
11
01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 58 13
2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1 General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 A. Measurement and Payment
14 1. Temporary Project Sign
15 a. Measurement
16 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each project sign installed.
17 b. Payment
18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
19 and measured as provided under Measurement shall be paid for at the
20 unit price bid per each Temporary Project Sign.
21 c. The price bid shall include:
22 1) Installation of Temporary Project Sign
23 2) Excavation
24 3) Hauling
25 4) Disposal of excess Materials
26 5) Maintenance and Repair of Signs During Construction
27 6) Removal and Disposal of Temporary Project Sign
28 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
30 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
35 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
36 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
4 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS
5 A. Design Criteria
6 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign as indicated below:
7
8 The flag shall resemble the Texas Flag. The background of the stars and the City of
9 Denton lettering shall be blue. The lower bar of the flag shall be red, and the upper bar
10 shall be white. The dimensions, from the farthest ends, shall
11 be 12-inches vertically and 23.5-inches horizontally. The
12 flag shall appear in the dimensions shown. The contractor
13 may request a digital copy in either .jpg or .tif format.
14
15 2. The Project Designation Sign shall be placed
16 at strategic points with lettering as needed to
17 adequately describe the work.
01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3. Signs shall be painted white with blue letters and symbols. Letter size shall conform
2 to dimensions shown on sign drawing. Exceptions or variations from the sign
3 shown above shall not be allowed.
4 B. Materials
5 1. Sign
6 a. Constructed of -inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better
7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
8 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
9 PART 3 - EXECUTION
10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
13 3.4 INSTALLATION
14 A. General
15 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project.
16 2. Signs shall be placed prior to beginning the Work and maintained until the end of
17 the project.
18 3. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City.
19 B. Mounting options
20 a. Skids
21 b. Posts
22 c. Barricade
23 3.5 -- 3.12 [NOT USED]
24 3.6 MAINTENANCE
25 A. General
26 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City.
27 3.7 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
28 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 66 00
2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Scheduling of product delivery
7 2. Packaging of products for delivery
8 3. Protection of products against damage from:
9 a. Handling
10 b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments
11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
12 1. None.
13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
14 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
15 2. Division 1 General Requirements
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurement and Payment
18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid.
19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
22 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
27 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
28 A. Delivery Requirements
29 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation
30 and to avoid prolonged storage.
31 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries.
32 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site
33 for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery.
01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer’s original unbroken cartons or other
2 containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or
3 environmental damage.
4 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation
5 location.
6 6. Provide manufacturer’s instructions for storage and handling.
7 B. Handling Requirements
8 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and
9 manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
10 C. Storage Requirements
11 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and
12 requirements of these Specifications.
13 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment.
14 a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work in a
15 manner that prevents damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and that
16 maintains free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service
17 company installations in vicinity of Work.
18 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will
19 cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners,
20 tenants and occupants.
21 a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection.
22 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and
23 equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by Project Manager or their duly
24 authorized representative.
25 5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate.
26 a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by
27 Project Manager or their duly authorized representative.
28 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without
29 written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises.
30 7. Store in manufacturers unopened containers.
31 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of
32 Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public
33 and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant.
34 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open.
35 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to
36 satisfaction of Project Manager or their duly authorized representative.
37 a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at
38 one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Project
39 Manager.
01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
4 PART 3 - EXECUTION
5 3.1 [NOT USED]
6 3.2 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
7 A. Tests and Inspections
8 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading.
9 B. Non-Conforming Work
10 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way
11 unsatisfactory for use on the project.
12 3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
13 3.4 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
14 3.5 CLEANING [NOT USED]
15 3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
16 3.7 PROTECTION
17 A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s written directions.
18 B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in
19 storage.
20 C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by
21 the manufacturer.
22 3.8 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
23 3.9 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
24 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
01 70 00
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 70 00
2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Mobilization and Demobilization
7 a. Mobilization
8 1) Transportation of Contractors personnel, equipment, and operating supplies
9 to the Site
10 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractors operation
11 at the Site
12 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds
13 4) Transportation of Contractors personnel, equipment, and operating supplies
14 to another location within the designated Site
15 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractors operation
16 from 1 location to another location on the Site.
17 b. Demobilization
18 1) Transportation of Contractors personnel, equipment, and operating supplies
19 away from the Site including disassembly
20 2) Site Clean-up
21 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this
22 Contract
23 c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of
24 work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract.
25 2. Remobilization
26 a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract
27 Documents or as required by City includes:
28 1) Demobilization
29 a) Transportation of Contractors personnel, equipment, and operating
30 supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing
31 equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract
32 Documents necessary to suspend the Work.
33 b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents
34 2) Remobilization
35 a) Transportation of Contractors personnel, equipment, and operating
36 supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work.
37 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractors
38 operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work.
39 3) No Payments will be made for:
40 a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the
41 Site in the normal progress of performing the Work.
42 b) Stand-by or idle time
43 c) Lost profits
01 70 00
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
2 1. None.
3 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
4 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
5 2. Division 1 General Requirements
6 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
7 A. Measurement and Payment
8 1. Mobilization and Demobilization
9 a. Measurement
10 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses.
11 b. Payment
12 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total
13 Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be
14 made in partial payments as follows:
15 a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is
16 earned, 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid.
17 b) When 25% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is
18 earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous
19 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount.
20 c) When 50% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is
21 earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous
22 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount.
23 d) When 75% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is
24 earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous
25 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount.
26 e) A bid containing a total for Mobilization in excess of 10% of
27 total contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for
28 consideration of rejection.
29 c. The price bid shall include:
30 1) Mobilization of equipment to Site
31 2) Performance Bond
32 3) Payment Bond
33 4) Maintenance Bond
34 5) Remobilization as identified in the Contract Documents
35 6) Demobilization
36 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this
37 Item.
38 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work not identified in the Contract Documents,
39 as required by City
40 a. Measurement and Payment
41 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 11
42 of Section 00 72 00.
43 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated
44 with this Item.
45 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
01 70 00
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
2 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
8 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
11 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
12 END OF SECTION
13
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
14
15
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 71 23
2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Requirements for construction staking to be provided by the Contractor.
7 2. Requirements for coordination with City to allow performance of as-built survey at
8 the Site.
9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
10 1. None
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Construction Staking
17 a. Measurement and Payment
18 1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items
19 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20 2. As-Built Survey
21 a. Measurement and Payment
22 1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items
23 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
24 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
30 A. Certificates
31 1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in
32 conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
33 a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the
34 State of Texas.
35 B. Field Quality Control Submittals
36 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work.
37 C. As-built Survey Submittal:
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. AutoCAD (.dwg)
2 2. ESRI Shapefile (.shp)
3 3. CSV file (.csv), formatted with X and Y coordinates in separate columns
4 4. Include vertical and horizontal data tied to original project control and benchmarks,
5 and feature descriptions
6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
9 A. Construction Staking
10 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor.
11 2. Coordination
12 a. It is the Contractors responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction
13 activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
14 3. General
15 a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining staking.
16 b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have
17 been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractors neglect, such that the
18 contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re-
19 stake the deficient areas.
20 B. As-built Survey
21 1. As-built Survey will be performed by the Contractor.
22 2. Coordination
23 a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey and
24 required for construction remains intact.
25 b. It is the Contractors responsibility to coordinate As-built Survey such that
26 construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
27 c. Contractor shall restore or replace all necessary control data damaged during
28 construction operations.
29 d. For sewer mains and water lines 12-inch and smaller in diameter, if permitted
30 by City in writing, Contractor may physically measure depth and mark the
31 location during the progress of construction and perform As-built Survey after
32 the facility has been buried. The Contractor is responsible for the quality
33 control required to ensure accuracy if this approach is permitted.
34 3. General
35 a. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate
36 logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records.
37 b. The Contractor perform as-built survey to obtain construction features
38 including, but not limited to, the following:
39 1) All Utility Lines
40 a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or
41 junction structure
42 2) Water Lines
43 a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for water lines at the following
44 locations:
45 (1) Every 250 linear feet
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All
2 Fittings)
3 (3) Cathodic protection test stations
4 (4) Sampling stations
5 (5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes)
6 (6) Fire lines
7 (7) Fire hydrants and valves
8 (8) Gate valves and Butterfly Valves
9 (9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines
10 (10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe)
11 (11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid)
12 (12) Pressure plane valves
13 (13) Cleaning wyes
14 (14) Casing pipe (each end)
15 b) Storm Sewer
16 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations:
17 (a) Every 250 linear feet
18 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc.
19 c) Sanitary Sewer
20 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at
21 the following locations:
22 (a) Every 250 linear feet
23 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc.
24 (c) Cleanouts
25 c. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate
26 logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line
27 and grade required by these Specifications.
28 1) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and
29 the correction of it, as required.
30 2) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction.
31 3) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe
32 joint and submit daily records to City.
33 4) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify
34 the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract
35 Documents.
36 d. Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all lines
37 and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to
38 beginning each tunneling drive.
39 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
40 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
41 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
42 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
43 PART 3 - EXECUTION
44 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
2 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3 3.4 APPLICATION
4 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
5 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
6 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
7 A. It is the Contractors responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data in accordance
8 with this Specification.
9 B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City.
10 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
11 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
12 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
15 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
17 END OF SECTION
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 74 23
2 CLEANING
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems
7 specified elsewhere
8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division 1 General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. No
16 separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
19 A. Scheduling
20 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning
21 process will not fall on newly painted surfaces.
22 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final
23 inspection.
24 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
29 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING
30 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
31 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those
32 materials.
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
4 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 2.2 MATERIALS
6 A. Cleaning Agents
7 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned
8 2. New and uncontaminated
9 3. For manufactured surfaces
10 a. Material recommended by manufacturer
11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
13 PART 3 - EXECUTION
14 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
16 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
17 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED]
18 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
23 3.10 CLEANING
24 A. General
25 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions.
26 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of
27 governing authorities.
28 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or
29 sanitary drains or sewers.
30 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site.
31 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate
32 manner approved by City and regulatory agencies.
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6. Transport and deposit vegetative material removed as a result of work operations off-site at
2 a legal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations.
3 a. Removed vegetation will not be allowed to remain in piles or mounds on the easement
4 or surrounding property.
5 7. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible.
6 8. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this
7 project.
8 9. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of
9 required permanent Work.
10 10. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have
11 the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor.
12 11. Do not burn on-site.
13 B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction
14 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in
15 existing facility operations.
16 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
17 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s):
18 a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind
19 b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities
20 c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week
21 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting.
22 a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance.
23 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may
24 become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm.
25 C. Interior Final Cleaning
26 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign
27 materials from sight-exposed surfaces.
28 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean.
29 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
30 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
31 5. Ventilating systems
32 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during
33 construction.
34 b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during
35 construction.
36 6. Replace all burned out lamps.
37 7. Broom clean process area floors.
38 8. Mop office and control room floors.
39 D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning
40 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site.
41 a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers.
42 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that
43 may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway.
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS250002-1
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction
2 boxes and inlets.
3 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City,
4 remove erosion control from site.
5 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc.
6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
10 END OF SECTION
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 77 19
2 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. The procedure for closing out a contract
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1 General Requirements
12 3. Section 33 01 30 Post Construction Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. No
16 separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
19 A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits
20 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds,
21 certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are
22 satisfactorily filed with the City.
23 B. Release of Liens or Claims
24 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of
25 release of liens has been submitted to the City.
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Submit all required documentation to Project Manager.
28 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 PART 3 - EXECUTION
2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
5 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE
6 A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit:
7 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39
8 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23
9 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 01
10 74 23.
11 C. Final Inspection
12 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the Project Manager and their duly appointed
13 representative that the Work is completed.
14 a. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines that
15 the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection
16 b. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present.
17 c. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in writing
18 within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that
19 the Work is defective or incomplete.
20 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work
21 required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the City.
22 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City’s written notice,
23 inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of this
24 notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final
25 Inspection of the project.
26 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full
27 operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to:
28 a. Specified spare parts
29 b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment
30 c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks
31 d. Light bulbs
32 e. Fuses
33 f. Vault keys
34 g. Handwheels
35 h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all
36 equipment
37 D. Supporting Documentation
38 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following additional
39 forms:
40 a. Final Payment Request
41 b. Statement of Contract Time
42 c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens
01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment
2 E. Letter of Final Acceptance
3 1. When City has deemed the Work has been completed, and upon receiving all
4 Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue
5 Letter of Final Acceptance and release the final payment request for payment.
6 F. Warranty Inspection for Wastewater Mains
7 1. A second television inspection conforming to the standards laid out in Section 33 01
8 30 shall be started by the Contractor no sooner than 630 calendar days and finished
9 no later than 690 calendar days after the date of issuance of the Letter of Final
10 Acceptance for the project by the City of Denton.
11 2. The second inspection shall include a complete televised inspection of each manhole
12 interior constructed or installed on the project (including cored manholes).
13 a. Should the second inspection indicate repairs that need to be made, these will be
14 performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City.
15 3. Failure of the Contractor to perform the second inspection or to make repairs
16 indicated by the second inspection shall be sufficient grounds for the City to take
17 action through the terms of the Maintenance Bond for the project to perform the
18 second inspection and make any repairs indicated.
19 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
20 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
21 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
24 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
25 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
26 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
27 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
28 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
29 END OF SECTION
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
32
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 78 23
2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City’s maintenance and
7 operation of products furnished under Contract
8 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to:
9 a. Traffic Controllers
10 b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City)
11 c. Butterfly Valves
12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
13 1. None.
14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
16 2. Division 1 General Requirements
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measurement and Payment
19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid.
20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
23 A. Schedule
24 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product
25 shipment to the project site.
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be
28 approved by the City prior to delivery.
29 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
30 A. Submittal Form
31 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel.
32 2. Format
33 a. Size: 8 ‰ inches x 11 inches
34 b. Paper
35 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages
36 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal
37 c. Text: Manufacturers printed data, or neatly typewritten
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Drawings
2 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text
3 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages.
4 e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
5 equipment.
6 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of
7 equipment.
8 2) Provide indexed tabs.
9 f. Cover
10 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND
11 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
12 2) List:
13 a) Title of Project
14 b) Identity of separate structure as applicable
15 c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual
16 3. Binders
17 a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers
18 b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
19 groupings.
20 4. Provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual.
21 B. Manual Content
22 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order
23 a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number
24 b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume
25 c. List, with each product:
26 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer
27 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
28 volume
29 3) Identify area of responsibility of each
30 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement
31 d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set
32 forth in Contract Documents.
33 2. Product Data
34 a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
35 b. Annotate each sheet to:
36 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed
37 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation
38 3) Delete references to inapplicable information
39 3. Drawings
40 a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
41 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems
42 2) Control and flow diagrams
43 b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
44 correct illustration of completed installation.
45 c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings.
46 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
47 a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
48 b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure.
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued
2 a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving:
3 1) Proper procedures in event of failure
4 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds
5 C. Manual for Materials and Finishes
6 1. Submit 5 hard copies and 1 digital copy of complete manual in final form.
7 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
8 a. Manufacturer’s data, giving full information on products
9 1) Catalog number, size, composition
10 2) Color and texture designations
11 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products
12 b. Instructions for care and maintenance
13 1) Manufacturer’s recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods
14 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to
15 product
16 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance
17 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products:
18 a. Manufacturer’s data, giving full information on products
19 1) Applicable standards
20 2) Chemical composition
21 3) Details of installation
22 b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair
23 D. Manual for Equipment and Systems
24 1. Submit 5 hard copies and 1 digital copy of complete manual in final form.
25 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
26 a. Description of unit and component parts
27 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions
28 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
29 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
30 b. Operating procedures
31 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions
32 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions
33 3) Summer and winter operating instructions
34 4) Special operating instructions
35 c. Maintenance procedures
36 1) Routine operations
37 2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
38 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
39 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking
40 d. Servicing and lubrication schedule
41 1) List of lubricants required
42 e. Manufacturer’s printed operating and maintenance instructions
43 f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer
44 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear
45 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts
46 g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer
47 h. Each contractor’s coordination drawings
48 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve
2 j. List of original manufacturer’s spare parts, manufacturer’s current prices, and
3 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
4 k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
5 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
6 a. Description of system and component parts
7 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions
8 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
9 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
10 b. Circuit directories of panelboards
11 1) Electrical service
12 2) Controls
13 3) Communications
14 c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams
15 d. Operating procedures
16 1) Routine and normal operating instructions
17 2) Sequences required
18 3) Special operating instructions
19 e. Maintenance procedures
20 1) Routine operations
21 2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
22 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
23 4) Adjustment and checking
24 f. Manufacturer’s printed operating and maintenance instructions
25 g. List of original manufacturer’s spare parts, manufacturer’s current prices, and
26 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
27 h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
28 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent
29 during instruction of City’s personnel.
30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
33 A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria:
34 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products
35 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data
36 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
6 END OF SECTION
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 01 78 39
2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project
7 documents, including:
8 a. Record Drawings
9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
10 1. None.
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid.
17 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
20 1.5 SUBMITTALS
21 A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to
22 Project Manager.
23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
27 A. Accuracy of Records
28 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate
29 and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and
30 other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.
31 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract
32 Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project
33 Record Documents.
34 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of
35 information that the change has occurred.
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and
2 visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and
3 expensive site measurement, investigation and examination.
4 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING
5 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
6 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents, which shall include the Drawings and
7 the Project Manual, completely protected from deterioration and from loss and
8 damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final
9 Project Record Documents.
10 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data
11 to the City’s approval.
12 a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the
13 Contract Documents.
14 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
15 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
17 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
18 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
19 A. Job set
20 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no
21 charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract.
22 B. Final Record Documents
23 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide
24 the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract.
25 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
26 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
27 PART 3 - EXECUTION
28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
29 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
30 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
31 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS
32 A. Maintenance of Job Set
33 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the
34 title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". The Job set shall include the
35 Drawings and the Project Manual.
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. Preservation
2 a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions
3 upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination,
4 and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a
5 suitable method for protecting the job set.
6 b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review
7 by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.
8 c. Maintain the job set at the site of work.
9 3. Coordination with Construction Survey
10 a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23,
11 clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with
12 installation of the infrastructure.
13 4. Making entries on Drawings and Specifications
14 a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents on Drawings and in the
15 Specifications if applicable.
16 b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the
17 change by graphic line and note as required.
18 c. Date all entries.
19 d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.
20 e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping
21 changes.
22 5. Conversion of schematic layouts
23 a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping,
24 ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to
25 portray precise physical layout.
26 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
27 City’s approval.
28 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require
29 accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are
30 shown only schematically on the Drawings.
31 b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1
32 inch, the centerline of each run of items.
33 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
34 City’s approval.
35 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in
36 ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like).
37 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related
38 reliably to the Specifications.
39 c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts
40 where, in the City’s judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However,
41 do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing
42 by the City.
43 B. Final Project Record Documents
44 1. Transfer of data to Drawings and Specifications
45 a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings and
46 Project Manual if applicable, to the corresponding final documents,
47 coordinating the changes as required.
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of
2 changes made during construction, and the actual location of items.
3 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas
4 affected.
5 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure
6 longevity and clear reproduction.
7 e. Provide GPS coordinates for all underground utility appurtenances, bends,
8 fittings, valves, manholes, junction boxes or other structures. This requirement
9 shall encompass all water, sanitary sewer, or drainage improvements.
10 f. Record Drawing documents shall be submitted in an electronic format (.pdf).
11
12 2. Transfer of data to other Documents
13 a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of
14 the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City,
15 the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final
16 Record Documents.
17 b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that
18 Document from the City at the City’s usual charge for reproduction and
19 handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval
20 of the City.
21 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
22 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
23 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
28 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
29 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
30 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
31 END OF SECTION
32
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Added GPS and electronic format requirements to Record Drawings under 3.4.B.
33
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 1 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 02 41 14
2 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Removal, abandonment, or salvaging of the following utilities:
7 a. General Utility Items:
8 1) Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill Water, Sanitary Sewer,
9 Stormwater
10 2) Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench Water, Sanitary Sewer,
11 Stormwater
12 3) Utility Line Removal, Same Trench Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater
13 4) Utility Manhole Abandonment Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater
14 5) Utility Manhole Removal Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater
15 6) Plugging of Utility Lines Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater
16 7) Utility Junction Structure Removal Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater
17 b. Water Specific Items:
18 1) Water Valve Removal
19 2) Water Valve Removal and Salvage
20 3) Water Valve Abandonment
21 4) Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage
22 5) Water Meter Removal and Salvage
23 6) Concrete Water Vault Removal
24 7) Cathodic Test Station Abandonment
25 c. Stormwater Specific Items:
26 1) Stormwater Inlet Removal
27 2) Headwall/SET Removal
28 3) Trench Drain Removal
29 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
30 1. None.
31 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
32 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
33 Contract.
34 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
35 3. Section 33 05 05 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill.
36 4. Section 33 05 15 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate.
37 5. Section 03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM).
38 6. Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete.
39 7. Section 33 14 10 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings.
40 8. Section 33 14 12 Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type.
41 9. Section 33 14 13 Buried Steel Pipe
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 2 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
3 A. Measurement and Payment
4 1. General Utility Items
5 a. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill
6 1) Measurement
7 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line
8 to be abandoned.
9 2) Payment
10 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
11 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
12 at the unit price bid per linear foot for Grout Fill Utility Line for:
13 (1) Various Sizes.
14 3) The price bid shall include:
15 a) Dewatering (as required)
16 b) Disposal of sewage (as required)
17 c) Furnishing and installing low density cellular grout or CLSM
18 d) Water
19 e) Pavement Removal
20 f) Excavation
21 g) Hauling
22 h) Disposal of excess materials
23 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
24 j) Clean-up
25 b. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench
26 1) Measurement
27 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line
28 to be removed.
29 2) Payment
30 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
31 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
32 at the unit price bid per linear foot for Remove Utility Line for:
33 (1) Various Sizes.
34 3) The price bid shall include:
35 a) Dewatering (as required)
36 b) Disposal of sewage (as required)
37 c) Pavement Removal
38 d) Excavation
39 e) Hauling
40 f) Disposal of excess materials
41 g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
42 h) Clean-up
43 c. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench
44 1) Measurement
45 a) This item is considered subsidiary to the proposed utility line being
46 installed.
47 2) Payment
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 3 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
2 item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe
3 installed.
4 d. Utility Manhole Abandonment
5 1) Measurement
6 a) Measured per each manhole to be abandoned.
7 2) Payment
8 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
9 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
10 at the unit price bid per each Abandon Utility Manhole for:
11 (1) Various diameters.
12 3) The price bid shall include:
13 a) Disposal of sewage (as required)
14 b) Removal and disposal of manhole cone
15 c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover
16 d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines
17 e) Concrete
18 f) Sand
19 g) Pavement removal
20 h) Excavation
21 i) Hauling
22 j) Disposal of excess materials
23 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
24 l) Surface restoration
25 m) Clean-up
26 e. Utility Manhole Removal
27 1) Measurement
28 a) Measured per each manhole to be removed.
29 2) Payment
30 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
31 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
32 at the unit price bid per each Remove Utility Manhole for:
33 (1) Various diameters.
34 3) The price bid shall include:
35 a) Disposal of sewage (as required)
36 b) Removal and disposal of manhole
37 c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover
38 d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines
39 e) Pavement removal
40 f) Excavation
41 g) Hauling
42 h) Disposal of excess materials
43 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
44 j) Surface restoration
45 k) Clean-up
46 f. Plugging of Utility Lines
47 1) Measurement
48 a) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum.
49 2) Payment
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 4 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with
2 this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all Utility Line
3 Plugging.
4
5 3) The price bid shall include:
6 a) Furnishing and installing all utility line pressure plugs
7 b) Furnishing and installing all utility line abandonment plugs
8 c) Ductile iron fittings (for pressure plugs)
9 d) Gaskets (for pressure plugs)
10 e) Nuts and bolts (for pressure plugs)
11 f) Pavement removal
12 g) Excavation
13 h) Hauling
14 i) Disposal of excess material
15 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment
16 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
17 l) Disinfection (for pressure plugs)
18 m) Testing (for pressure plugs)
19 n) CLSM (for abandonment plugs)
20 o) Clean-up
21 g. Utility Junction Structure Removal
22 1) Measurement
23 a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed.
24 2) Payment
25 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
26 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
27 at the unit price bid per each Remove Utility Junction Structure.
28 3) The price bid shall include:
29 a) Disposal of sewage (as required)
30 b) Removal and disposal of junction structure
31 c) Removal and disposal of frames and covers
32 d) Removal and disposal of hatches
33 e) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines
34 f) Pavement removal
35 g) Excavation
36 h) Hauling
37 i) Disposal of excess materials
38 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
39 k) Surface restoration
40 l) Clean-up
41 2. Water Specific Items
42 a. Water Valve Removal
43 1) Measurement
44 a) Measured per each water valve to be removed.
45 2) Payment
46 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
47 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
48 at the unit price bid per each Remove Water Valve for:
49 (1) Various sizes.
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 5 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) The price bid shall include:
2 a) Removal and disposal of valve
3 b) Removal and disposal of valve box
4 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required)
5 d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings
6 (if required)
7 e) CLSM
8 f) Pavement removal
9 g) Excavation
10 h) Hauling
11 i) Disposal of excess materials
12 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
13 k) Clean-up
14 b. Water Valve Removal and Salvage
15 1) Measurement
16 a) Measured per each water valve to be removed and salvaged.
17 2) Payment
18 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
19 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
20 at the unit price bid per each Salvage Water Valve for:
21 (1) Various sizes.
22 3) The price bid shall include:
23 a) Removal and salvage of valve
24 b) Removal and disposal of valve box
25 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required)
26 d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings
27 (if required)
28 e) CLSM
29 f) Delivery to City
30 g) Pavement removal
31 h) Excavation
32 i) Hauling
33 j) Disposal of excess materials
34 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
35 l) Clean-up
36 c. Water Valve Abandonment
37 1) Measurement
38 a) Measured per each water valve to be abandoned.
39 2) Payment
40 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
41 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
42 at the unit price bid per each Abandon Water Valve for:
43 (1) Various sizes.
44 3) The price bid shall include:
45 a) Abandonment of valve
46 b) Removal and disposal of valve box
47 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required)
48 d) CLSM
49 e) Pavement removal
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 6 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 f) Excavation
2 g) Hauling
3 h) Disposal of excess materials
4 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
5 j) Clean-up
6 d. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage
7 1) Measurement
8 a) Measured per each fire hydrant to be removed and salvaged.
9 2) Payment
10 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
11 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
12 at the unit price bid per each Salvage Fire Hydrant.
13 3) The price bid shall include:
14 a) Removal of fire hydrant
15 b) Salvage of fire hydrant (if required)
16 c) Delivery to City (if required)
17 d) Disposal of fire hydrant (if required)
18 e) Pavement removal
19 f) Excavation
20 g) Hauling
21 h) Disposal of excess materials
22 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
23 j) Clean-up
24 e. Water Meter Removal and Salvage
25 1) Measurement
26 a) Measured per each water meter to be removed and salvaged.
27 2) Payment
28 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
29 item and measured as provided under Measurement shall be paid for
30 at the unit price bid per each Salvage Water Meter.
31 3) The price bid shall include:
32 a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and
33 salvage of water meter
34 b) Removal of existing water meter box
35 c) Salvage of existing water meter lid and delivery to City
36 d) Pavement removal
37 e) Excavation
38 f) Hauling
39 g) Disposal of excess materials
40 h) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
41 i) Clean-up
42 f. Concrete Water Vault Removal
43 1) Measurement
44 a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed.
45 2) Payment
46 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
47 item and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for
48 at the unit price bid per each Remove Concrete Water Vault.
49 3) The price bid shall include:
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 7 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and
2 salvage of water meter (if applicable)
3 b) Removal, salvage, and delivery of valves/meters to City (if applicable)
4 c) Removal and disposal of all piping, fittings, and other appurtenances (if
5 applicable)
6 d) Removal and disposal of manhole
7 e) Removal and disposal of vault
8 f) Removal and disposal of hatches
9 g) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines
10 h) Pavement removal
11 i) Excavation
12 j) Hauling
13 k) Disposal of excess materials
14 l) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
15 m) Surface restoration
16 n) Clean-up
17 g. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment
18 1) Measurement
19 a) Measured per each cathodic test station to be abandoned.
20 2) Payment
21 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
22 item and measured as provided under Measurement shall be paid for
23 at the unit price bid per each Abandon Cathodic Test Station.
24 3) The price bid shall include:
25 a) Abandon cathodic test station
26 b) CLSM
27 c) Pavement removal
28 d) Excavation
29 e) Hauling
30 f) Disposal of excess materials
31 g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
32 h) Clean-up
33 3. Stormwater Specific Items
34 a. Stormwater Inlet Removal
35 1) Measurement
36 a) Measured per each stormwater inlet to be removed.
37 2) Payment
38 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
39 item and measured as provided under Measurement shall be paid for
40 at the unit price bid per each Remove Storm Inlet.
41 3) The price bid shall include:
42 a) Removal and disposal of inlet
43 b) Pavement removal
44 c) Excavation
45 d) Hauling
46 e) Disposal of excess materials
47 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
48 g) Clean-up
49 b. Headwall/SET Removal
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 8 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Measurement
2 a) Measured per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be
3 removed.
4 2) Payment
5 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
6 item and measured as provided under Measurement shall be paid for
7 at the unit price bid per each Remove Headwall/SET.
8 3) The price bid shall include:
9 a) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET
10 b) Pavement removal
11 c) Excavation
12 d) Hauling
13 e) Disposal of excess materials
14 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
15 g) Clean-up
16 c. Trench Drain Removal
17 1) Measurement
18 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing trench drain
19 to be removed.
20 2) Payment
21 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
22 item and measured as provided under Measurement shall be paid for
23 at the unit price bid per linear foot of Remove Trench Drain.
24 3) The price bid shall include:
25 a) Removal and disposal of trench drain
26 b) Pavement removal
27 c) Excavation
28 d) Hauling
29 e) Disposal of excess materials
30 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill
31 g) Clean-up
32 1.3 REFERENCES
33 A. Abbreviations
34 1. CLSM Controlled Low Strength Material
35 B. Definitions
36 1. Pressure Plug Plugging of an existing pressurized pipeline to remain in service
37 with fitting, blind flange, or welded plug, as applicable.
38 2. Abandonment Plug Plugging of an existing gravity or pressurized pipeline to be
39 abandoned with CLSM.
40 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
41 A. Coordination
42 1. Contact Project Manager and Water Utilities for coordination of salvaged material
43 return.
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 9 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS
2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
5 A. Special Procedure Submittals
6 1. Utility Abandonment by Grout Fill Plan:
7 a. Grout fill narrative
8 b. Grout port locations
9 c. Calculations demonstrating proposed volume of grout
10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
14 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements
15 1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to
16 City.
17 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
18 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
20 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
21 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED]
22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
24 PART 3 - EXECUTION
25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
27 3.3 PREPARATION
28 A. Coordinate with Water Utilities prior to abandonment of existing water or sanitary
29 sewer lines to determine whether all existing services have been removed.
30 3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT
31 A. General Utility Items
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 10 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill
2 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
3 b. Dewater existing line to be grouted.
4 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be grouted for sanitary sewer lines.
5 d. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 15
6 or CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
7 e. Dispose of any excess material.
8 2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench
9 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
10 b. Dewater existing line to be removed.
11 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be removed for sanitary sewer
12 lines.
13 d. Cut any service, lateral, or main connections prior to removal.
14 e. Remove existing utility line and properly dispose of as approved by City.
15 3. Utility Manhole Abandonment
16 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
17 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, grade rings, and manhole cone
18 section.
19 c. Cut and plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with 2000 psi concrete in
20 accordance with Section 03 30 00.
21 d. Backfill manhole with utility sand in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
22 4. Utility Manhole Removal
23 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
24 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, and grade rings.
25 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes.
26 d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole.
27 e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs.
28 5. Plugging of Utility Lines
29 a. Water Line Pressure Plugs
30 1) Ductile Iron and PVC C900 Water Lines
31 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
32 b) Plug line with MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in
33 accordance with Section 33 14 10.
34 2) Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines
35 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
36 b) Plug line using:
37 (1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section
38 33 14 12; or
39 (2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 12.
40 3) Buried Steel Water Lines
41 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
42 b) Plug line using:
43 (1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section
44 33 14 13; or
45 (2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 13.
46 b. Utility Line Abandonment Plugs
47 1) Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
48 2) Dispose of any sewage for sanitary sewer lines.
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 11 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Install bulkhead sufficient to retain CLSM plug before it has cured.
2 4) Backfill trench adjacent to pipe plug with CLSM to top of pipe.
3 5) Plug minimum 2 feet of existing pipe with CLSM in accordance with
4 Section 03 34 14.
5 a) Pressure plugs may be used for water line abandonment plugs as an
6 acceptable alternative.
7 6. Utility Junction Structure Removal
8 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
9 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, hatch, and grade rings.
10 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes.
11 d. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure.
12 e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs.
13 B. Water Items
14 1. Water Valve Removal
15 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
16 b. Remove and dispose of valve box.
17 c. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge, and stem.
18 d. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
19 2. Water Valve Removal and Salvage
20 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
21 b. Remove and dispose of valve box.
22 c. Remove valve bonnet, wedge, and stem, and deliver to the City as directed by
23 City Inspector.
24 d. Protect salvaged materials from damage.
25 e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
26 3. Water Valve Abandonment
27 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
28 b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions.
29 c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
30 4. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage
31 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
32 b. Remove fire hydrant.
33 c. Install abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line.
34 d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the City as directed by City.
35 e. Protect salvaged materials from damage.
36 5. Water Meter Removal and Salvage
37 a. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter.
38 1) Contractor shall not remove water meter.
39 b. Remove and dispose of curb stop, and meter boxes.
40 c. Remove and salvage meter box lid and deliver to City as directed by City
41 Inspector.
42 d. Crimp abandoned service lines.
43 e. Backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
44 6. Concrete Water Vault Removal
45 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
46 b. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter if
47 applicable.
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 12 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Contractor shall not remove water meter.
2 c. Remove and salvage valve, if applicable.
3 d. Remove and salvage vault lid.
4 e. Remove and salvage test stations.
5 f. Protect salvaged materials from damage.
6 g. Remove and dispose of piping and other appurtenances.
7 h. Deliver salvaged material to City as directed by City Inspector.
8 i. Demolish and remove entire concrete water vault.
9 j. Plug existing service and main lines with abandonment plugs.
10 k. Dispose of excess materials.
11 7. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment
12 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
13 b. Remove top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents.
14 c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
15 C. Stormwater Items
16 1. Stormwater Inlet Removal
17 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
18 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet.
19 c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs.
20 2. Headwall/SET Removal
21 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
22 b. Demolish and remove concrete headwall/SET.
23 c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs.
24 3. Trench Drain Removal
25 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05.
26 b. Remove and dispose of existing pipe.
27 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
28 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
29 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
30 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
31 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
32 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
33 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
34 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
35 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
36 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
37
38
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 13 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB #8935]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 END OF SECTION
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 1 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 02 41 15
2 PAVING REMOVAL
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Construction methods for
7 a. Remove Concrete Pavement
8 b. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter
9 c. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter
10 d. Remove Sidewalk
11 e. Remove Curb Ramp
12 f. Remove Asphalt Pavement
13 g. Remove Driveway
14 h. Remove Brick Pavers
15 i. Remove Permeable Pavers
16 j. Wedge Milling
17 k. Surface Milling
18 l. Butt Joint Milling
19 m. Pavement Pulverization
20 n. Obliterate Abandoned Road
21 o. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching
22 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
23 1. None.
24 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
25 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
26 Contract.
27 2. Division 1 General Requirements.
28 3. Section 31 25 14 Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
29 4. Section 32 01 17 Flexible Pavement Repair.
30 5. Section 32 01 29 Rigid Paving Repair.
31 6. Section 32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses.
32 7. Section 34 71 13 Traffic Control.
33 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
34 A. Measurement and Payment
35 1. Remove Concrete Pavement
36 a. Measurement
37 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of
38 concrete to edge of concrete for existing concrete pavement for all
39 thicknesses.
40 b. Payment
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 2 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
2 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
3 price bid per square yard for Remove Concrete Pavement.
4 c. The price bid shall include:
5 1) Sawing and breaking the material
6 2) Removal of monolithic concrete curb and concrete pavement
7 3) Loading
8 4) Unloading
9 5) Storing
10 6) Hauling
11 7) Salvaging or disposing
12 8) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete
13 2. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter
14 a. Measurement
15 1) Measured per linear foot of Remove Curb and Gutter.
16 b. Payment
17 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
18 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
19 price bid per linear foot for Remove Curb and Gutter.
20 c. The price bid shall include:
21 1) Sawing and breaking the material
22 2) Removal of concrete curb and gutter
23 3) Cleaning
24 4) Loading
25 5) Unloading
26 6) Storing
27 7) Hauling
28 8) Salvaging or disposing
29 9) Repair adjacent pavement and curb and gutter damaged by the removal of
30 curb and gutter
31 3. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter
32 a. Measurement
33 1) Measured per square yard of Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.
34 b. Payment
35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
36 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
37 price bid per square yard for Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.
38 c. The price bid shall include:
39 1) Sawing and breaking the material
40 2) Removal of concrete valley gutter
41 3) Cleaning
42 4) Loading
43 5) Unloading
44 6) Storing
45 7) Hauling
46 8) Salvaging or disposing
47 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete valley
48 gutter
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 3 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. Remove Sidewalk
2 a. Measurement
3 1) Measured per square foot of Remove Sidewalk.
4 b. Payment
5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
6 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
7 price bid per square foot for Remove Sidewalk.
8 c. The price bid shall include:
9 1) The removal of integral sidewalk walls
10 2) The removal of landscape walls adjacent to sidewalk less than 3 feet in
11 height
12 3) Sawing and breaking the material
13 4) Cleaning
14 5) Loading
15 6) Unloading
16 7) Storing
17 8) Hauling
18 9) Salvaging or disposing
19 10) Repair to adjacent curb or curb and gutter damaged by the removal of
20 sidewalk
21 5. Remove Curb Ramp
22 a. Measurement
23 1) Measured per each of Remove Curb Ramp.
24 b. Payment
25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
26 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
27 price bid per each for Remove Curb Ramp for:
28 a) Various types.
29 c. The price bid shall include:
30 1) Removal of curb ramp, curb ramp curbs, flares, and detectable warning tiles
31 2) Sawing and breaking the material
32 3) Loading
33 4) Unloading
34 5) Storing
35 6) Hauling
36 7) Salvaging or disposing
37 8) Repair to adjacent curb, curb and gutter, or sidewalk damaged by the
38 removal of curb ramp
39 6. Remove Asphalt Pavement
40 a. Measurement
41 1) Measured per square yard from gutter edge to gutter edge or edge to edge
42 of existing asphalt pavement for all thicknesses.
43 b. Payment
44 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
45 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
46 price bid per square yard for Remove Asphalt Pavement.
47 c. The price bid shall include:
48 1) Sawing
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 4 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Breaking the material
2 3) Removal of asphalt pavement
3 4) Loading
4 5) Unloading
5 6) Storing
6 7) Hauling
7 8) Salvaging or disposing
8 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of asphalt
9 7. Remove Driveway
10 a. Measurement
11 1) Measured per square foot of Remove Driveway.
12 b. Payment
13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
14 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
15 price bid per square foot for Remove Driveway for:
16 a) Various pavement types (gravel, concrete, asphalt, pavers).
17 c. The price bid shall include:
18 1) Sawing
19 2) Breaking the material
20 3) Removal of driveway material
21 4) Loading
22 5) Unloading
23 6) Storing
24 7) Hauling
25 8) Salvaging or disposing
26 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of the driveway
27 8. Remove Brick Pavers
28 a. Measurement
29 1) Measured per square foot of Remove Brick Pavers.
30 b. Payment
31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
32 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
33 price bid per square foot for Remove Brick Pavers.
34 c. The price bid shall include:
35 1) Full-depth removal of bricks and any brick base material to existing
36 subgrade.
37 2) Sawing
38 3) Breaking the material
39 4) Removal of brick pavers
40 5) Cleaning
41 6) Loading
42 7) Unloading
43 8) Storing
44 9) Hauling
45 10) Disposal
46 11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required
47 12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of bricks
48 9. Remove Permeable Pavers
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 5 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Measurement
2 1) Measured per square foot of Remove Permeable Pavers.
3 b. Payment
4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
5 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
6 price bid per square foot for Remove Permeable Pavers.
7 c. The price bid shall include:
8 1) Full-depth removal of any permeable pavers and paver base material to
9 existing subgrade or compacted soil.
10 2) Sawing
11 3) Breaking the material
12 4) Removal of permeable pavers
13 5) Cleaning
14 6) Loading
15 7) Unloading
16 8) Storing
17 9) Hauling
18 10) Disposal
19 11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required
20 12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of permeable pavers
21 10. Wedge Milling
22 a. Measurement
23 1) Measured per square yard of Wedge Milling.
24 b. Payment
25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
26 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
27 price bid per square yard for Wedge Milling.
28 c. The price bid shall include:
29 1) Milling
30 2) Rolling
31 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement
32 4) Cleaning
33 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings
34 6) Loading
35 7) Unloading
36 8) Storing
37 9) Hauling
38 10) Salvaging or disposing
39 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by wedge milling
40 11. Surface Milling
41 a. Measurement
42 1) Measured square yard of Surface Milling.
43 b. Payment
44 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
45 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
46 price bid per square yard for Surface Milling.
47 c. The price bid shall include:
48 1) Milling
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 6 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Rolling
2 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement
3 4) Cleaning
4 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings
5 6) Loading
6 7) Unloading
7 8) Storing
8 9) Hauling
9 10) Salvaging or disposing
10 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by surface milling
11 12. Butt Joint Milling
12 a. Measurement
13 1) Measured per linear foot of Butt Milling.
14 b. Payment
15 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
16 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
17 price bid per linear feet for Butt Milling.
18 c. The price bid shall include:
19 1) Milling
20 2) Rolling
21 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement
22 4) Cleaning
23 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings
24 6) Loading
25 7) Unloading
26 8) Storing
27 9) Hauling
28 10) Salvaging or disposing
29 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by butt milling
30 13. Pavement Pulverization
31 a. Measurement
32 1) Measured per square yard of Pavement Pulverization.
33 b. Payment
34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
35 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
36 price bid per square yard for Pavement Pulverization.
37 c. The price bid shall include:
38 1) Pulverization
39 2) Base undercutting
40 3) Mixing and compaction
41 4) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings
42 5) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement
43 6) Temporary removal and stockpiling of pulverized material
44 7) Loading
45 8) Unloading
46 9) Storing
47 10) Hauling
48 11) Salvaging or disposing
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 7 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 12) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by pavement pulverization
2 14. Obliterate Abandoned Road
3 a. Measurement
4 1) Measured per square yard of Obliterate Abandoned Road.
5 b. Payment
6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
7 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
8 price bid per square yard for Obliterate Abandoned Road.
9 c. The price bid shall include:
10 1) Salvaging and replacing topsoil
11 2) Furnishing and installing any new topsoil
12 3) Removal of abandoned structures within the roadway
13 4) Scarifying, mixing, and shaping abandoned roadway
14 5) Sodding
15 6) Removal of any material or items specified under Obliterate
16 7) Loading
17 8) Unloading
18 9) Storing
19 10) Hauling
20 11) Salvaging or disposing
21 12) Clean-up
22 15. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching
23 a. Measurement
24 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater,
25 or stormwater piping.
26 b. Payment
27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
28 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or
29 stormwater piping installed.
30 1.3 REFERENCES
31 A. Abbreviations
32 1. HMA Hot-mix Asphalt
33 B. Reference Standards
34 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
35 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
36 unless a date is specifically cited.
37 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
38 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
39 A. Sequencing
40 1. Sidewalk Construction
41 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities:
42 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings
43 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour
44 route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional
45 engineer to the City for review.
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 8 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic
2 Control items included with the project.
3 c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD,
4 State, and local guidelines.
5 d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13.
6 2. Pavement Removal
7 a. Install traffic control devices prior to removal of pavement per the Drawings.
8 b. If no traffic control plan is provided, submit a traffic control plan that has been
9 signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer to the City for review.
10 B. Pre-removal Meeting
11 1. Hold a preinstallation meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Paving
12 Removal. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. The following items will
13 be reviewed and discussed at the meeting:
14 a. All removal limits for any pavement to be removed
15 b. Concrete paving removal method
16 1.5 SUBMITTALS
17 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
18 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
20 A. Informational Submittal:
21 1. Equipment Information
22 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include:
23 1) Equipment name
24 2) Size
25 3) Intended use
26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
33 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
34 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED]
35 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
36 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 9 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 PART 3 - EXECUTION
2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
4 3.3 PREPARATION
5 A. Site Preparation
6 1. Mark all pavement removal limits prior to construction.
7 2. City will review and provide direction to Contractor, regarding proposed limits
8 prior to saw cutting, milling, or any other pavement removal activities.
9 3. For maintenance projects, the City will mark the limits of Paving Removal prior to
10 construction.
11 3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL
12 A. Sawing
13 1. Full-depth saw cut all pavement to be removed.
14 2. Make a clean, smooth cut producing a groove 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide and full
15 depth.
16 3. Any saw cut wider than 1/4 inch will not be accepted.
17 4. Re-saw pavement edge after pavement is removed as many times as necessary to
18 provide a smooth, neat, straight pavement edge free from chips or gouges.
19 Contractor to re-saw a minimum of one time.
20 5. If a saw cut falls within 5 feet of an existing joint, pavement edge, or edge of gutter,
21 remove paving to the nearest joint, pavement edge, or gutter edge.
22 6. Minimize dust and residue from entering the atmosphere by using water, vacuums,
23 or other approved dust reducing measures.
24 7. Utilize erosion control measures to prevent dust and residue from entering the
25 storm drain system in accordance with Section 31 25 14.
26 8. Use care to prevent fracturing or spalling of adjacent existing pavement. Repair any
27 damage done to the existing pavement due to saw cutting or pavement removal in
28 accordance with Sections 32 01 17 or 32 01 29 at no cost to the City.
29 B. Remove Concrete Paving
30 1. Saw Cut
31 a. In accordance with this Section.
32 2. Minimum Limits of Removal
33 a. Parallel to the Centerline
34 1) Minimum cut along street path is:
35 a) 5 feet in total length
36 b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench
37 b. Perpendicular to the Center Line Multiple Lanes
38 1) Remove full panel of one lane width if trench or repairs are contained
39 within the lane.
40 2) For locations where two or more lanes are affected, remove the full width
41 of affected lanes.
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 10 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Maintain minimum gutter width of 2 feet from back of curb at all times.
2 c. Perpendicular to the Center Line Single Lane
3 1) General:
4 a) 1 foot from the edge of the trench
5 b) Minimum gutter width is 2 feet from back of curb.
6 c) Remove curb if trench edge or repair is closer than 2 feet from back of
7 curb.
8 2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide:
9 a) Remove pavement from centerline to back of curb. Curb will be
10 considered subsidiary to removal of pavement.
11 3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide:
12 a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter to trench edge
13 or repair.
14 b) Remove pavement starting at the centerline if trench edge or repair is
15 less than 10 feet from centerline.
16 c) If the trench edge or repair is within 10 feet of the back of curb, remove
17 pavement from trench edge or repair to back of curb. Curb will be
18 considered subsidiary to removal of pavement.
19 3. Construction
20 a. A drop hammer or guillotine-style concrete breaker is not allowed without prior
21 approval by City.
22 b. Pavement removal method to be discussed and approved by City during the
23 pre-removal Meeting.
24 c. Preferred method:
25 1) Saw cut sections of the concrete pavement.
26 2) Vertically lift concrete pavement section in whole pieces in a way that does
27 not damage existing features.
28 d. If pavement cant be removed utilizing the preferred method, utilize a
29 jackhammer to break-up concrete and remove using a front-end loader or
30 backhoe.
31 C. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter
32 1. Saw Cut
33 a. In accordance with this Section
34 2. Minimum Limits of Removal
35 a. Minimum width of 2-feet from back of curb
36 b. Minimum length of 30-inches
37 c. Removal shall be to the nearest construction joint (not necessarily centered on
38 the trench)
39 D. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter
40 1. Saw Cut
41 a. In accordance with this Section
42 2. Minimum Limits of Removal
43 a. Minimum width of 5 feet
44 b. Remove from gutter edge to gutter edge or from centerline to gutter edge
45 c. Remove concrete in accordance with Remove Concrete Paving
46 E. Remove Sidewalk and Curb Ramp
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 11 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. Saw Cut
2 a. In accordance with Sawing
3 2. Minimum Limits of Sidewalk Removal
4 a. Minimum sidewalk removal width and length of 5 feet
5 b. Remove to the nearest sidewalk joint if nearest sidewalk joint is within 3 feet of
6 specified removal limits.
7 c. Remove to the edge of sidewalk if the edge of sidewalk is within 5 feet of
8 specified removal limits.
9 d. Remove curb ramp to the nearest joint. Do not saw cut and leave in place any
10 portion of the existing curb ramp unless specified in the Drawings.
11 F. Remove Asphalt Paving
12 1. Saw Cut
13 a. In accordance with this Section
14 b. Protect asphalt edges to prevent spalling or damage.
15 c. If damage or spalling occurs, obtain direction from the City for repairs, if
16 necessary.
17 2. Minimum Limits of Removal
18 a. Parallel to the Centerline
19 1) Minimum cut along the street path is:
20 a) 5 feet in total length
21 b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench if the trench width is wider than 5
22 feet
23 b. Perpendicular to the Center Line Multiple Lanes
24 1) If the trench or repairs occur between the center line and the inside lane
25 line, remove the full lane width.
26 2) If the trench or repairs occur between the gutter edge and the outside lane,
27 remove from the lane line to the gutter edge.
28 3) If the trench or repairs occur between two lanes, remove half-lane-width to
29 half-lane-width.
30 c. Perpendicular to the Center Line Single Lane
31 1) General:
32 a) 2 feet from the edge of the trench
33 b) Minimum width from repair to gutter edge is 10 feet.
34 c) Remove pavement to gutter edge if distance from trench or repair to
35 gutter edge is less than 10 feet
36 2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide:
37 a) Remove pavement from centerline to gutter edge.
38 3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide:
39 a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter edge to trench
40 edge or repair.
41 b) Remove pavement starting at the center line if trench edge or repair is
42 less than 10 feet from centerline.
43 c) Remove pavement from trench edge or repair to gutter if distance from
44 trench edge or repair to the face of curb is less than 10 feet.
45 3. Construction
46 a. Utilize a milling machine to remove pavement where possible in accordance
47 with this Section.
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 12 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Obtain approval prior to construction to utilize alternative equipment for
2 asphalt pavement removal.
3 G. Remove Driveway
4 1. Saw Cut
5 a. In accordance with this Section
6 2. Minimum Limits of Removal
7 a. If the driveway is concrete, remove to nearest driveway joint.
8 1) Only driveway joints required by City design standards are considered, and
9 existing patches will not be considered as joints.
10 H. Remove Brick Pavers and Permeable Pavers
11 1. Saw Cut
12 a. In accordance with Sawing
13 b. Saw cut 2 feet beyond the limits of the pavers if the adjacent pavement is
14 concrete or asphalt.
15 2. Remove pavers to the limits specified in the Drawings.
16 3. If salvaging pavers for re-use, remove, palletize and either deliver to specified
17 location in Drawings or stockpile for re-use on the Project.
18 I. Milling
19 1. General
20 a. Mill surfaces to the depth specified in the Drawings.
21 b. Milled surface should be rough. If necessary, grind or mill the surface again to
22 make the surface rough.
23 c. If the milled surface is going to be opened to traffic:
24 1) Install a temporary transition section.
25 2) An acceptable transition is 2 inches over 5 feet.
26 3) A different transition may be approved by City prior to opening the milled
27 surface to traffic.
28 d. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces
29 e. Stockpiling of milled material will not be permitted within the right of way
30 unless otherwise approved by City.
31 2. Milling Equipment
32 a. Provide equipment that meets the following criteria.
33 1) Power operated milling machine capable of removing the specified
34 pavement thickness in maximum of two passes
35 2) Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction, and stability to maintain
36 accurate depth of cut and slope
37 3) Able to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway
38 and discharge the cuttings into a truck utilizing an integral loading and
39 reclaiming system
40 4) Equipped with a dust control system
41 5) Equipped with a manual system that provides uniform varying depths of cut
42 while the machine is in motion.
43 3. Wedge and Surface Milling
44 a. Only used for roadway maintenance. Only utilized with prior approval by City
45 or as specified in Drawings.
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 13 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Wedge Mill existing asphalt or concrete from the gutter edge at a minimum
2 depth of 2 inches and transition to match the existing pavement within a 5 foot
3 width.
4 c. Surface Mill existing asphalt to the depth specified on Drawings.
5 d. Provide a uniform milled surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other
6 irregularities.
7 e. Wedge milling includes the portion of HMA pavement that covers the existing
8 concrete curb and gutter. This depth is estimated to vary from 2 inches to the
9 full height of the curb. This additional depth would be milled prior to milling
10 the minimum 2 inches previously specified.
11 f. Perform wedge or surface milling operations in a continuous manner for the
12 length specified in the Drawings.
13 4. Butt Joint Milling
14 a. Butt joint will be full width of overlay operation
15 b. Typical locations for butt joints are at the beginning and ending of streets where
16 asphalt paving is removed or where a street is being overlaid. Butt joints may
17 be required in other locations as specified in the Drawings.
18 c. Butt joints at a minimum of 20 feet wide (perpendicular to the center line) for
19 the width specified in the Drawings.
20 d. Taper the butt joint from 2 inches to 0 inches adjacent to existing pavement at
21 the start or end of the project limits or as specified in the Drawings.
22 e. Provide a temporary asphalt transition in accordance with this Section.
23 J. Pavement Pulverization
24 1. Pulverization
25 a. Pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of 8 inches. In accordance with
26 Section 32 11 33.
27 b. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material.
28 c. After temporary removal, cut subgrade or base material down 2 inches.
29 2. Cement Application
30 a. Use 3.5 percent Portland cement
31 b. In accordance with Section 32 11 33.
32 3. Mixing
33 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33
34 4. Compaction
35 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33
36 5. Finishing
37 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33
38 6. Curing
39 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33
40 7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of HMA pavement and
41 crushed stone or gravel
42 a. 2 inch cutting is not required
43 b. Pulverize existing pavement 2 inches deep
44 c. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material
45 K. Obliterating Abandoned Roadway
46 1. Strip and windrow existing topsoil before shaping operations
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 14 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. Remove asphalt or concrete pavement in accordance with this Section.
2 3. Remove any abandoned structures within the roadway unless otherwise specified in
3 the Drawings.
4 4. Scarify and mix the abandoned roadbed with soil and blade to produce a smooth,
5 uniform appearance.
6 5. Fill, cut, and shape the abandoned road to blend into the surrounding terrain.
7 6. Eliminate or re-align existing ditches as appropriate to maintain positive drainage.
8 7. Cover disturbed areas with topsoil after shaping operations.
9 8. Install sod within the limits of disturbance after topsoil is installed.
10
11 L. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement
12 1. Contractor is responsible for any material removed during Paving Removal
13 activities.
14 2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and
15 regulations.
16 3. The disposal, salvaging, and recycling of any material removed as part of Paving
17 Removal is considered subsidiary to the applicable items.
18 4. Contractor is encouraged, but not required, to salvage and recycle as much material
19 as possible. Any recycled material used on a City project shall be in accordance
20 with the requirements of the appropriate Section based on the intended use.
21 3.5 REPAIR
22 A. Repair the following items to remain if any damage is caused due to pavement removal
23 activities at no cost to the City:
24 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement
25 2. Adjacent sidewalk
26 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter
27 4. Subgrade or base material
28 5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances
29 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe
30 7. Landscape beds or planters
31 8. Sod
32 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features
33 10. Decorative/stamped concrete
34 11. Sidewalk
35 12. Curb ramps
36 13. Traffic control signage
37 14. Pavement markings
38 15. Retaining walls
39 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
40 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 15 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
6
7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
9 END OF SECTION
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 1 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 03 00 00
2 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Material requirements for concrete and concrete reinforcing.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
11 Contract.
12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
13 3. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete
14 4. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
15 5. Section 31 37 00 Riprap
16 6. Section 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements
17 7. Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving
18 8. Section 32 13 16 Decorative Concrete Paving
19 9. Section 32 16 00 Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways
20 10. Section 32 32 00 Retaining Walls
21 11. Section 33 05 61 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes
22 12. Section 33 42 11 Stormwater Pipe and Boxes
23 13. Section 33 42 23 Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments
24 14. Section 33 42 30 Stormwater Junction Boxes
25 15. Section 33 42 33 Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains
26 16. Section 41 14 00 Batching Equipment
27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
28 A. Measurement and Payment
29 1. Measurement
30 a. Concrete and concrete reinforcing materials, equipment, tools, testing, and
31 incidentals are subsidiary to the installation of various items.
32 2. Payment
33 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are
34 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of
35 concrete and concrete reinforcing, and will not be measured or paid for
36 separately.
37
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 2 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.3 REFERENCES
2 A. Reference Standards
3 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
4 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
5 unless a date is specifically cited.
6 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
7 a. 211, Proportioning of Concrete Mixes
8 b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete
9 c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
10 3. ASTM International (ASTM):
11 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
12 b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for
13 Concrete Reinforcement
14 c. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special
15 Quality, Mechanical Properties
16 d. A955, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plan Stainless Steel Bars for
17 Concrete Reinforcement
18 e. A996, Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for
19 Concrete Reinforcement
20 f. A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire
21 Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete
22 g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates
23 h. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
24 i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement
25 j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
26 k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
27 l. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements
28 m. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete
29 n. C1399, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of
30 Fiber-Reinforced Concrete
31 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material
32 Specifications (DMS)
33 a. DMS-4515, Multiple Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements
34 b. DMS-4550, Fibers for Concrete
35 c. DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement
36 d. DMS-4610, Fly Ash
37 e. DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
38 f. DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation
39 Retardants
40 g. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives
41 5. TxDOT Test Procedures:
42 a. Tex-401-A, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate
43 b. Tex-409-A, Free Moisture and Water Absorption in Aggregate for Concrete
44 c. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete
45 Mix Designs
46 d. Tex-425-A, Determining Moisture Content in Fine Aggregate by the Speedy
47 Moisture Method
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 3 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
2 1.5 SUBMITTALS
3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
6 A. Shop Drawing
7 1. Concrete Mix Design Submit a design of the concrete mix at least 4 weeks prior
8 to the start of construction activities requiring concrete unless approved otherwise
9 by the City. Provide the mix design in accordance with the class of concrete or
10 concrete mix design specified in the Drawings including:
11 a. Concrete Material Source Information
12 1) Concrete supplier name
13 2) Project name and address
14 3) Contractor name
15 4) Mixture Identification Number
16 b. Design Requirements and Design Summary Including:
17 1) The combined aggregate gradation, source, and material testing results in
18 accordance with Section 32 05 16.
19 2) Maximum slump
20 3) Concrete intended use (sidewalk, roadway, etc) and class designation
21 4) Design water to cement (w/c) ratio
22 5) Design Target Strength
23 6) 7-Day and 28-Day compressive strengths in accordance with ACI 301 and
24 318
25 7) Batch weights, specific gravity, and type/class information for:
26 a) Cement
27 b) Supplementary cementing materials (if used)
28 c) Coarse Aggregate
29 d) Fine Aggregate
30 e) Water
31 8) Chemical admixtures Type and amount used
32 9) Product Data for all chemical admixtures, cement, and fly ash used.
33 c. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and
34 handled in accordance with ASTM C94.
35 2. Product Data
36 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying curing
37 compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used
38 on the project.
39 b. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy to include:
40 1) Manufacturer name
41 2) Date
42 3) Material description
43 4) Point of delivery
44 5) Data and test results as required in this Section
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 4 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing
2 Compounds)
3 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable)
4 8) Application Recommendations (if applicable)
5 9) Manufacturers Recommended Storage and Handling instructions
6 c. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements:
7 1) Resin or hardener components
8 2) Brand name
9 3) Name of manufacturer
10 4) Lot or batch number
11 5) Temperature range for storage
12 6) Date of manufacture
13 7) Expiration date
14 8) Quantity contained
15 d. Fiber Reinforcing Submittal Requirements
16 1) Product data sheet
17 2) Letter of certification stating compliance with the requirements of this
18 Section and other applicable standards.
19 3) Report that provides test results for Fiber Testing in accordance with DMS-
20 4550, Fibers for Concrete
21 4) Delivery, storage, and handling instructions
22 5) Dosage requirements to provide concrete reinforcing in accordance with the
23 requirements of this Section and any other applicable related Sections.
24 6) Installation and mixing instructions
25 7) Provide the City with test results in accordance with this Section and DMS-
26 4550, Fibers for Concrete.
27 B. Informational Submittals
28 1. Source Locations
29 a. Provide the location of all material sources
30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
34 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
35 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
36 66 00.
37 B. Storage and Stockpiling
38 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material (SCM)
39 a. Store all cement and SCM in weatherproof enclosures to protect them from
40 dampness or absorption of moisture.
41 2. Steel Reinforcement
42 a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support.
43 b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration caused
44 by exposure to conditions that could cause rust.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 5 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
4 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 2.2 MATERIALS
6 A. Concrete Production Materials
7 1. Cementitious Material
8 a. Defined as the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete.
9 b. Cement
10 1) Furnish cement Type I, II, or I/II in accordance with ASTM C150 Portland
11 Cement or Type IL in accordance with ASTM C595.
12 2) Provide cement from sources that are in accordance with DMS-4600 and
13 listed on TxDOTs Material Producer List (MPL) entitled Hydraulic
14 Cement.
15 c. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM)
16 1) Fly Ash
17 a) Refer to DMS 4610 for types of Fly Ash
18 b) Acceptable Fly Ash includes:
19 (1) Class C and Class F
20 (2) Ultra-Fine (UFFA)
21 (3) Modified Class F (MFFA)
22 c) Provide fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610 and from sources listed
23 on TxDOTs MPL entitled Fly Ash.
24 d) Refer to Table 2 for Concrete Classes and Mix Design Options.
25 2) Other SCMs
26 a) No other SCM will be approved for use.
27 2. Water
28 a. Provide mixing water and curing water free from oils, acids, organic matter, or
29 other deleterious substances.
30 b. Provide water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of
31 Health.
32 c. Obtain approval from the City if using water not approved by the Texas
33 Department of Health prior to construction.
34 1) If approved to use water from a non-pre-approved source, water testing
35 may be required. The City will request tests and provide minimum criteria.
36 3. Aggregate
37 a. General
38 1) Recycled crushed concrete pavement may be used as coarse or fine
39 aggregate in Class A, B, E, and P concrete.
40 2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled
41 crushed concrete pavement.
42 b. Fine aggregate
43 1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 6 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Coarse Aggregates
2 1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, tough, durable fragments in
3 accordance with Section 32 05 16.
4 2) Provide coarse aggregates that meet the gradation shown in Table 1 when
5 tested in accordance with Tex-401-A.
6 3) Select aggregate gradation based on the allowable grade for the appropriate
7 concrete class shown in shown in Table 1.
8 Table 1
9 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart
Percent Passing on Each SieveAggregate
Grade
No.1
Maximum
Nominal
Size
2
1/2 2 1
1/2 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 #4 #8
1 2 100 80
100
50
85
20
40
05
2(467)1-1/2 100 95
100
35
70
10
30
0 5
3 1-1/2 100 95
100
60
90
25
60
05
4 (57)1 100 95
100
25
60
0 10 0 5
5 (67)3/4 100 90
100
20
55
0 10 0 5
6 (7)1/2 100 90
100
40
70
0 15 0 5
7 3/8 100 70
95
0 25
8 3/8 100 95
100
20
65
0 10
10 1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses
11 4. Chemical Admixtures
12 a. General
13 1) Only water reducing and air-entraining admixtures are allowed.
14 2) Provide admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures
15 for concrete.
16 3) Do not use Type C, E, F, or G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete.
17 4) Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any
18 concrete.
19 b. Water Reducing Admixture
20 1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494. Types
21 A, D, F, and G will be allowed.
22 a) ASTM C494, Types A and F:
23 (1) Improves quality of concrete at lower cement content
24 (2) Increase slump without increasing water-cement ratio
25 b) ASTM C494, Types D and G:
26 (1) Maintains workability during hot weather placement
27 c. Air-Entraining Admixture
28 1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with ASTM C260.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 7 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Maintain a total air content between 3 and 7 percent.
2 3) Do not exceed the manufacturers recommended dosage.
3 B. Concrete Placement Materials
4
5 1. Reinforcing Steel
6 a. Provide type, size, grade, and quantity of steel reinforcement as specified in the
7 Drawings.
8 b. Provide Grade 60 or above steel bar reinforcing unless otherwise indicated in the
9 Drawings.
10 c. Provide reinforcement free from dirt, loose rust, painting, oil, or other foreign
11 material.
12 d. Provide corrosion protection if specified in the Drawings.
13 e. Provide deformed reinforcing steel in accordance with one of the following:
14 1) New Billet Steel in accordance with ASTM A615, Grades 60, 75, or 80
15 2) Axle Steel in accordance with ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 60
16 a) Provide as straight bars only and do not bend them.
17 3) Rail Steel in accordance with ASTM A996 Type R, Grade 60.
18 a) Rail steel only allowed in concrete pavement. Provide as straight bars
19 only and do not bend them.
20 f. Provide bars in accordance with the size and weight requirements for reinforcing
21 in ASTM A615.
22 g. Twisted bars are not considered deformed and will not be accepted by the City.
23 h. Steel Wire Reinforcement will not be accepted by the City.
24 i. Spiral Reinforcement
25 1) Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064.
26 2) Provide bars in accordance with ASTM A615, ASTM A996 Type A, or
27 ASTM A675 Grade 80 meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615.
28 j. Bending
29 1) Bend all bars cold in a shape true to the shapes specified in the Drawings.
30 2) Bend all bars used for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter at
31 least two times the minimum thickness of the bar.
32 3) Perform all other bends in accordance with the latest code of Standard
33 Practice of Reinforcing Steel Institute.
34 4) Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955.
35 2. Fiber Reinforcing.
36 a. General
37 1) Fiber reinforcement is only allowed if specified on the Drawings by the
38 Engineer of record with written approval from the City. Do not use for
39 structures or roadway paving.
40 b. Material
41 1) Provide fibers in accordance with ASTM C1116, including alkali-proof,
42 non-absorptive synthetic fibers, resistant to deterioration due to long-term
43 exposure to moisture or substances present in admixtures, and do not
44 contribute to nor interfere with the air entrainment of the concrete.
45 2) Provide macrosynthetic fibers for reinforcing. Do not use natural, steel,
46 glass, or any other type without prior approval by the City.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 8 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Provide fibers that meet a minimum average residual strength of 115 psi
2 when tested in accordance with ASTM C1399 with the following
3 modifications:
4 a) Initial deflection for the initial crack of 0.02000 inches.
5 b) Sample tolerance of average residual strength not below 10 percent of
6 the specified required value.
7 c. Length and Size
8 1) Provide fibers maximum 1.5 inches in length.
9 d. Testing
10 1) The use of fiber reinforcing does not change the strength or fresh concrete
11 requirements per this specification.
12 e. Rejection
13 1) Any concrete installed with fiber reinforcing that is non-compliant with the
14 requirements of this Section or other applicable related Sections will be
15 removed and replaced at no cost to the City.
16 3. Tie Bars
17 a. Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for specific uses and
18 installation requirements for Multiple Piece Tie Bars and Single Piece Tie Bars.
19 b. Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location specified in the
20 Drawings.
21 c. Provide straight deformed steel tie bars in accordance with ASTM A615.
22 d. Install tie bars per the size and spacing specified in the Drawings.
23 e. Do not bend or use bent tie bars. Tie bars should remain straight.
24 f. Multiple Piece Tie Bars
25 1) Provide multiple piece tie bars in accordance with DMS-4515, Multiple
26 Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements.
27 4. Dowel Bars
28 a. General
29 1) Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location shown on the
30 Drawings.
31 2) Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for uses and
32 installation requirements.
33 b. Dowel Bars
34 1) Provide smooth, straight dowel bars free of burrs with a yield strength of at
35 least 60 kilo-pound per square inch (ksi) as specified in the Drawings.
36 2) Provide steel in accordance with ASTM A615 or meet the physical
37 requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than 3/8 inch in
38 diameter.
39 3) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease, wax, silicone, or other approved de-
40 bonding material.
41 4) Designate smooth bars by diameter in inches.
42 c. Dowel Caps
43 1) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar used in an
44 expansion joint.
45 2) Provide dowel caps filled with a soft compressible material with enough
46 range of movement to allow complete closure of expansion joint.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 9 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Provide dowel caps to the length specified in the Drawings. The cap should
2 have sufficient length to allow at least a 1.25-inch gap between the end of the
3 bar and the edge of the cap.
4 4) Provide caps for dowel bars with an internal diameter sufficient to permit
5 the cap to freely slip over the bar, but do not have an internal diameter that
6 exceeds the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch.
7 5. Reinforcement Supporting Devices
8 a. Use reinforcement supporting devices for construction of sidewalks, driveways,
9 roadways, crosswalks, and any other concrete paving operation.
10 b. Provide positioning and supporting devices (baskets and chairs) capable of
11 securing and holding the reinforcing steel in proper position before and during
12 paving.
13 c. Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. Replace
14 any broken chairs prior to concrete placement.
15 d. Provide supporting devices (baskets and chairs) made of plastic or non-rusting
16 metal.
17 1) Supporting devices to show no visible indications of deterioration after
18 immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours.
19 2) Provide the City with test results or product data sheets proving devices are
20 in accordance with the requirements of this Section if requested.
21 6. Epoxy
22 a. Provide Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100.
23 b. City to approve all epoxy and adhesive products prior to use. Submit a Product
24 Data Sheet in accordance with this Section.
25 c. Do not use damaged or previously opened containers.
26 d. Do not use any material showing evidence of crystallization, lumps, skinning,
27 extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with
28 normal agitation.
29 e. Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive
30 wastes.
31 f. Dispose of all empty containers separately. Completely empty and mix the
32 epoxy before disposal.
33 7. Evaporation Retardant
34 a. Provide evaporation retardant in accordance with DMS-4650.
35 8. Curing
36 a. The use of mats, plastic, or film to be approved by the City prior to use.
37 b. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with this specification and
38 DMS-4650.
39 1) Provide curing material in accordance with the requirements of DMS-4650
40 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City.
41 2) Provide a curing compound that does not react deleteriously with concrete
42 or its compounds.
43 3) Curing compound to produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-
44 impermeable film free from pinholes and adhere to surface of damp concrete.
45 4) The City may reject any concrete not cured properly due to improperly
46 applied curing compound or faulty materials.
47 5) The City may reject the curing compound based on visual or odor defects.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 10 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6) Curing compound to be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer’s
2 original containers only, with original label containing the following:
3 a) Manufacturer’s name
4 b) Trade name of the material
5 c) Batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated
6 C. Concrete Mix Design
7 1. General
8 a. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211 or Tex-470-A.
9 b. Maintain mix design and maximum water to cement ratio once mix design is
10 approved by City.
11 c. Do not place concrete until the mix design has been approved by the City. The
12 City may require any concrete placed prior to approval to be removed and
13 replaced at no cost to the City.
14 d. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise
15 approved.
16 e. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise
17 approved.
18 f. Do not exceed specified water to cement ratios listed in Table 2 for concrete
19 classes when designing the mixture.
20 g. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with
21 the requirements in this Section.
22 2. Cementitious Material
23 a. Do not exceed 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete
24 unless otherwise specified or approved by the City.
25 b. Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic
26 placements.
27 3. Concrete Classes
28 a. General
29 1) Provide concrete mix designs in accordance with the requirements shown in
30 Table 2 for the class of concrete specified in the Drawings.
31 2) Refer to the Drawings and the General Usage column on Table 2 for
32 concrete class information.
33 3) For concrete classes not specified in Table 2 refer to the Drawings or
34 special project specifications for concrete mix design requirements.
35 b. Class P Concrete
36 1) Use air entraining admixture.
37 2) Class P1 Concrete
38 a) Use Class P1 concrete for machine paved concrete roadways and
39 alleyways unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by City.
40 3) Class P2 Concrete
41 a) Provide Class P2 concrete for hand poured concrete roadways,
42 driveways, alleyways, and all other hand poured, vehicular trafficked
43 concrete pavement unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
44 c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES)
45 1) Use air entraining admixture.
46 2) Provide HES concrete in accordance with the requirements of Table 2.
47 3) Use HES concrete only when specified in the Drawings or when directed
48 by City.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 11 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4) HES may be approved for use when a roadway or driveway needs to be
2 opened to traffic quickly.
3 5) Perform tests at 24 hours to verify compressive strength of HES concrete is
4 minimum 3,200 psi.
5 6) Maximum coarse aggregate size is 11/2 inches.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 12 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 2
2 Concrete Classes
Class
of
Concrete
Design
Strength1,
Min fc
(psi)
Maximum
Water to
Cementitious
Material
Ratio
Coarse
Aggregate
Grades2,3
Cement
Types
Mix
Design
Options General Usage4
A 3,000 0.60 1 4, 8 I, II,
I/II, IL
Sidewalks, sidewalk
curbs, riprap, channel
liners, flumes
B 2,000 0.60 2 7
I, II,
I/II, IL 1 and 2 Traffic signal controller
foundations, small
roadside signs, anchors,
blocking, utility pipe
encasement
C5 3,600 0.45 1 6
I, II,
I/II, IL 1 3
Culverts (except top
slab of direct traffic
culverts)
E 3,000 0.50 2 5 I, II,
I/II, IL 1 3 Seal concrete
H5 Note 6 0.45 3 6 I, II,
I/II, IL 1 3 Precast concrete
S5 4,000 0.45 2 5
I, II,
I/II, IL
1 3
Top slabs of direct
traffic culverts,
approach slabs,
headwalls, wingwalls,
cast-in-place inlets,
junction boxes and
manholes
P18 4,000 0.50 2 3
I, II,
I/II, IL
1 3
Machine poured
concrete pavement,
monolithic curbs, non-
monolithic curb and
curb & gutter
P28 4,500 0.45 2 3
I, II,
I/II, IL 1 3
Hand poured concrete
pavement, driveways,
and decorative concrete
pavement
HES8 4,500 0.45 2 3
I, II,
I/II, IL Note 7
Concrete pavement and
concrete pavement
repair
3 1. Design strength must be attained within 56 days.
4 2. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in foundations with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between
5 reinforcing steel bars unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or approved by the City. Do not use Grade 1
6 aggregate in drilled shafts.
7 3. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved by the City or specified on the Drawings.
8 4. For information only.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 13 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5. Structural concrete classes.
2 6. As shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details.
3 7. Mix design options do not apply. 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard limit does not apply.
4 8. For machine poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 517 pounds per cubic yard. For
5 hand poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard.
6
7 4. Slump
8 a. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 3 unless otherwise
9 specified in the Drawings.
10 b. Request approval to exceed the slump limits listed in Table 3 with the mix
11 design submittal as part of the Action Submittal.
12 c. Do not exceed maximum slump during production of the mix design or during
13 concrete placement.
14 d. Any concrete placed with a slump exceeding the limits shown in Table 3 will be
15 rejected and removed and replaced at no cost to the City.
16 Table 3
17 Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements
Concrete Use1
Slump
Range2,
Inch
Walls (over 9 inches thick), caps, columns, piers, approach slabs 3 5
Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts 3 5
Inlets, manholes, walls (less than 9 inches thick), bridge railing, culverts,
concrete traffic barrier 4 6
Precast concrete 4 9
Underwater concrete placements 6 8
Drilled shafts, slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts Note 3
Machine Poured Paving (Class P1 Concrete)1.5 3
Hand Poured Paving (Class P2 and HES Concrete)3 5
Curb, gutter, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, riprap, small roadside sign
foundations, concrete pavement repair, concrete repair, concrete base material
for trench repair.
1.5 4
18 1. For information only.
19 2. For fiber reinforced concrete, perform slump before addition of fibers.
20 3. As shown on the Drawings.
21
22 5. Mix Design Options
23 a.Option 1: Replace cement with at least the minimum dosage listed in the Fly
24 Ash MPL for the fly ash used in the mixture. Do not replace more than 50% of
25 the cement with fly ash.
26 b.Option 2: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with slag cement.
27 c.Option 3: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of fly ash,
28 slag cement, MFA, metakaolin, or at least 3% silica fume; however, no more
29 than 35% may be fly ash, and no more than 10% may be silica fume..
30 6. Trial Batch Production and Testing
31 a. Trial Batch
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 14 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Produce a trial batch of the mix design in accordance with the requirements
2 of the concrete class specified in the Drawings, using the same materials
3 proposed for the project.
4 2) Perform testing and provide the results verifying the concrete mix design is
5 in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Testing to include:
6 a) Fresh concrete tests for air content and slump
7 b) Strength testing at 7 days and 28 days
8 3) Do not modify the mix design after the City has approved it.
9 4) Submit a new mix design if a change is made to concrete supplier.
10 Table 4
11 Concrete Discharge Times
Fresh Concrete Temperature,
Degrees Fahrenheit
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Not Containing Type B
or D Admixtures,
Minimum
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Containing Type B or
D Admixtures2,
Minimum
90 and Above 45 75
Between 75 and 90 60 90
Below 75 90 120
1. Admixture Types are defined in DMS-4640
2. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturers recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture.
3. Batching can occur at a commercial concrete site or at a batch plant.
12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
14 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification
15 1. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design is subject to removal
16 and replacement at no cost to the City.
17 B. Concrete Production Acceptance
18 1. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the concrete
19 is in accordance with the requirements in this Section for admixtures, mix design,
20 slump, and compressive strength.
21 C. Concrete Placement Acceptance
22 1. General
23 a. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time
24 and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City.
25 b. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests.
26 2. Placement Sampling
27 a. Perform all fresh and hardened concrete testing at the frequency shown on Table
28 5.
29 b. If any test comes back as non-conforming, stop production and placement of
30 concrete until the reason has been determined and resolved.
31 c. Any concrete that was placed is subject to further testing and removal and
32 replacement at no cost to the City.
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 15 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 5
2 Testing Frequencies
Concrete Placements Frequency
Bridge Deck Placements
Test the first 3 loads, then every 60 cubic
yards or a fraction thereof specified by the
City.
All Other Structural Class Concrete
Placements
One test every 60 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof per class per day as specified by the
City
Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof as specified by the City
3 3. Testing of Fresh Concrete
4 a. Sample and test fresh concrete for properties listed in Table 6.
5 b. Take the sample at the time of discharge from the delivery truck.
6 c. Concrete that is exhibiting segregation, excessive bleeding, or has a slump
7 below the minimum allowed per concrete type (per Table 3) after addition of all
8 water withheld will be rejected. Contractor will remove and replace at no cost to
9 the City.
10 Table 6
11 Fresh Concrete Tests
Tests Test Methods
Slump Tex-415-A
Temperature Tex-422-A
Air Content 1 Tex-414-A, Tex-416-A, or ASTM C457
1. Only required when air-entraining admixtures are used.
12 4. Concrete Strength Test
13 a. General
14 1) Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic
15 yards of concrete.
16 2) Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast test cylinders in
17 accordance with ASTM C31.
18 3) Refer to Table 2 for required strength for each concrete class.
19 b. Sampling
20 1) Collect 6 test cylinders from a representative portion of concrete being
21 placed for each test, with no less than two sets of cylinders taken from any
22 one days paving activities.
23 2) After the cylinders have been cast by trained technicians, transport samples
24 to the lab and test in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. Provide
25 test results to the City.
26 3) Test the 6 cylinders per the following:
27 a) 2 of the cylinders tested at 7 days,
28 b) 2 cylinders tested at 28 days, and
29 c) 2 cylinder held and tested at 56 days, if necessary.
30
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 16 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Acceptance
2 1) If the 28-day test results for the cylinders taken indicate deficient strength,
3 the Contractor may, at their own expense, core the pavement in question and
4 have the cores tested by another approved laboratory, in accordance with
5 ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol.
6 2) Average of the 28-day test results of all cores within a designated area must
7 meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength.
8 3) If any individual cylinder or core results in less than 90 percent of design
9 strength, additional cores will be taken to identify the limits of the non-
10 compliant concrete at no cost to the City.
11 4) All concrete considered non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no
12 cost to the City.
13 5. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy
14 a. If cracks greater than 0.025-inches exist in concrete pavement upon completion
15 of the project and prior to the termination of the maintenance period, the City
16 may require corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no
17 cost to the City depending on the cause of the cracking.
18 b. Corrective Actions:
19 1) The City will determine whether the following options are viable. The City
20 will evaluate each crack greater than 0.025-inches during the final inspection
21 and prior to the end of the maintenance period.
22 2) Routing and Sealing:
23 a) Perform the routing and sealing work as directed by the Project
24 Inspector, at no cost to the City, regardless of the cause of the cracking.
25 3) If routing and sealing is not a viable solution due to the cause of the
26 cracking, or the size, remove and replace the concrete.
27 4) If the cause of the cracking is determined to be due to deficient subgrade,
28 remove and replace the subgrade with flexible base or another approved
29 subgrade within the limits of the deficient concrete.
30 6. Aggregate Moisture Testing
31 a. Perform testing and provide results in accordance with 32 05 16.
32 b. City may request this test to be performed at any time.
33 D. Non-Conforming Work
34 1. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials
35 a. The City may reject the mix design if not in accordance with the requirements of
36 this Section.
37 1) Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject
38 to removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
39 b. If the trial batch fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section, the
40 Contractor will produce test results for trial batches until the trial batch meets
41 the requirements specified herein at no cost to the City.
42 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the
43 conformance of the mixture.
44 PART 3 - EXECUTION
45 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 17 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
2 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3 3.4 INSTALLATION
4 A. Batching Equipment
5 1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14
6 00.
7 B. Refer to the following Sections for all installation requirements:
8 1. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete
9 2. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
10 3. Section 31 37 00 for Riprap
11 4.Section 32 13 13 for Concrete Paving
12 5. Section 32 13 16 for Decorative Concrete Paving
13 6.Section 32 16 00 for Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways
14 7.Section 32 32 00 for Retaining Walls
15 8. Section 33 05 61 for Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes
16 9. Section 33 42 11 for Stormwater Pipe and Boxes
17 10. Section 33 42 23 for Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments
18 11. Section 33 42 30 for Stormwater Junction Boxes
19 12. Section 33 42 33 for Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains
20 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
21 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
22 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
25 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
26 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
27 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
28 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
29
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 18 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
2 END OF SECTION
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/25/2024 Added ASTM C595 reference
6/25/2024 Added Type IL cement to allowable cement in 2.2.A.1.b and subsequent locations
6/25/2024 Modified air entrainment ranges under 2.2.A.4.C.2
6/25/2024 Modified fiber reinforcement requirements; 2.2.B.2
6/25/2024 Modified Table 2 Concrete Classes to allow for Type IL cement, altered General
Usage types, and removed Classes D and F from the table
6/25/2024 Modified Table 3 Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements to give greater slump
ranges
6/25/2024 Modified mix design options for replacement of cement with various substitute
products; 2.2.C.5
6/25/2024 Altered test cylinder requirements; 2.4.C.4
4
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 03 30 00
2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,
7 mixture design, and placement procedures.
8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
12 Contract.
13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
14 3. Section 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing.
15 4. Section 32 01 29 Rigid Paving Repair.
16 5. Section 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements.
17 6. Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving.
18 7. Section 41 14 00 Batching Equipment.
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurement and Payment
21 1. Measurement
22 a. Cast-in-place concrete materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are
23 subsidiary to the installation of structures or item being installed.
24 2. Payment
25 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are
26 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of cast-
27 in-place concrete.
28 1.3 REFERENCES
29 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
30 1. HPC High Performance Concrete
31 2. PSI Pounds per square inch
32 B. Definitions
33 1. Substructure
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Structures that are below ground, partially below ground, or retain earth.
2 Substructures could include: footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts,
3 retaining walls, headwalls, wingwalls, riprap, other bridge substructure
4 elements, and other concrete structures as indicated, or not included as a
5 superstructure.
6 2. Superstructure
7 a. Structures that are elevated above ground. Superstructures could include: bridge
8 slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units, approach slabs, or other bridge
9 superstructure elements as indicated.
10 C. Reference Standards
11 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
12 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
13 unless a date is specifically cited.
14 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
15 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
16 a. ACI 207 Mass Concrete.
17 4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and
18 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT):
19 a. Item 420 Concrete Substructures.
20 b. Item 422 Concrete Superstructures.
21 c. Item 426 Post-Tensioning.
22 d. Item 441 Steel Structures.
23 e. Item 448 Structural Field Welding.
24 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material
25 Specifications (DMS):
26 a. DMS-4650 Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation
27 Retardants.
28 b. DMS-4675 Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications.
29 c. DMS-6100 Epoxies and Adhesives.
30 d. DMS-6160 Water Stops, Nylon-Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastometric
31 Pads.
32 e. DMS-6310 Joint Sealants and Fillers.
33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
34 1.5 SUBMITTALS
35 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
36 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
37 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
38 A. Shop Drawings
39 1. Concrete Mix Design
40 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
41 2. Product Data
42 a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer supplying the following in
43 accordance with Section 03 00 00:
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Curing compounds
2 2) Evaporation retardant
3 3) Joint fillers
4 4) Chemical additives
5 5) Epoxy
6 6) Fiber reinforcing
7 7) Bond breaker material
8 3. Curing Method, Equipment, and Materials
9 a. Provide the method of curing, list of materials, and list of equipment to be used
10 for review. Obtain approval prior to placing concrete.
11 b. If different methods, equipment, or materials will be used in various locations,
12 provide each method, equipment, and material used at each location using cast-
13 in-place concrete.
14 4. Heat Control Plan
15 a. Provide a heat control plan for monolithic placements specified as mass
16 concrete in the Drawings.
17 b. Develop using TxDOTs ConcreteWorks software, or another approved method
18 in accordance with ACI 207.
19 1) Use historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass
20 placement.
21 2) Re-create plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month.
22 c. Provide a heat control plan including the following applicable elements:
23 1) Selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and
24 cement types to minimize heat of hydration;
25 2) Use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients;
26 3) Use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems;
27 4) Controlling rate or time of concrete placement;
28 5) Use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss;
29 6) Use of supplementary cementing materials;
30 7) Use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or
31 8) Variation of the duration formwork remains in place.
32 B. Informational Submittals:
33 1. Source Locations
34 a. Location of all material sources
35 1. Testing Laboratory
36 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing
37 laboratory used on the project:
38 1) Testing Laboratory Name
39 2) Location
40 3) Tests performed
41 a) Summary of each test performed at each lab, if multiple labs are used.
42 4) ACI Certification
43 a) All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete testing must be
44 ACI certified.
45 2. Falsework and Forms Drawings
46 a. Submit Drawings for falsework and forms for the following items:
47 1) Vertical forms for piers and single column bents;
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Load supporting forms for caps and tie-beams;
2 3) Form attachments for bridges to be widened; and
3 4) Other items specified in the Drawings or by the city.
4 b. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads
5 and to provide the necessary rigidity.
6 c. Use AASHTOs Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and
7 Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary works for falsework and shoring
8 information.
9 d. Provide design calculations when requested and show all essential details of
10 proposed forms, falsework, and bracing signed and sealed by a licensed
11 professional engineer in the state of Texas.
12 e. The Contractor is responsible for the design and safety of all falsework and
13 forms.
14 f. Account for the weight of materials and live loading when designing forms.
15 3. Equipment Information
16 a. Submittal for all major equipment including:
17 1) Equipment name and description
18 2) Size
19 3) Intended use
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
24 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66
25 00.
26 B. Storage and Stockpiling
27 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material
28 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
29 2. Steel Reinforcement
30 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
31 3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials
32 a. Follow manufacturers instructions regarding storage and application at
33 temperatures of material.
34 4. Epoxy
35 a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13.
36 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
37 A. Weather Conditions
38 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13.
39 2. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a
40 temperature of 32 degrees Fahrenheit or lower.
41 3. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40
42 degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35 degrees
2 Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
5 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
6 2.2 MATERIALS
7 A. Concrete Production Materials
8 1. Concrete Class
9 a. As specified in the Drawings or in accordance with the usage stated in Section
10 03 00 00.
11 2. Provide cementitious materials, water, aggregate, chemical admixtures, reinforcing
12 materials, and evaporation retardant in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32
13 13 13.
14 B. Concrete in Water
15 1. Design the mix in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with a minimum cement
16 content of 650 pounds per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include
17 an anti-washout admixture in the mix design as necessary.
18 C. Grout, Mortar, and Epoxy
19 1. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675.
20 2. For use with Anchor Bolts or Dowels
21 a. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise
22 specified in the Drawings.
23 b. Neat Epoxy
24 1) Provide a Type 3 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100.
25 c. Epoxy Mortar
26 1) Provide a Type 8 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100.
27 D. Jointing Materials
28 1. Joint Fillers
29 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 13 and DMS-6310.
30 b. Superstructures
31 1) Provide joint materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification
32 Item 422
33 2. Joint Sealants
34 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 73.
35 E. Waterstops
36 1. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS-
37 6160 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
38 F. Curing
39 1. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and
40 DMS-4650.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. Cotton Mats
2 a. Provide cotton mats consisting of a filling material of cotton bat or bats (at
3 least 12 ounces per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least
4 6 ounces per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows
5 of stitching spaced at less than 4 inches or tuft both longitudinally and
6 transversely at intervals less than 3 inches.
7 b. Provide cotton mats free from tears and in good general condition.
8 c. Provide a flap at least 6 inches wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering
9 and extending along 1 side of the mat.
10 d. When using cotton mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the
11 cotton mats.
12 3. Burlap Mats
13 a. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10
14 ounces per square yard) with the following additions:
15 1) Do not use burlap fabricated from bags.
16 2) Do not use burlap containing any water-soluble ingredient.
17 b. Provide burlap only previously used for curing concrete.
18 c. Provide burlap mats free from contamination with any substance foreign to the
19 concrete curing process, such as grease or oil.
20 d. Concrete will be rejected if cured with contaminated burlap mats.
21 e. When using burlap mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the
22 burlap mats.
23 4. Polyethylene Sheeting
24 a. Provide polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 4 millimeters thick and free from
25 visible defects.
26 b. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature
27 during curing exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or when applicable to control
28 temperature during mass pours.
29 5. Burlap-Polyethylene Mats
30 a. Provide mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque
31 white pigmented polyethylene.
32 b. Provide laminated mats with a minimum of one layer of an impervious material
33 such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a
34 solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric)
35 c. Provide mats free of visible defects.
36 G. Formwork Materials
37 1. Timber Forms
38 a. Provide properly seasoned, good-quality lumber free from imperfections that
39 compromise the material strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete.
40 b. Provide timber or lumber in accordance with the requirements for species and
41 grade in the submitted falsework and form drawings.
42 c. Maintain forms or form lumber to maintain a good, clean condition.
43 d. Do not use any split, warped, bulged, or marred lumber, or any lumber with
44 defects that will produce inferior work.
45 e. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except:
46 1) The inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders;
47 2) Surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill materials, or are
48 completely enclosed; and
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood.
2 f. Provide form lining of an approved type, such as Masonite or plywood. Do not
3 provide thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, for form lining.
4 g. Use plywood a minimum of 3/4 inch thick. Place the grain of the face plies on
5 plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless
6 otherwise indicated on the submitted falsework and form drawings.
7 h. Use plywood for forming exposed surfaces in accordance with the requirements
8 for B-B Plyform Class 1 or Class 2 Exterior of the US Department of
9 Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1.
10 i. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment
11 under the imposed loads.
12 j. Space wales close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and
13 scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row
14 of wales near the bottom of each placement.
15 k. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to
16 supporting studs.
17 l. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same
18 direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface
19 finish.
20 m. Make molding for chamfer strips or other materials that will not split when
21 nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping.
22 n. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips
23 measuring 3/4 inches on the sides unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
24 o. Remove metal and wooden spreaders separating the forms as the concrete is
25 being placed.
26 p. Provide adequate clean-out openings for narrow walls and other locations
27 where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily available.
28 2. Metal Forms
29 a. Requirements for timber forms also apply to metal forms. Metal forms do not
30 require lining unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City.
31 b. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or
32 bulging.
33 c. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides.
34 d. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly
35 together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete.
36 e. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly.
37 H. Repair Materials
38 1. In accordance with Section 32 01 29.
39 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
40 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
41 A. Tests and Inspections
42 1. Material Source Testing and Submittals
43 a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 PART 3 - EXECUTION
2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
4
5 3.3 PREPARATION
6 A. Hauling
7 1. Deliver concrete to the Site in accordance with Sections 41 14 00 and 03 00 00.
8 2. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in
9 accordance with Section 03 00 00.
10 3. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00
11 will be rejected.
12 4. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of
13 slump and workability. Shade or wrap the pipes the concrete is pumped through, if
14 necessary.
15 a. Wrap pipes in wet burlap.
16 5. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures
17 a. Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the
18 slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not permitted
19 unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted.
20 b. When water or air entraining admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at
21 least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform
22 mixing of the concrete.
23 c. When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to
24 cementitious material ratio.
25 d. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been
26 discharged.
27 B. Transport and Discharging
28 1. Arrange discharging equipment, such as chutes, troughs, conveyors, pipes, and
29 vertical downspouts, to prevent segregation of the concrete material.
30 2. Keep all transporting and discharging equipment clean and free from hardened
31 concrete coatings.
32 3. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete.
33 4. Discharging Time
34 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
35 C. Concrete Temperature
36 1. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of
37 concrete defined in Section 03 00 00.
38 a. Class C, F, or H
39 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 95 degrees
40 Fahrenheit.
41 b. Class S Culvert Top Slabs
42 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 85 degrees
43 Fahrenheit.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Class A and B
2 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is greater than 50 degrees
3 Fahrenheit.
4 d. Mass Concrete
5 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 75 degrees
6 Fahrenheit.
7 D. Surface Preparation
8 1. Thoroughly wet all forms and adjacent hardened concrete prior to placing concrete.
9 2. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete.
10 3. Provide surfaces in a moist, saturated surface-dry condition when concrete is placed
11 on them.
12 4. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade.
13 3.4 INSTALLATION
14 A. Superstructure Construction
15 1. Construct all superstructures in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification
16 Item 422.
17 B. Schedule Restrictions
18 1. Reducing Schedule Restrictions
19 a. The Contractor may request to perform additional testing to reduce the schedule
20 restrictions required. At the time of request, the City will provide additional
21 testing requirements based on the site conditions.
22 b. If the Contractor does not perform additional strength testing, the 7-day lab-
23 cured tests will be used for strength determination unless otherwise specified in
24 the Drawings.
25 2. Setting Forms
26 a. Attain at least 3,000 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete
27 footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts.
28 b. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the concrete has aged
29 at least 2 curing days.
30 c. Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected.
31 d. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams
32 only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi
33 and the member is properly supported.
34 e. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period.
35 f. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the
36 substructure concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,000
37 psi.
38 3. Placement of Superstructure Members
39 a. Place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the
40 substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
41 4. Opening to Traffic
42 a. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to traffic when the design strength
43 specified in the Drawings or in Section 03 00 00 has been reached and after the
44 curing period has ended.
45 b. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5. Post-Tensioned Construction
2 a. Ensure strength requirements specified in the Drawings for structural element
3 designed to be post-tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of
4 structural elements.
5
6 C. Falsework and Forms
7 1. Falsework
8 a. Provide falsework design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard
9 Specification Item 420.
10 2. Forms
11 a. Provide formwork design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard
12 Specification Item 420.
13 b. Provide bond-breaking layer on timber and metal forms.
14 D. Drains
15 1. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as specified in the Drawings.
16 E. Placing Reinforcement and Post-Tensioning
17 1. Place reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
18 2. Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel unless specified in
19 the Drawings.
20 3. Place post-tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the
21 approved prestressing details and TxDOT Standard Specification Item 426. Keep
22 ducts free of obstructions until all post-tensioning operations are complete.
23 F. Joints
24 1. Expansion Joints
25 a. Construct joints and devices in accordance with the Drawings.
26 b. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the
27 concrete on 1 side of the joint.
28 c. Ensure finished joints are in accordance with the Drawings with the concrete
29 sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material.
30 d. Remove all concrete within the joint opening immediately after form removal
31 and again where necessary after surface finishing.
32 2. Construction Joints
33 a. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations specified in the
34 Drawings.
35 b. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval.
36 c. Place approved additional joints using details specified in the Drawings.
37 d. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise
38 specified in the Drawings or by the City.
39 e. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints.
40 f. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a
41 horizontal construction joint as soon as possible after initial set is attained.
42 g. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance,
43 dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate with water.
44 h. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout
45 is placed against it.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 i. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry
2 condition immediately before placing subsequent concrete.
3 1) A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains
4 damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes.
5
6 j. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before
7 placing subsequent concrete.
8 1) Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve a
9 saturated surface-dry condition 15 to 30 minutes before placing the
10 concrete.
11 k. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete.
12 l. Bonding agents are not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or
13 by the City.
14 m. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a
15 bonding agent is required.
16 n. Provide Type V epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100 for bonding fresh
17 concrete to hardened concrete.
18 o. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete
19 while the epoxy is still tacky.
20 p. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface in a saturated surface-dry condition,
21 and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries.
22 q. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturers
23 recommendations.
24 G. Placing Concrete
25 1. General
26 a. Minimize segregation while placing concrete.
27 b. Produce and place a uniform, dense compact mass of concrete.
28 c. Ensure concrete free-falls no more than 5 feet except in the case of drilled
29 shafts, thin walls such as culverts, or as allowed by other items.
30 d. Fill the forms by depositing concrete as close to final position as possible. Do
31 not deposit large quantities of concrete in one location and move the concrete to
32 fill the forms.
33 e. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete.
34 f. Deposit concrete in layers no more than 36 inches deep unless otherwise
35 permitted.
36 g. Avoid cold joints in monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or
37 adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass
38 with the previously placed concrete before it sets.
39 h. Re-Vibration
40 1) When re-vibrating between adjacent or successive placements of concrete,
41 verify approved time lapse between adjacent or successive placements with
42 the City.
43 2) The timeframe between adjacent or successive placements will be subject
44 to approval by the City.
45 3) General accepted timeframes include:
46 a) No more than 1 hour to elapse
47 b) If the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of
48 Type B or D admixture, the City may approve 1.5 hours to elapse.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. In Cold Weather
2 a. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable
3 temperature measuring devices capable of determining the temperature of the
4 concrete to verify all concrete is in accordance with the following temperature
5 limits:
6 1) Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert
7 walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non-direct traffic
8 culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40 degrees
9 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement.
10 2) Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs
11 (footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground above 32 degrees
12 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement.
13 b. Use coverings, insulated forms, artificial heating, or other means until all
14 requirements for curing have been satisfied. Do not apply heat directly to
15 concrete surfaces.
16 c. Plan for cold weather and have all necessary heating and covering material
17 ready for use. If any concrete is damaged due to poor planning, remove and
18 replace concrete at no cost to the City.
19 d. In accordance with ambient temperature requirements of this Section and
20 Section 03 00 00.
21 3. In Hot Weather
22 a. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at the time of
23 placement.
24 b. To control the concrete temperature, use ice, liquid nitrogen, shade, or water on
25 aggregate stockpiles.
26 4. In Water
27 a. Deposit concrete in water only when specified in the Drawings or with
28 approval from the City.
29 b. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing
30 through.
31 c. Do not pump water during or within 36 hours of concrete placement.
32 d. Place the concrete with a tremie, pump, or other approved method.
33 1) Do not allow the concrete to fall freely through the water and do not disturb
34 the concrete after it has been placed.
35 e. Keep the concrete surface level during placement.
36 f. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times.
37 g. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete.
38 5. Mass Placements
39 a. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements
40 specified in the Drawings as mass concrete.
41 b. Place in accordance with the following temperature limits during the heat
42 dissipation period for mass monolithic placements:
43 1) The temperature differential between the central core of the placement and
44 the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35 degrees Fahrenheit
45 2) The temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160
46 degrees Fahrenheit
47 3) Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature
48 limitations.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4) Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the
2 central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35
3 degrees Fahrenheit, at no cost to the City.
4 c. Furnish and install enough temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or
5 other approved equivalent devices to monitor the heat dissipation.
6 d. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise directed or
7 approved based on the heat control plan.
8 e. Install devices using the following parameters:
9 1) Measuring Surface Temperature
10 a) Install no more than 3 inches from the surface.
11 2) Measuring Core Temperature
12 a) Install mid-way between the point of maximum predicted heat to the
13 nearest surface.
14 f. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength.
15 g. If the core temperature exceeds 160 degrees Fahrenheit, the mass concrete will
16 be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
17 1) Do not move forward with subsequent construction until the City has
18 evaluated the mass concrete.
19 6. In Foundation and Substructure
20 a. Perform any pumping or bailing from a suitable sump located outside the
21 forms.
22 b. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work
23 proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints.
24 c. Footings
25 1) Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and formwork has been
26 inspected.
27 2) Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free
28 from water and the seal concrete is cleaned.
29 d. Columns
30 1) Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints
31 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City.
32 2) Place the column concrete to the lower level of the cap or tie beam and
33 delay placing the cap or tie beam on top of the column until the column
34 concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
35 7. In Box Culverts
36 a. For locations where the culvert is more than 4 feet in clear height, delay placing
37 the top slab until the wall concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000
38 psi.
39 b. Finishing
40 1) Footing slab
41 a) Provide a smooth, uniform finish.
42 2) Direct traffic top slabs
43 a) Finish in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 422.
44 3) Other top slabs
45 a) Float finish
46 H. Extending Existing Substructures
47 1. Removal
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions specified
2 in the Drawings or as directed by the City.
3 b. Repair any minor damage to the existing structure in accordance with Section
4 32 01 29.
5 c. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure.
6 d. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment
7 unless directed to or approved by the City.
8 e. Use equipment that will not damage the remaining concrete.
9 2. Splicing Reinforcing Steel
10 a. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap
11 splices in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
12 b. Welded splices are permitted, perform welds in accordance with TxDOT
13 Standard Specification Item 448.
14 3. Concrete Preparation
15 a. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in contact with new construction before
16 placing forms.
17 b. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with this Section.
18 I. Consolidation
19 1. Consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type
20 vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or
21 reinforcement, unless otherwise approved.
22 2. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Space points of vibration to ensure
23 complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the
24 reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms.
25 3. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible.
26 4. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift and penetrate the previous lift 2 to 3 inches
27 where applicable.
28 5. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms.
29 6. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete.
30 7. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator
31 along and close to the joint surface. Do not vibrate against the joint surface.
32 8. Continue vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is
33 completely consolidated.
34 9. Hand-space or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the
35 surface of all forms.
36 J. Dowels and Anchor Bolts
37 1. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in-place or by grouting with grout,
38 epoxy, or epoxy mortar, unless otherwise specified.
39 2. Form or drill holes for grouting.
40 3. Follow the manufacturers recommended installation procedures for pre-packaged
41 grout or epoxy anchor systems.
42 4. Test anchors if specified in the Drawings or required within applicable Sections.
43 5. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment specified in the
44 Drawings.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6. Make holes for dowels at least 12 inches deep unless otherwise specified in the
2 Drawings.
3 7. Hole Diameter Size
4 a. A minimum of twice the dowel or bolt diameter
5 b. When using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar, do not exceed the dowel or
6 bolt diameter plus 1.5 inches.
7 c. When using neat epoxy, make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 inch greater than
8 the dowel or bolt diameter, unless otherwise specified by the epoxy
9 manufacturer.
10 8. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond-breaking
11 substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air.
12 9. Use a wire brush followed by oil-free compressed air to remove all loose material
13 from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed.
14 10. Ensure holes are in a surface-dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and
15 a surface-moist condition when cementitious grout is used.
16 11. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the
17 holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts.
18 12. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material.
19 13. Follow all product recommendations for pre-packaged systems.
20 K. Finishing of Surfaces
21 1. Standard Surfaces
22 a. Provide a consistent and uniform surface for all visible concrete surfaces.
23 b. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish to all concrete surfaces unless a flat,
24 textured, broom, or trowel surface is specified in this Section, the Drawings, or
25 as directed by the City.
26 c. Repair defects and surface irregularities in accordance with this Section.
27 Remove and replace any visible surfaces with defects or irregularities that are
28 unable to be repaired.
29 d. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish as the final finish to the following
30 exposed concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the
31 City:
32 1) Inside and top of inlets
33 2) Inside and top of manholes
34 3) Inside of sewer and appurtenances
35 4) Inside of culvert barrels
36 e. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of
37 culvert barrels.
38 2. Horizontal Surfaces
39 a. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces, unless otherwise directed by the City.
40 b. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces and float the surface.
41 c. Slope the following to drain water from the surface
42 1) Tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly
43 toward the edge
44 2) The tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge
45 d. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with TxDOT Standard
46 Specification Item 441.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 e. Finish
2 1) Standard
3 a) Smooth trowel finish
4 2) Bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder
5 spans
6 a) Steel-trowel finish to the grades specified
7 3) Bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat
8 buildups
9 a) Textured, wood float finish
10 4) Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane by more than 1/16
11 inch in all directions.
12 f. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap
13 or a construction joint.
14 g. Provide a latex-based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary
15 bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint.
16 h. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as specified in the Drawings
17 or, for pedestals less than 12 inches in height, as indicated in Figure 1 and 2
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 Figure 1
3 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups
4 Figure 2
5 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups
6
7 L. Curing
8 1. General
9 a. Perform curing in accordance with approved methods.
10 b. Curing Day
11 1) Standard
12 a) The temperature, taken in the shade, is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for
13 at least 19 hours.
14 2) Cold Day
15 a) The temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40
16 degrees Fahrenheit for the entire 24 hours.
17 c. The curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set in
18 accordance with Tex-440-A, unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings.
19 d. Curing Locations
20 1) For vertical surfaces, use form or membrane curing unless otherwise
21 specified in the Drawings or by the City.
22 2) For horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete, use only water curing.
23 3) For horizontal or unformed surfaces of all other concrete, use water or
24 membrane curing.
25 4) For the top surface of any concrete structure that additional concrete will be
26 placed and bonded onto at a later date, use water curing. Examples include,
27 but are not limited to stub walls, caps with backwalls, and risers.
28 5) Cure all other concrete as specified in other applicable Sections.
29 e. Curing Timeframes:
30 1) Standard
31 a) Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Vertical Surfaces
2 a) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by 4 days of form
3 curing.
4 b) Form cure for 12 hours after placement followed by membrane cure in
5 accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the
6 Drawings, or as directed by the City.
7 c) HPC concrete
8 (1) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by membrane
9 cure in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as
10 specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City .
11 3) Mass Concrete
12 a) If forms are removed prior to 4 days of curing, form cure as required by
13 the heat control plan and then membrane cure in accordance with
14 manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the Drawings, or as
15 directed by the City.
16 f. If using membrane curing, apply within 2 hours of form removal.
17 2. Form Curing
18 a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not
19 required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection.
20 b. Use other approved curing methods if forms are removed prior to the 4 day
21 curing period.
22 3. Water Curing
23 a. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete continuously wet for the required
24 curing timeframe.
25 b. Use water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Do not use water that stains or
26 leaves a residue.
27 4. Blankets
28 a. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats
29 in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time.
30 b. Cover the cotton or burlap mats with a layer of polyethylene sheeting.
31 c. Weigh the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete.
32 d. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats by forming an
33 enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the
34 enclosure.
35 1) Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the
36 concrete wet.
37 5. Membrane Curing
38 a. Do not vary the type of curing compound throughout the project.
39 b. Apply membrane curing at a rate of approximately 180 square feet per gallon
40 unless otherwise specified in accordance with manufacturer recommendations,
41 as specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City.
42 c. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that
43 will later form a construction joint.
44 d. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Follow the manufacturers
45 recommendations for what level of surface moisture to apply curing compound.
46 e. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified by the
47 manufacturer.
48 f. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane.
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 M. Removal of Falsework and Forms
2 1. Follow curing requirements when removing forms.
3 2. For mass placements, keep forms in place for 4 days following concrete placement
4 unless otherwise specified by the heat control plan, in the Drawings, or by the City.
5 3. Do not remove weight-supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 foot
6 for all bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a
7 compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
8 4. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after
9 concrete has attained 75 percent of the design compressive strength.
10 5. If a form is not providing support, the form may be removed provided the removal
11 does not disturb other forms that are providing support.
12 6. Metal Appliances:
13 a. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms to a depth of at least one-half
14 inch from the concrete surface.
15 b. Remove appliances without chipping or spalling the concrete.
16 c. If the concrete is damaged, the City will decide if the concrete can be repaired,
17 or if it will need to be replaced.
18 d. Replace any concrete that has been damaged due to the removal of metal
19 appliances at no cost to the City.
20 7. Do not leave any forms or falsework in place unless otherwise specified in the
21 Drawings or as directed by the City.
22 3.5 REPAIR
23 A. Repair Surface Defects and Irregularities
24 1. Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or
25 honeycombed areas are visible after form removal.
26 2. Repair spalls in accordance with Section 32 01 29.
27 3. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form and falsework with
28 latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the
29 patch with the surrounding concrete.
30 4. Remove all fins, rust stains, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be
31 exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing.
32 5. Ensure all repairs are dense, well-bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large
33 repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not
34 specified.
35 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
36 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
37 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification
38 1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
39 B. Concrete Production and Placement Acceptance
40 1. Perform production and placement testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
41 C. Non-Conforming Work
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. General
2 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it fails to meet the requirements
3 specified in this Section.
4 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed
5 concrete if any material is found to be non-conforming, at no additional cost to
6 the City.
7 c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City.
8 2. Aggregates
9 a. If the aggregates fail to meet the requirements specified in Section 32 05 16, the
10 City may reject the aggregates.
11 3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials
12 a. If the mix design fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section and
13 Section 03 00 00, the City may reject the mix design.
14 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to
15 removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
16 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the
17 conformance of the mixture.
18 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
19 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
20 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
25 END OF SECTION
26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 03 34 13
2 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM) for use as flowable backfill.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
11 Contract.
12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
13 3. Section 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing.
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Measurement
17 a. This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed.
18 2. Payment
19 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are
20 subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed.
21 1.3 REFERENCES
22 A. Acronyms
23 1. CLSM Controlled Low Strength Material.
24 B. Reference Standards
25 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
26 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
27 unless a date is specifically cited.
28 2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM):
29 a. C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
30 Field.
31 b. C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
32 c. C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
33 Specimens.
34 d. C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
35 e. C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by
36 the Pressure Method.
37 f. C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 g. C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
2 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.
3 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
4 1.5 SUBMITTALS
5 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
6 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
7 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
8 A. Sieve analysis
9 1. Analyses of fine and coarse aggregates proposed to be used.
10 a. Resubmit at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials.
11 2. Mix
12 a. Full details, including mix design calculations for proposed mix.
13 B. Trial batch test data
14 1. Data for each test cylinder.
15 2. Data identifying mix and slump for each test cylinder.
16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
18 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
19 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
20 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
23 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
24 2.2 MATERIALS
25 A. Materials
26 1. Portland Cement:
27 a. Type II low alkali Portland cement in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
28 2. Fly Ash in accordance with ASTM C618.
29 3. Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
30 4. Admixtures:
31 a. Air entrainer in accordance with ASTM C260.
32 5. Fine Aggregate:
33 a. Concrete sand (not required to be in accordance with ASTM C33).
34 b. No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve.
35 c. No plastic fines shall be present.
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6. Coarse Aggregate:
2 a. Pea gravel no larger than 3/8-inch.
3 B. Mixes
4 1. Performance requirements
5 a. Total calculated air content
6 1) Not less than 8.0 percent or greater than 12.0 percent.
7 b. Minimum unconfined compressive strength
8 1) Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days.
9 c. Maximum unconfined compressive strength
10 1) Not greater than 150 psi measured at 28 days.
11 2) Limit the long-term strength (90 days) to 200 psi such that material could
12 be re-excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if
13 necessary.
14 d. Slump
15 1) Greater than 9 inches and sufficient to allow the material to flow freely
16 during placement.
17 e. Wet density
18 1) No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot.
19 f. Color
20 1) No coloration required unless noted.
21 2) Submit dye or other coloration means for approval.
22 2. Suggested mix design:
Material Weight Specific Gravity
Absolute Volume
Cubic Foot
Cement 30 pounds 3.15 0.15
Fly Ash 300 pounds 2.30 2.09
Water 283 pounds 1.00 4.54
Coarse Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Fine Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Admixture 4-6 ounces -2.70
TOTAL 3,543 pounds -27.00
23
24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
26 A. Trial Batch
27 1. After mix design has been accepted by City, have trial batch of the accepted mix
28 design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to City.
29 2. Prepare trial batches using specified cementitious materials and aggregates
30 proposed to be used for the Work.
31 3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability,
32 consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders.
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 B. Test Cylinders
3 1. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following
4 exceptions:
5 a. Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle the
6 mix.
7 b. Do not rod the concrete mix.
8 c. Strike off the excess material.
9 2. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and
10 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only minimal
11 bumping, banging, or jolting without damage.
12 3. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and
13 tested.
14 4. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads:
15 a. Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures.
16 b. Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter
17 than the test cylinders.
18 c. Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum
19 age of 3 days.
20 C. Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 3 days and 4 at 28 days in
21 accordance with ASTM C39 with the following exceptions:
22 1. The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to
23 or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed
24 maximum compression strength.
25 D. If the trial batch tests do not meet the requirements for strength or density, revise and
26 resubmit the mix design, and prepare additional trial batch and tests. Repeat until an
27 acceptable trial batch is produced in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
28 1. All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by Contractor.
29 2. After acceptance, do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix
30 design, trial batches, and test information.
31 E. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143 with the following exceptions:
32 1. Do not rod the concrete material.
33 2. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly
34 overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump.
35 PART 3 - EXECUTION
36 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
37 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
38 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
39
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.4 INSTALLATION
2 A. Placement
3 1. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of
4 compressive strength and density:
5 a. Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that
6 could be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM to 4 feet or the lift height
7 indicated on the Drawings, whichever is less.
8 1) Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last lift of CLSM has set and
9 gained sufficient strength to prevent lateral load due to the weight of the
10 next lift of CLSM.
11 b. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the
12 maintenance of its fluid properties.
13 c. Transport and place material so it flows easily around, beneath, or through
14 walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures.
15 d. Maintain slump developed for trial batch during construction at all times within
16 1-inch +/-.
17 e. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability
18 (where required) such that when placed, the material is self-compacting, self
19 densifying, and has sufficient plasticity so compaction or mechanical vibration
20 is not required.
21 f. When using as embedment for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line
22 and grade of pipe.
23 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
25 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
26 A. Quality Control Testing
27 1. Perform testing to determine whether the CLSM, as being produced during the
28 process of construction, is in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
29 a. Make and deliver test cylinders to testing laboratory at the Contractors
30 expense.
31 2. Test cylinders
32 a. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following
33 exceptions:
34 1) Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle
35 the mix.
36 2) Do not rod the concrete mix.
37 3) Strike off the excess material.
38 b. Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities.
39 Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap, or equivalent. Do not
40 sprinkle water directly on the cylinders.
41 c. After 2 days, place the cylinders in a protective container, such as a Styrofoam
42 or similar lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders, for
43 transport to the laboratory for testing.
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and
2 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only
3 minimal bumping, banging, or jolting without damage.
4 e. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped
5 and tested.
6 f. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene
7 pads:
8 1) Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures.
9 2) Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick and 1/2 inch larger in
10 diameter than the test cylinders.
11 3) Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a
12 minimum age of 3 days.
13 3. The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the City.
14 a. Test 1 cylinder at 3 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39
15 except as modified herein.
16 b. The compression strength of the cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to or
17 greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed
18 maximum compression strength.
19 4. Test the air content of the CLSM. Test will be made immediately after discharge
20 from the mixer in accordance with ASTM C231.
21 5. Test the slump of CLSM using a slump cone in accordance with ASTM C143 with
22 the following exceptions:
23 a. Do not rod the concrete material.
24 b. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly
25 overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump.
26 6. If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirements, make
27 corrections to the mix design to be in accordance with the requirements of this
28 Section.
29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
34 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
35 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
36
37
38
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 END OF SECTION
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 03 80 00
2 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including manholes, junction boxes,
7 vaults, retaining walls, wingwalls, headwalls, and culverts.
8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
12 Contract.
13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
14 3. Section 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing.
15 4. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete.
16 5. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM).
17 6. Section 32 32 00 Retaining Walls.
18 7. Section 33 05 05 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill.
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurement and Payment
21 1. Measurement
22 a. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures materials, equipment, tools,
23 testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the structure or item being installed.
24 2. Payment
25 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are
26 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of
27 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures.
28 1.3 REFERENCES
29 A. Reference Standards
30 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
31 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
32 unless a date is specifically cited.
33 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material
34 Specifications (DMS):
35 a. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives.
36 3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual.
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
2 1.5 SUBMITTALS
3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
6 A. Product Data
7 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying curing
8 compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used on
9 the project.
10 2. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy including:
11 a. Manufacturer name
12 b. Date
13 c. Material description
14 d. Point of delivery
15 e. Data and test results as required in this Section
16 f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing
17 Compounds
18 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable
19 h. Application Recommendations, if applicable
20 i. Manufacturers Recommended Storage and Handling instructions
21 3. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements:
22 a. Resin or hardener components
23 b. Brand name
24 c. Name of manufacturer
25 d. Lot or batch number
26 e. Temperature range for storage
27 f. Date of manufacture
28 g. Expiration date
29 h. Quantity contained
30 B. Information Submittals
31 1. Equipment Information
32 a. Submittal for all major equipment including:
33 1) Equipment name and description
34 2) Size
35 3) Intended use
36 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
37 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
38 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
39 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
40 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
2 66 00.
3 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
6 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
7 2.2 MATERIALS
8 A. Cast-in-Place Concrete
9 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00.
10 B. Controlled Low Strength Material
11 1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13.
12 C. Steel Reinforcement
13 1. In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
14 D. Epoxy Bonding Agent
15 1. Provide a two component, solvent-free, asbestos-free, moisture-insensitive epoxy
16 resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete in accordance with
17 DMS-6100, Type V.
18 E. Backfill material
19 1. Trenches
20 a. In accordance with Section 33 05 05.
21 2. Retaining walls
22 a. In accordance with Section 32 32 00.
23 F. Repair Mortars
24 1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer-modified, Portland cement-
25 based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical
26 surfaces.
27 G. Pipe Penetration Sealants
28 1. Provide one component polyurethane, bentonite-free, extrudable swelling waterstop
29 that is chemically resistant, not soluble in water, and capable of withstanding
30 wet/dry cycling.
31 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
32 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
33 PART 3 - EXECUTION
34 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.2 EXAMINATION
2 A. Verification of Conditions
3 1. Examine existing structure to be modified for damage or defects that may affect
4 modification.
5 a. Report issue to City for review before beginning modification.
6 3.3 PREPARATION
7 A. Connection Surface Preparation
8 1. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting
9 materials from the surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or grinding.
10 a. Irregular voids or surface stones do not need to be removed if they are sound,
11 free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete, subject to the City’s
12 final inspection.
13 B. Reinforcing Steel Preparation
14 1. Clean reinforcing steel shown to be incorporated in new concrete of existing
15 demolished concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all loose
16 material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair.
17 2. If reinforcing steel is exposed, clean by wire brush or other similar means to
18 remove all contaminants.
19 3. If half of the diameter or more of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out a
20 minimum of 1 inch behind the steel.
21 4. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as specified in the Drawings and provide with
22 1-inch minimum cover all around.
23 3.4 INSTALLATION
24 A. General
25 1. When drilling holes for dowels or bolts at new or existing concrete, stop drilling if
26 rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the City
27 and Engineer.
28 2. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the City and Engineer.
29 B. Concrete Removal
30 1. Remove concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the
31 Drawings by chipping, jack-hammering, or saw-cutting as appropriate in areas
32 where concrete is to be taken out.
33 a. Do not jackhammer sanitary sewer manhole penetrations.
34 2. Remove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing
35 to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged.
36 3. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new
37 material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treatment
38 of epoxy to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch.
39 4. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete
40 will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified,
41 provide a 1-inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at
42 the edge of concrete removal.
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1 C. Modification
2 1. When doweling in new concrete to existing structure, drill a hole 1/4 inch larger
3 than the diameter of the dowel.
4 a. Thoroughly clean the hole of all loose particles and dust and blow clean with
5 filtered compressed air prior to installing epoxy.
6 2. Roughen the existing concrete surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or
7 grinding prior to placing grout, epoxy, or new concrete.
8 3. Place concrete as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with Section 03 30
9 00.
10 D. Installation Specifics for Coring into an Existing Manhole
11 1. The new pipe connection shall be made using a coring method that utilizes a
12 mechanical saw or drill. The use of pipe hammers or jackhammers is not allowed.
13 2. The manhole wall shall be cored or cut to the elevation indicated on the plans. The cut
14 or cored area shall be of sufficient size to allow the insertion of the new pipe and the
15 pipe-to-manhole connector. If required, the bench area shall also be cut or cored to the
16 width of the new conduit to ensure a continuous grade from the new conduit invert
17 into the manhole invert. Care should be taken to minimize the hole size so that the
18 amount of grouting is kept to a minimum.
19 3. The Contractor shall keep debris from entering the wastewater flow stream in the
20 existing manhole. This shall be done by either using a flow-through plug on the
21 existing manhole pipe connections or by bypass pumping around the manhole.
22 4. A pipe-to-manhole connector shall be attached to the sanitary sewer pipe where the
23 sanitary sewer pipe and the manhole meet.
24 5. The new sanitary sewer shall not protrude more than one inch into the manhole.
25 6. The core hole and bench cut (if required) shall be thoroughly cleaned before the
26 application of grout around the new pipe connection.
27 7. Grout shall be applied to the full thickness of the manhole wall all around the new pipe
28 connection to produce a watertight seal. The pipe-to-manhole connector shall be
29 completely encapsulated within the grouted area. If a bench cut was required, the cut
30 area shall be smoothed with grout.
31
32 3.5 REPAIR
33 A. Repair damaged concrete specified to be left in place in accordance with the TxDOT
34 Concrete Repair Manual.
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
2 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
10 END OF SECTION
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 1 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 31 25 14
2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Installation and maintenance of temporary control measures necessary to prevent
7 and control soil erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution.
8 2. Preparation and implementation of Contractor produced Erosion Control Plan.
9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
10 1. None.
11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
13 Contract.
14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
15 3. Section 32 05 26 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements.
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurement and Payment
18 1. Silt Fence
19 a. Measurement
20 1) Measured per linear foot of Silt Fence installed.
21 b. Payment
22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
23 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
24 price bid per linear foot for Silt Fence installed.
25 c. The price bid shall include:
26 1) Furnishing and installing Silt Fence as specified by the Drawings
27 2) Posts
28 3) Filter fabric
29 4) Net reinforcement
30 5) Fasteners
31 6) Stone overflows
32 7) Safety caps
33 8) Cleaning
34 9) Disposal of silt
35 10) Repair of damaged Silt Fence
36 2. Check Dam
37 a. Measurement
38 1) Measured per linear foot of Check Dam installed.
39 b. Payment
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 2 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
2 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
3 price bid per linear foot for Check Dam installed.
4 c. The price bid shall include:
5 1) Furnishing and installing Check Dam as specified by the Drawings
6 2) Aggregate, wire reinforcement, and filter fabric
7 3) Excavation
8 4) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing
9 5) Cleaning
10 6) Disposal of silt
11 7) Repair of damaged Check Dam
12 3. Organic Filter Tube
13 a. Measurement
14 1) Measured per linear foot of Organic Filter Tube installed.
15 b. Payment
16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
17 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
18 price bid per linear foot for Organic Filter Tube installed.
19 c. The price bid shall include:
20 1) Furnishing and installing Organic Filter Tube as specified by the Drawings
21 2) Containment mesh
22 3) Core material
23 4) Posts
24 5) Rock bags
25 6) Cleaning
26 7) Disposal of silt
27 8) Repair of damaged Organic Filter Tube
28 4. Inlet Protection
29 a. Measurement
30 1) Measured per each of Inlet Protection installed.
31 b. Payment
32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
33 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
34 price bid per each for Inlet Protection installed.
35 c. The price bid shall include:
36 1) Furnishing and installing Inlet Protection as specified by the Drawings
37 2) All items pertaining to hog wire for erosion control as needed
38 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing
39 4) Cleaning
40 5) Disposal of silt
41 6) Repair of damaged Inlet Protection items
42 5. Erosion Control Blanket
43 a. Measurement
44 1) Measured per square yard of Erosion Control Blanket installed.
45 b. Payment
46 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
47 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
48 price bid per square yard for Erosion Control Blanket installed.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 3 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. The price bid shall include:
2 1) Furnishing and installing Erosion Control Blanket as specified by the
3 Drawings
4 2) Blanket and staples
5 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing
6 4) Cleaning
7 5) Disposal of silt
8 6) Repair of damaged Erosion Control Blanket
9 6. Stabilized Construction Exit
10 a. Measurement
11 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
12 b. Payment
13 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
14 item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will
15 be allowed.
16 7. Mulching
17 a. Measurement
18 1) Measured square yard of Mulching installed.
19 b. Payment
20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
21 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
22 price bid per square yard for Mulching installed.
23 c. The price bid shall include:
24 1) Furnishing and installing Mulching as specified by the Drawings
25 2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing
26 8. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap
27 a. Measurement
28 1) Measured per each Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap installed.
29 b. Payment
30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
31 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
32 price bid per each for Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap installed.
33 c. The price bid shall include:
34 1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap as specified by the
35 Drawings
36 2) Filter stone
37 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing
38 4) Cleaning
39 5) Disposal of silt
40 6) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps
41 9. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap
42 a. Measurement
43 1) Measured per each Stone Outlet Sediment Trap installed.
44 b. Payment
45 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
46 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
47 price bid per each for Stone Outlet Sediment Trap installed.
48 c. The price bid shall include:
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 4 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Furnishing and installing Stone Outlet Sediment Trap as specified by the
2 Drawings
3 2) Filter stone
4 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing
5 4) Cleaning
6 5) Disposal of silt
7 6) Repair of damaged Stone Outlet Sediment Traps
8 10. Turf Reinforcement Mat
9 a. Measurement
10 1) Measured square yard of Turf Reinforcement Mat installed.
11 b. Payment
12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
13 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
14 price bid per square yard for Turf Reinforcement Mat installed.
15 c. The price bid shall include:
16 1) Furnishing and installing Turf Reinforcement Mat as specified by the
17 Drawings
18 2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing
19 3) Cleaning
20 4) Disposal of silt
21 5) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps items
22 11. Dewatering Controls
23 a. Measurement
24 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
25 b. Payment
26 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
27 item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will
28 be allowed.
29 12. Erosion Control Plan Preparation
30 a. Measurement
31 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum.
32 b. Payment
33 1) The work performed in accordance with this item shall be paid for at the
34 lump sum price bid for all Erosion Control Plan Preparation.
35 c. The price bid shall include:
36 1) Creation, submittal and approval of an erosion control plan as specified by
37 the Drawings
38 2) Revisions or updates to the erosion control plan as required by Watershed
39 Protection inspectors throughout project implementation
40 13. Erosion Control Plan Implementation
41 a. Measurement
42 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum.
43 b. Payment
44 1) The work performed in accordance with this item shall be paid for at the
45 lump sum price bid for all Erosion Control Plan Implementation.
46 2) 75% of the lump sum price shall be payable after initial installation and
47 approval by the Watershed Protection department
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 5 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) The remaining 25% of the lump sum price shall be payable after vegetative
2 cover requirements have been met and all erosion and sediment control
3 measures have been removed.
4 c. The price bid shall include:
5 1) Installation, maintenance, and repair of all erosion or sediment control
6 measures indicated in the approved Erosion Control Plan
7 2) Modifications to the approved erosion and sediment control measures
8 required to comply with performance requirements during the project
9 3) Removal of all erosion or sediment control measures once vegetative cover
10 requirements have been met.
11 1.3 REFERENCES
12 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
13 1. Environmentally Sensitive Area: ESA
14 B. Reference Standards
15 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
16 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
17 unless a date is specifically cited.
18 2. City of Denton, Stormwater Design Criteria Manual
19 3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Integrated Stormwater
20 Management (iSWM) Technical Manual.
21 4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and
22 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT):
23 a. Item 169, Soil Retention Blankets.
24 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Material
25 Specifications (DMS):
26 a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric.
27 b. DMS-6230, Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric.
28 c. DMS-6370, Erosion Control Blankets.
29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
30 A. Sequencing
31 1. Ensure erosion control measures are fully installed prior to the commencement of
32 any earth disturbing activities.
33 2. If required, ensure ESA protection measures are fully installed prior to the
34 commencement of any earth disturbing activities.
35 3. Contact Watershed Protection division for initial inspection of installed erosion
36 control or ESA protection measures prior to the commencement of any earth
37 disturbing activities. Watershed@cityofdenton.com
38 4. On phased projects, final stabilization shall be completed and Erosion and Sediment
39 Control devices removed from each phase as construction is completed.
40 1.5 SUBMITTALS
41 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
42 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 6 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
2 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) submittals in accordance with Section
3 01 57 13 where land disturbance exceeds 1 acre.
4 B. Erosion Control Plan submittal when Contractor is responsible for creating site specific
5 erosion control plan.
6 1. Plan content and requirements as specified in the Drawings
7 2. Plan to adhere to the general standards of the City of Dentons Development Code
8 Section 7.3.5
9 C.Product Data
10 1. Provide product data from each manufacturer supplying Erosion and Sediment
11 Control devices and accessories.
12 2. Product data sheets for all products to include:
13 a. Manufacturer name
14 b. Date
15 c. Material description
16 d. Point of delivery
17 e. Data and test results as specified in this Section
18 f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable
19 g. Application Recommendations, if applicable
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
24 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
25 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
26 66 00.
27 2. Store all storm water pollution prevention materials in accordance with
28 manufacturers recommendations.
29 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
32 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
33 2.2 MATERIALS
34 A. Silt Fence
35 1. Fabric
36 a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria:
37
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 7 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min
1
2 2. Posts
3 a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot, and 4 feet
4 in length minimum.
5 b. Provide plastic caps on all steel posts in areas exposed to pedestrian traffic.
6 c. Wood posts may be approved by City if project duration is expected to be less
7 than 90 days.
8 3. Net Reinforcement
9 a. Provide net reinforcement of at least 12 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh,
10 with a maximum opening size of 2x2 inches.
11 4. Stone Overflows
12 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05
13 26.
14 B. Check Dam
15 1. Aggregate
16 a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check
17 dam heights of 24 inches or less.
18 b. Provide 4 to 8 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check
19 dam greater than 24 inches in height.
20 2. Wire
21 a. If required, provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire.
22 3. Fabric
23 a. For check dams greater than 18 inches in height, provide filter fabric in
24 accordance with the following criteria:
25
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
26
27 C. Organic Filter Tube
28 1. Containment Mesh
29 a. Provide biodegradable, photodegradable, or recyclable containment mesh with
30 a minimum rated life of one year under normal site conditions, such as burlap,
31 twine, UV photodegradable plastic, or polyester.
32 1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material.
33 b. Provide recyclable containment mesh for temporary organic filter tube
34 installation.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 8 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Provide biodegradable or photodegradable containment mesh when organic
2 filter tube will remain in place as part of vegetative system.
3 2. Core Material
4 a. Provide biodegradable or recyclable core material such as compost, mulch, or
5 coir.
6 1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material.
7 3. Posts
8 a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot or 2
9 inches by 2 inches wooden posts.
10 b. Provide posts at least 6 inches longer than the outside diameter of the Organic
11 Filter Tube.
12 D. Inlet Protection
13 1. Provide Inlet Protection comprised of Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion
14 control in accordance with this Section.
15 E. Erosion Control Blanket
16 1. Blanket
17 a. In accordance with DMS 6370.
18 2. Staples
19 a. In accordance with the Erosion Control Blanket manufacturer
20 recommendations.
21 F. Stabilized Construction Exit
22 1. Aggregate
23 a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26.
24 G. Mulching
25 1. Provide type of organic mulching as specified in the Drawings.
26 H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap
27 1. Riprap
28 a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00.
29 2. Filter Stone
30 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05
31 26.
32 3. Wire
33 a. Provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire with 1/2 inch
34 by 1/2 inch openings.
35 4. Fabric
36 a. Provide Filter Fabric meeting the following criteria:
37
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
38
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 9 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5. Concrete Block
2 a. Provide standard 8-inch x 8-inch x 16-inch concrete masonry units in
3 accordance with ASTM C139.
4 I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap
5 1. Riprap
6 a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00.
7 2. Filter Stone
8 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05
9 26.
10 3. Fabric
11 a. Provide Filter Fabric in accordance with the following criteria:
12
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
13
14 J. Turf Reinforcement Mat
15 1. Provide Turf Reinforcement Mats in accordance with TxDOT Item 169 Approved
16 Products List, Erosion Control Approved Products and in accordance with the
17 following criteria:
18
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Minimum Thickness ASTM D6525 0.25 in
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 80 percent
Tensile Strength ASTM D6818 175 lbs/ft
19
20 K. Dewatering Controls
21 1. Sediment Filter Bag
22 a. Provide sediment filter bags made of non-woven, needle-punched, geotextile
23 that meets the following criteria:
24
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491 85 to 110 gpm/ft2
25
26 2. Temporary Sediment Tank
27 a. Provide compartmented container with a storage volume equal to 1 cubic foot
28 for each gallon per minute of pump discharge capacity.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 10 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
6 3.3 PREPARATION
7 A. General
8 1. Remove trees, brush, stumps, and other objectionable material that will interfere
9 with the construction of the erosion control measure.
10 B. Erosion Control Blanket
11 1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent
12 the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil.
13 C. Mulching
14 1. Fertilize and treat soil prior to mulching installation when used with final
15 vegetation.
16 a. Fertilization and soil treatment are not required when using mulching with
17 hydroseeding or when seed is spread during winter months.
18 D. Turf Reinforcement Mat
19 1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent
20 the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil.
21 3.4 INSTALLATION
22 A. Silt Fence
23 1. Provide silt fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept
24 sediment from sheet flow.
25 2. Install posts 18 inches deep, maximum 6 feet on center.
26 3. Dig 6-inch x 6-inch trench on uphill side of fence and embed fabric and wire mesh.
27 Backfill the trench.
28 4. Attach net reinforcement to posts with clips for steel posts or staples for wood posts
29 in at least four equally spaced locations per post.
30 5. Fasten fabric to top of net reinforcement at a maximum spacing of 15 inches.
31 6. Locate splices in fabric at a post and provide a 3-foot overlap ensuring no leakage
32 or bypass.
33 7. Install stone overflow structures at low points or spaced at approximately 300 feet if
34 there is no apparent low point.
35 8. Turn last 10 feet of Silt Fence slightly uphill to prevent bypass.
36 9. Repair or replace any posts, net reinforcement, or fabric that are bent, torn, or
37 otherwise unable to function as intended in accordance with this Section.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 11 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Check Dam
2 1. Place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified in the Drawings.
3 2. Place Check Dams perpendicular to the direction of flow.
4 C. Organic Filter Tube
5 1. Install Organic Filter Tubes near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to
6 intercept sediment from sheet flow.
7 2. When placed on soil, excavate a 1-inch to 2-inch deep bedding trench along the
8 length of the Organic Filter Tubes.
9 3. Secure Organic Filter Tubes using posts to prevent displacement as a result of
10 normal rain events, damage to the logs, and flow from penetrating under the logs.
11 a. Rock bags may be used in place of posts on paved surfaces.
12 4. Overlap ends of Organic Filter Tubes by at least 18 inches and secure ends together
13 preventing gaps from forming.
14 5. Turn last 10 feet of Organic Filter Tubes slightly uphill to prevent bypass.
15 D. Inlet Protection
16 1. Install prefabricated inlet protection systems in accordance with manufacturers
17 instructions.
18 2. Install filter fabric as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with this Section.
19 3. Install inlet protection systems to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm
20 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection
21 device clogs.
22 E. Erosion Control Blanket
23 1. Use an Erosion Control Blanket anywhere seeding is to be used and the slope is
24 steeper than a 6:1 slope.
25 2. Use Turf Reinforcement Mat when stabilizing slopes of 2:1 or steeper.
26 3. Provide blanket on sod locations only when specified in the Drawings.
27 4. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area.
28 5. Lay Erosion Control Blanket into trench and backfill with compacted soil.
29 6. Fasten Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
30 7. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow.
31 8. Overlap ends of Erosion Control Blanket by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal
32 edges by 6 inches.
33 9. Staple Erosion Control Blanket at all critical channel points and all overlaps.
34 10. ECBs shall be installed vertically down slope (across contours) on cut/fill slopes
35 and embankments and along contours (parallel to flow) in swales and drainage
36 ditches.
37 11. Unless the ECB is seeded to establish vegetation, perimeter applications shall be
38 limited to thirty feet wide drainage areas (I.e. linear construction projects) for an 8
39 feet width of ECB.
40 F. Stabilized Construction Exit
41 1. Install stabilized construction exit as specified in the Drawings.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 12 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. Install stabilized construction exits at any point where traffic will be leaving a
2 construction site to or from a street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area.
3 3. Slope stabilized construction exit away from offsite paved surfaces or incorporate a
4 drainage swale to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site.
5 4. Do not place stabilized construction exits at the lowest point on the construction site
6 or on top of utility lines.
7 5. Minimum width of 15 feet for one-way and 20 feet for two-way.
8 G. Mulching
9 1. Spread organic mulch by hand or mechanical means providing complete, uniform
10 coverage of the specified area.
11 2. Install mulching to a thickness between 1 to 2 inches.
12 3. Anchor mulching by application of fiber mulch binder, synthetic mulch binder,
13 using a tractor-drawn crimper to punch into the soil, or by placing netting above the
14 mulch and stapled into the ground when placed on slopes of 3:1 or steeper.
15 4. Do not use mulching on slopes of 1.5:1 or steeper.
16 H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap
17 1. Install pipe inlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings.
18 2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment
19 trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary
20 control design storm.
21 3. Provide side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter.
22 4. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe
23 diameter.
24 5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm
25 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection
26 device clogs.
27 I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap
28 1. Install stone outlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings.
29 2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment
30 trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary
31 control design storm.
32 3. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe
33 diameter.
34 4. Grade side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter.
35 5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm
36 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection
37 device clogs.
38 J. Turf Reinforcement Mat
39 1. Install turf reinforcement mats as specified in the Drawings and manufacturers
40 recommendations.
41 2. Install turf reinforcement mats immediately after completing grading of the slope or
42 channel, and at most within 14 days after completing the grading.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 13 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3. Install turf reinforcement mats vertically down slope on steep cut/fill slopes,
2 embankments, and steep channel slopes above the water surface level.
3 4. Install turf reinforcement mats horizontally (parallel to flow) for channel slopes
4 below the water surface level.
5 5. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area.
6 6. Lay turf reinforcement mat into trench and backfill with compacted soil.
7 7. Fasten turf reinforcement mat in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
8 8. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow.
9 9. Overlap ends of turf reinforcement mat by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal
10 edges by 6 inches.
11 10. Staple turf reinforcement mat at all critical channel points and all overlaps.
12 3.5 REPAIR
13 1. Repair any controls determined to no longer be functioning as intended in
14 accordance with this Section.
15 2. Repair devices as soon as exposed ground has dried sufficiently to prevent further
16 damage from equipment operations needed for repairs.
17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
18 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
19 A. Field Inspections
20 1. Inspect all storm water pollution prevention controls at least once every 7 calendar
21 days.
22 2. Inspect dewatering pumps and sediment controls hourly while pumps are in
23 operation.
24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
28 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
29 3.13 MAINTENANCE
30 A. General
31 1. If a storm water pollution prevention control ceases to function as intended, repair
32 and replace the device or any portions necessary. Repeated failure indicates a
33 device is insufficient and additional or different Erosion and Sediment Control
34 devices must be selected.
35 2. Remove sediment, debris, and litter from all devices as necessary to maintain
36 intended operation.
37 3. Continue maintenance of all erosion and sediment control devices until vegetative
38 cover reaches 70 percent density, as determined by the City.
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 14 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Check Dam
2 1. Remove silt when it reaches a depth equal to one-third the height of the dam or one
3 foot, whichever is less.
4 C. Dewatering Controls
5 1. Repair areas eroded due to dewatering pumping and install erosion control devices
6 to prevent further erosion.
7 2. Clean sediment tanks when they become half full of sediment.
8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
9
10
11 END OF SECTION
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/24 Added ESA protection measures to Section 1.4; Removed Watershed Protection
individual contact information from Section 1.4
6/14/24 Removed organic filter tubes and rock bags from inlet protection under 3.4.D
6/14/24 Removed presence of Watershed Protection from inspection requirement under 3.7
13
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 01 17
2 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR - MODIFIED
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Flexible Paving Repair including:
7 a. Flexible Paving Repair
8 b. Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving)
9 c. Core Hole Repair (Flexible Paving)
10 d. Cleaning and Sealing Cracks
11 e. Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench
12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
13 1.Added 1.2.A.1.c.11.
14 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
15 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
16 Contract.
17 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
18 3. Section 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement.
19 4. Section 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements.
20 5. Section 32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses.
21 6. Section 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving.
22 7. Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving.
23 8. Section 32 12 73 Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealants.
24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
25 A. Measurement and Payment
26 1. Flexible Paving Repair
27 a. Measurement
28 1) Measured per square yard of Flexible Paving Repair installed.
29 b. Payment
30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
31 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
32 price bid per square yard for Flexible Paving Repair installed for:
33 a) Various street classifications.
34 c. The price bid shall include:
35 1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Paving Repair as specified by the
36 Drawings
37 2) Removal of existing asphalt pavement and base material.
38 3) Loading
39 4) Unloading
40 5) Storing
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6) Hauling
2 7) Handling of materials
3 8) Traffic control for all testing
4 9) Trial batches (as needed)
5 10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
6 informational submittals
7 11) Flexbase subgrade placement
8 12) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
9 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
10 14) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
11 15) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
12 2. Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving)
13 a. Measurement
14 1) Measured per square yard of Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) installed.
15 b. Payment
16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
17 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
18 price bid per square yard for Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) installed.
19 c. The price bid shall include:
20 1) Furnishing and installing Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) as specified by
21 the Drawings
22 2) Loading
23 3) Unloading
24 4) Storing
25 5) Hauling
26 6) Handling of materials
27 7) Traffic control for all testing
28 8) Trial batches (as needed)
29 9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
30 informational submittals
31 10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
32 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
33 12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
34 13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
35 3. Core Hole Repair (Flexible Paving)
36 a. Measurement
37 1) Not Applicable.
38 b. Payment
39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item is
40 considered a subsidiary item to the Location of Existing Utilities bid item
41 (33 05 98) or required geotechnical subsurface exploration.
42 c. The price bid shall include:
43 1) Furnishing and installing Core Hole Repair (Flexible Paving) as specified
44 by the Drawings or under Section 3.4.E of this specification
45 2) Loading
46 3) Unloading
47 4) Storing
48 5) Hauling
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6) Handling of materials
2 7) Traffic control for all testing
3 8) Trial batches (as needed)
4 9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
5 informational submittals
6 10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
7 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
8 12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
9 13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
10 4. Cleaning and Sealing Cracks
11 a. Measurement
12 1) Measured by the pound of Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks
13 installed.
14 b. Payment
15 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
16 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
17 price bid per pound for Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks (Flexible
18 Paving) installed.
19 c. The price bid shall include:
20 1) Furnishing and installing Cleaning and Sealing Cracks as specified by the
21 Drawings
22 2) Loading
23 3) Unloading
24 4) Storing
25 5) Hauling
26 6) Handling of materials
27 7) Traffic control for all testing
28 8) Trial batches (as needed)
29 9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
30 informational submittals
31 10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
32 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
33 12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
34 13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
35 5. Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench
36 a. Measurement
37 1) Measured per square yard of Flexible Paving Repair for Utility installed.
38 b. Payment
39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
40 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
41 price bid per square yard for Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench
42 installed for:
43 a) Various street classifications.
44 c. The price bid shall include:
45 1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench as
46 specified by the Drawings
47 2) Removal of temporary driving surface material
48 3) Loading
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4) Unloading
2 5) Storing
3 6) Hauling
4 7) Handling of materials
5 8) Traffic control for all testing
6 9) Trial batches (as needed)
7 10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
8 informational submittals
9 11) Temporary driving surface placement
10 12) Subgrade Flexbase and compaction
11 13) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
12 14) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
13 15) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
14 16) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
15 1.3 REFERENCES
16 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
17 1. TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
18 B. Definitions
19 1. Concrete Base Material Class D Concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
20 a. Referred to as 2-sack concrete backfill on the City Standard Details.
21 C. Reference Standards
22 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
23 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
24 unless a date is specifically cited.
25 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
26 a. ASTM C457 Standard Test Method for Microscopical Determination of
27 Parameters of the Air-Void System in Hardened Concrete
28 3. TxDOT Standards:
29 a. Tex-414-A Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric
30 Method
31 b. Tex-415-A Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
32 c. Tex-416-A Air Content of Freshly-Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method
33 d. Tex-422-A Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement
34 Concrete
35 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
36 1.5 SUBMITTALS
37 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
38 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
39 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
40 A. Shop Drawings
41 1. Product Data
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Submit product data for all products used for Pot Hole Repair and Cleaning and
2 Sealing Joints and Cracks. Provide product data in accordance with Section 32
3 12 73 and this Section.
4
5 2. Asphalt Mix Design
6 a. Provide an asphalt mix design for TY C, TY D, and TY B asphalt in
7 accordance with Section 32 12 16.
8 3. Concrete Mix Design
9 a. Provide a mix design for Class D concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
10 4. Rolling Pattern
11 a. Provide the proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Section 32 12 16.
12 B. Information Submittals
13 1. Equipment Information
14 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include:
15 1) Equipment name and description
16 2) Size
17 3) Intended use
18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
22 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
23 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
24 66 00.
25 B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in
26 Sections 32 12 16, 32 13 13, and 03 00 00.
27 C. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling
28 requirements specified in the product data.
29 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
30 A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 32 05 16,
31 32 11 23, 32 12 16, 32 13 13, and 03 00 00.
32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
34 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
35 2.2 MATERIALS
36 A. Refer to City Standard Details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation,
37 embedment, and backfill.
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Asphalt Paving:
2 1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements.
3 2. Use TY C or TY D for the 2-inch surface course. Refer to street classification in
4 this Section and the City Standard Detail.
5 3. Use TY B for the intermediate and/or base courses.
6 C. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair
7 1. Concrete Class: Class D in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
8 2. Production Materials:
9 a. Cement
10 1) Type II in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
11 b. Fly Ash
12 1) Class F Fly Ash F in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
13 c. Water
14 1) In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
15 d. Chemical Admixtures
16 1) Air entraining admixture in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
17 e. Aggregate:
18 1) Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16.
19 2) Fine Aggregate:
20 a) Provide fine aggregate with maximum of 12 percent of fine aggregate
21 passing the number 200 sieve.
22 3) Coarse Aggregate:
23 a) Use pea gravel that is no larger than 3/8 inch.
24 D. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks
25 1. Provide sealants in accordance with Section 32 12 73.
26 E. Subgrade or Subbase Course
27 1. Provide a Flexible Base, TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with Section 32 11 23 for all
28 base course installation and repair unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or
29 directed by the City.
30 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
31 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
32 A. Tests and Inspections
33 1. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair
34 a. Provide Class D concrete conforming to all the testing requirements specified
35 in Section 03 00 00.
36 B. Perform all tests and inspections required for asphalt, concrete, and flexible base in
37 accordance with Sections 32 13 13, 32 12 16, 03 00 00, and 32 11 23.
38 C. Non-Conforming Work
39 1. If the materials do not meet the requirements of Sections 32 13 13, 32 12 16, 03 00
40 00, and 32 11 23, or the product data sheet, the material will be considered non-
41 conforming and will be rejected or removed and replaced at Contractors expense.
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 PART 3 - EXECUTION
2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
4 3.3 PREPARATION
5 A. Surface Preparation for Pothole Repair
6 1. Square the edges of the pothole by saw-cutting 1 from the edge of the pothole to
7 the depth of the pothole around the entire pothole.
8 2. Remove any loose and foreign material.
9 3. Clean and dry the repair area thoroughly.
10 B. Surface Preparation for Asphalt Pavement Repair
11 1. Full-depth sawcut and remove asphalt pavement and base material within the limits
12 shown on the Drawings in accordance with Section 02 41 15.
13 3.4 PAVEMENT REPAIR
14 A. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement
15 1. In accordance with the requirements in Section 02 41 15.
16 B. Concrete Base for Trench Repair
17 1. Install concrete base material in accordance with the requirements for Class D
18 concrete in Section 03 00 00.
19 2. Install to the depth and width specified in the Drawings and the City Standard
20 Details.
21 C. Asphalt Pavement Repair
22 1. General
23 a. Refer to City Standard Details for flexible pavement sections and subgrade
24 depth based on street classifications. Standard street classifications are: All
25 Residential, Residential Collector, Commercial Collector, and Arterial.
26 2. Pavement Section for Standard Pavement Repair:
27 a. Subgrade:
28 1) After the asphalt and base material is removed, replace the subgrade to the
29 depth specified on the City Standard Detail based on the street
30 classification.
31 2) Install subgrade material Flexible Base TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with
32 Section 32 11 23.
33 3) Install the full-depth of asphalt courses and subgrade specified on the City
34 Standard Detail. Use flexible base for the subgrade at the depth specified.
35 4) Installation of base and full-depth asphalt material is considered subsidiary
36 to Asphalt Pavement Repair.
37 b. Pavement Section
38 1) Compare the existing flexible pavement section with the City Standard
39 Details for Asphalt Paving based on the street classification specified on the
40 Drawings.
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a) If the existing flexible pavement section matches the Detail or is
2 thicker, match the existing pavement section.
3 b) If the existing flexible pavement section is thinner than the Detail,
4 install asphalt pavement to the thickness specified on the City Standard
5 Detail.
6 2) Full-depth installation of all courses of asphalt pavement is considered
7 subsidiary to Asphalt Pavement Repair.
8 3. Pavement Section for Utility Trench:
9 a. Subgrade section shall follow the current version of City Detail U203A
10 Existing Pavement Trench and Repair Asphalt
11 b. Pavement section shall follow the current version of City Detail U203A
12 Existing Pavement Trench and Repair Asphalt
13 c. A maximum of thirty (30) days is allowed for the temporary driving surface
14 material of the utility trench. After thirty days the temporary driving surface
15 must be replaced with the permanent pavement section indicated in City Detail
16 U203A.
17 D. Pothole Repair
18 1. After the surface is prepared, apply a tack coat to the exposed asphalt surface.
19 2. Hot-Mix Asphalt
20 a. Use TY D asphalt for hot-mix asphalt.
21 3. Cold-Mix Asphalt
22 a. Provide a high-performance polymer-modified cold asphalt. Submit a product
23 data submittal for material approval.
24 4. After material is placed, finish to grade and compact to conform to the existing
25 roadway surface. Compact with a hand tamp, mechanical tamps, or rollers as
26 directed or approved. Compact until full consolidation is achieved.
27 5. Clean roadway surface after repair operations and remove and dispose of any
28 excess material.
29 6. Maximum pot hole size:
30 a. The maximum allowable size of a pothole is roughly 3 feet by 3 feet or larger
31 and 3 inches deep.
32 b. If the pothole measures larger than 3 feet by 3 feet, or if the depth of the
33 pothole is 3 inches or greater, perform a full depth removal of asphalt and base
34 material. Refer to Section 02 41 15 for paving removal limits.
35 c. Any base repair will be considered subsidiary to the square yards of asphalt for
36 pot hole repair.
37 d. Use a flexible base course in accordance with Section 32 11 23 for repair of any
38 base material.
39 e. If a full depth repair is needed, coordinate with the City prior to performing
40 repair activities on that pot hole. The City may choose to allow a temporary
41 patch of the pothole. Obtain written permission from the City if a temporary
42 patch is allowed and follow all requirements provided by the City.
43 E. Core Hole Repair
44 1. Core Hole Repair is restricted to cores of 6 inches in diameter or less. Cores greater
45 than 6 inches in diameter shall be treated as Pothole Repair.
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. The removed soil column below 2 feet in depth shall be filled with sand and tamped
2 in 2 foot intervals.
3 3. The removed soil column between the bottom of the pavement and the top of the
4 tamped sand shall be filled with Grade 1 Flexible Base Course and tamped in two
5 equal lifts.
6 4. The removed pavement column shall be replaced with Type D HMAC and tamped
7 in two equal lifts.
8 5. Clean roadway surface after repair operations and remove and dispose of any
9 excess material.
10 F. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks
11 1. Prepare the site and install sealants in accordance with Section 32 12 73.
12 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
13 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
14 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
15 A. Crack Sealant, Polymer-Modified Cold Mix Asphalt, and other Products
16 1. Perform placement testing in accordance with this Section.
17 B. Asphalt Paving
18 1. Perform all testing requirements for asphalt pavement in accordance with Section
19 32 12 16.
20 C. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair
21 1. Testing Frequency:
22 a. Test Class D concrete each day for a concrete mixture of up to 25 cubic yards.
23 For each additional 50 cubic yards, perform an additional test.
24 2. Testing of Fresh Concrete:
25 a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13.
26 3. Concrete Strength Test
27 a. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for required strength for Class D
28 concrete.
29 b. Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast and test cylinders in
30 accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39.
31 c. Test cylinders after 7 days to verify the concrete base material is in accordance
32 with the strength requirements for Class D concrete.
33 d. If the concrete does not meet the concrete strength, the Contractor may ask the
34 City for a waiver.
35 1) If the City does not approve, remove and replace all non-conforming Class
36 D concrete at no cost to the City.
37 2) If the City does approve, obtain approval in writing.
38 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
39 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
40 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
32 01 17
FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
2 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
5 END OF SECTION
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Added Core Hole Repair specifications under 1.1.A, 1.2.A.3 and 3.4.E
6/14/2024 Removed all references to Temporary Paving Repair for Utility Trench
6/14/2024 Modified Utility Trench Repair to match current City Details under 3.4.C.3
7
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 05 16
2 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Coarse and fine aggregate requirements for asphalt and concrete.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
11 Contract.
12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Aggregate materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for
15 separately. All items required for the testing and furnishing of aggregates is subsidiary
16 to other pertinent items.
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
19 1. AQMP Texas Department of Transportations Aggregate Quality Monitoring
20 Program (Tex-499-A)
21 2.BRSQC Texas Department of Transportations Bituminous Rated Source Quality
22 Catalog
23 3.CRSQC Texas Department of Transportations Concrete Rated Source Quality
24 Catalog
25 4. HMA Hot-Mix Asphalt
26 5. RAP Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement
27 6. RAS Recycled Asphalt Shingles
28 7. SAC Surface Aggregate Classification
29 8. TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
30 9. WWARP Wet Weather Accident Reduction Program
31 B. Reference Standards
32 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
33 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
34 unless a date is specifically cited.
35 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material
36 Specifications (DMS)
37 a. DMS-9210, Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA).
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3. TxDOT Test Procedures:
2 a. Tex-100-E, Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways.
3 b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils.
4 c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
5 d. Tex-203-F, Sand Equivalent Test.
6 e. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse
7 Aggregates (Bituminous Mixtures).
8 f. Tex-221-F, Sampling Aggregate for Bituminous Mixtures, Surface Treatments,
9 and Limestone Rock Asphalt.
10 g. Tex-280-F, Determining Flat and Elongated Particles.
11 h. Tex-402-A, Fineness Modulus of Fine Aggregate.
12 i. Tex-406-A, Material finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates
13 (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates)
14 j. Tex-408-A, Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for Concrete.
15 k. Tex-410-A, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate Using the Los Angeles Machine.
16 l. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium
17 Sulfate.
18 m. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate.
19 n. Tex-460-A, Determining Crushed Face Particle Count.
20 o. Tex-499-A, Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program.
21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
22 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
28 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
29 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
30 66 00.
31 B. Storage and Stockpiling of Aggregates
32 1. General
33 a. Selected stockpiling location should be relatively flat. Clean the area of trash,
34 weeds, and grass.
35 b. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately.
36 c. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles.
37 d. Prevent segregation of the aggregates and maintain the stockpiles.
38 2. Coarse Aggregates
39 a. Separate the stockpiles into different gradations.
40 b. The stockpiles should be separated so that the grading requirements of final
41 product are met when the piles are combined.
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. No more than 20 percent by weight of material that passes a number 8 sieve
2 will be allowed in the coarse aggregate stockpile unless specified in the
3 Drawings.
4 3. Fine Aggregates
5 a. Stockpiles may contain coarse aggregate of up to 20-percent by weight.
6 b. The coarse aggregate included in the fine aggregate stockpile is required to
7 meet the quality tests specified in Table 2.
8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
11 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
12 2.2 MATERIALS
13 A. General
14 1. Provide aggregates free from loam, clay balls, or other injurious foreign matter
15 occurring either free or as a coating.
16 2. Provide aggregates in accordance with the definitions in Tex-100-E.
17 3. Perform, document, and provide all test results for aggregate testing.
18 4. Provide aggregates from sources that stockpile each type of aggregate separately.
19 5. Furnish LRA in accordance with DMS-9210, Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA)
20 when used.
21 6. Provide aggregates for asphalt production from TxDOTs Bituminous Rated Source
22 Quality Catalog (BRSQC).
23 7. Provide aggregates for concrete production from TxDOTs Concrete Rated Source
24 Quality Catalog (CRSQC).
25 8. Submit material tests from source locations to verify the aggregates are in
26 accordance with this Section.
27 9. Conform aggregate sampling to Tex-221-F.
28 Table 1
29 Aggregate Types
Type Material
A Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA
B Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA
C Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone
D Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone
30 B. Coarse Aggregate
31 1. The portion of the total aggregates retained on the number 10 sieve.
32 2. Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout.
33 3. Asphalt Requirements
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. General
2 1) Provide aggregates from stockpiles that have no more than 20% material
3 passing the number 8 sieve.
4 2) Provide aggregates that meet the definitions of crushed gravel or crushed
5 stone in accordance with Tex-100-E.
6 3) Use only the rated values on the BRSQC for hot-mix. Rated values for
7 surface treatment do not apply to coarse aggregate sources used in hot-mix
8 asphalt.
9 4) Maximum aggregate size should not be over half of the proposed lift depth
10 to prevent particle on particle contact issues.
11 b. RAP
12 1) Aggregate from RAP is not required to meet the requirements of Table 2
13 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by the City.
14 c. SAC Requirements
15 1) Furnish aggregate with a minimum SAC of A for all surface course asphalt
16 lifts used on travel lanes. The BRSQC lists the SAC for sources on the
17 AQMP.
18 2) Do not blend aggregate to meet the SAC unless otherwise approved.
19 3) If blending is approved by the City:
20 a) Class A and Class B aggregates are defined in TxDOT WWARP.
21 b) Class B aggregate meeting all other requirements in Table 2 may be
22 blended with a Class A aggregate to meet requirements for Class A
23 materials.
24 (1) Ensure that at least 50 percent by weight, or volume if required, of
25 the material retained on the Number 4 sieve comes from the Class
26 A aggregate source.
27 c) Blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of Class A and B
28 aggregates differ by more than 0.300.
29 d) Coarse aggregate from RAP and RAS will be considered as Class B
30 aggregate for blending purposes.
31 4. Concrete Requirements
32 a. General
33 1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of durable particles of gravel, crushed
34 blast furnace slag in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C989
35 Grade 100 or 120, recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete, crushed
36 stone, or combinations which are free from frozen material and from
37 injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable
38 material.
39 2) Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout.
40
41
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 2
2 Coarse Aggregate Requirements
Property Test Method Requirement
Sampling Tex-221-F
SAC Tex-499-A
(AQMP)Note 1
Deleterious material, percent maximum Tex-217-F, Part 1 1.5
Decantation, percent maximum Tex-406-A, Part 2 1.5
Los Angeles Abrasion, percent maximum Tex-410-A 40
Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,3 5 cycles, percent
maximum (non-air-entrained concrete and asphalt)Tex-411-A 25
Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, percent
minimum Tex-460-A, Part 1 85
Additional Requirements for Asphalt
Flat and elongated particles at 5:1, percent maximum Tex-280-F 10
Additional Requirements for Concrete
Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,4 5 cycles, percent
maximum (air-entrained concrete)Tex-411-A 18
Weight of Clay Lumps, percent maximum 0.25
Weight of Shale, percent maximum 1.0
Weight of Laminate and Friable Particle, percent
maximum
Tex-413-A
5.0
1. SAC A for All Surface Courses Unless Otherwise Noted on Drawings.
2. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness
requirements.
3. Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans.
4. FOR CONCRETE ONLY: If the material finer than the number 200 sieve is determined to be at least 85%
calcium carbonate in accordance with Tex-406-A:
•Increase the decantation limit to 3.0 percent for all classes of concrete.
•Increase the decantation limit to 5.0 percent for Class A, B, and P concrete.
•Provide test results with concrete action submittals.
3 C. Fine Aggregate
4 1. Consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, and/or limestone or steel slag
5 screenings
6 2. Provide fine aggregate, except for field sand, from coarse aggregate sources that
7 meet the requirements of this specification.
8 3. Asphalt Requirements
9 a. Provide sand, limestone, or steel slag screenings passing the number 40 sieve
10 that conform to the requirements shown in Table 3.
11 b. Provide aggregates free from impurities.
12 c. Use fine aggregate, with the exception of field sand, from coarse aggregate
13 sources that conform to requirements in Table 3.
14 d. Sand
15 1) No more than 15 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other
16 uncrushed fine aggregate.
17 2) Gradation The gradation of the sand is the portion of the total aggregate
18 that passes the No. 10 sieve. Provide sand that is well graded and composed
19 of sound, durable sand particles.
20
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. Concrete Requirements
2 a. Provide fine aggregate consisting of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a
3 combination of the two, that is clean, hard, durable, uncoated, and free from
4 clay lumps.
5 b. Provide fine aggregate free from frozen material and injurious amounts of salt,
6 alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material.
7 Table 3
8 Fine Aggregate Requirements
Property Test Method Requirement
Requirements for Asphalt
Linear Shrinkage, Percent, Maximum Tex-107-E 3
Organic Impurities Tex-408-A None allowed
Additional Requirements for Concrete
Weight of clay lumps, percent maximum Tex-413-A 0.50
Sand Equivalent, percent maximum Tex-203-F 80
Fineness Modulus Tex-402-A 2.3 to 3.1
Organic Impurities*Tex-408-A None allowed
* - Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans.
9 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
10 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
11 A. Aggregate Quality Requirements
12 1. Submit material tests from source location to verify the aggregates are in
13 accordance with the applicable requirements in Tables 2 and 3.
14 a. Test and Evaluation Reports
15 a) Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material
16 being used to prepare concrete pavement. Test samples or provide
17 product data verifying source material complies with all requirements
18 in this Section. Materials to be tested include, but are not limited to:
19 (1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing
20 (a) Provide verification that the material source location is listed
21 on TxDOTs CRSQC. If listed, source quality testing may be
22 waived.
23 (b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOTs CRSQC,
24 provide all testing and evaluation reports to verify the source
25 material complies with all requirements in Section 32 05 16.
26 (2) Cement and Supplementary Cementing materials
27 (3) Manufacturer supplied testing and product data
28 2. Submit new material tests from any new source location.
29 B. Non-Conforming Work
30 1. General
31 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to
32 this Section.
33 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed
34 Concrete Pavement if any material used is found to be non-conforming at no
35 cost to the City.
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 2. Aggregates
3 a. Test in accordance with specified ASTM and TxDOT Test Methods in this
4 Section.
5 b. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of this Section will be rejected.
6 c. Aggregate source locations may be rejected if supplied aggregates do not meet
7 the requirements of this Section.
8 d. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City.
9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
13 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
16 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
24 END OF SECTION
25
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
26
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 11 23
2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A.Section Includes:
6 1. Foundation course for surface course or other base course composed of flexible
7 base constructed in one or more courses in accordance with the typical section
8 specified in the Drawings.
9 B.Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
10 1. None.
11 C.Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
13 Contract.
14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
15 3. Section 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements.
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A.Measurement and Payment
18 1. Flexible Base
19 a. Measurement
20 1) Measured by the square yard of Flexible Base Course installed.
21 b. Payment
22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
23 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
24 price bid per square yard for Flexible Base Course installed for:
25 a) Various depths.
26 b) Various grades.
27 c) Various types.
28 c. The price bid shall include:
29 1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Base Course as specified by the
30 Drawings
31 2) Loading
32 3) Unloading
33 4) Hauling
34 5) Storing
35 6) Disposal of excess materials
36 2. Rework
37 a. Payment
38 1) Material used and work performed for reworking will not be paid for
39 directly but will be subsidiary to original item bid.
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.3 REFERENCES
2 A.Definitions
3 1. RAP Recycled Asphalt Pavement.
4 B.Reference Standards
5 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
6 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
7 unless a date is specifically cited.
8 2. ASTM International (ASTM):
9 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
10 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3))
11 b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil
12 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
13 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures:
14 a. Tex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils
15 b. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils
16 c. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils
17 d. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils
18 e. Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible
19 Base Material
20 f. Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials
21 g. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer
22 h. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium
23 Sulfate
24 i. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate
25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery of materials.
29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
30 A.Informational Submittals
31 1. Proposed source and supplier of flexible base material.
32 2. Equipment Information
33 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include:
34 1) Equipment name and description
35 2) Size
36 3) Intended use
37 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
38 A.Test and Evaluation Reports
39 1. All test reports generated during testing.
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
3 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
4 A.Delivery and Acceptance Requirements
5 1. Deposit material directly on subgrade and spread and shape same day.
6 B.Storage and Handling Requirements
7 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
8 66 00.
9 2. Stockpiling
10 a. When required, stockpile base material at a location approved by City.
11 b. Create stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 feet thick.
12 c. Stockpile must have a total height between 6 feet and 12 feet.
13 d. Do not load material from stockpile until City has approved stockpile
14 construction.
15 e. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the
16 stockpile.
17 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
18 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
20 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
21 A. Existing Products
22 1. Recycled Concrete
23 a. Recycled concrete may only be used in Type D Flexible Base when obtained
24 from the City.
25 1) Coordinate with City regarding quantity available for use in the Work.
26 a) Contractor will not be entitled to additional payment or to submit a
27 Contract Claim if recycled concrete is not available for their use.
28 b. City-furnished recycled concrete is not subject to the requirements of Table 1.
29 c. The final blended product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1.
30 2.2 MATERIALS
31 A.General
32 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with this
33 Section and as specified in the Drawings.
34 2. Notify City of changes to material sources.
35 3. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction
36 throughout the duration of the project to assure materials accordance with this
37 Section.
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B.Aggregates
2 1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade specified in the Drawings and in
3 accordance with the requirements of Table 1.
4 2. If blending of sources is approved by the City, ensure each source is in accordance
5 with the requirements of Table 1.
6 3. Do not use additives, such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify
7 aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1 unless approved by the City.
8 a. Additives may be used during final placing as directed by the geotechnical report.
9
10 Table 1
11 Material Requirements
Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2
Master gradation sieve size
(% retained)
2-1/2 in.0
1-3/4 in.0 010
7/8 in.1035
3/8 in.3050
No. 4 4565 4575
No. 40
Tex-110-E
7085 6085
Liquid limit, % max.1 Tex-104-E 35 40
Plasticity index, max.1 Tex-106-E 10 12
Wet ball mill, % max.2 40 45
Wet ball mill, % max. increase
passing the No. 40 sieve
Tex-116-E 20 20
Classification3 1.0 1.12.3
Min. compressive strength3, psi
lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35
lateral pressure 15 psi
Tex-117-E
175 175
12 1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex 107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as
13 defined in Tex 104-E.
14 2. When a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test material in accordance with Tex 411-A.
15 3. Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
16 C.Flexible Base Types
17 1. Type A
18 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from single,
19 naturally occurring source in accordance with Section 32 05 16.
20 b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type A Flexible Base Course.
21 2. Type B
22 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from two or
23 more naturally occurring sources in accordance with Section 32 05 16.
24 b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type B Flexible Base Course.
25 3. Type D
26 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of Type A material in addition to up to 30%
27 recycled material.
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Ensure final blended material is in accordance with the requirements of Table 1.
2 D.Recycled Materials
3 1. General
4 a. Obtain City approval prior to using any recycled materials.
5 b. Furnish recycled materials free from reinforcing steel and other objectional
6 material.
7 c. Furnish recycled materials with at most 1.5 percent deleterious material when
8 tested in accordance with TEX-413-A.
9 2. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP)
10 a. Up to 30% of Flexible Base Course material may be RAP when approved by
11 the City.
12 b. Crush RAP such that 100% passes the 2 inch sieve.
13 E.Water
14 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material.
15 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
16 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
17 PART 3 - EXECUTION
18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
20 3.3 PREPARATION
21 A.Surface Preparation
22 1. Shape subgrade or existing base to the lines and elevations indicated in the
23 construction plans according to the typical sections specified in the Drawings or as
24 directed by City.
25 2. Proof roll subgrade material and correct soft spots as directed.
26 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil.
27 4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix
28 new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping.
29 B.Demolition / Removal
30 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as specified in the
31 Drawings.
32 3.4 INSTALLATION
33 A.General
34 1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the
35 required density and moisture content.
36 2. Maximum layer depth of flexible base course in single layer not to exceed 6 inches.
37 3. Minimum layer depth of flexible base course is 2 inches.
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more
2 courses of equal thickness not exceeding 4 inches.
3 5. Provide a smooth surface in accordance with the typical sections, lines, and grades
4 specified in the Drawings or as directed by City.
5 B.Equipment
6 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the
7 work.
8 2. Compaction
9 a. A roller is required for all compaction operations. The roller must have
10 adequate weight and dimensions to achieve the required compaction. A roller
11 shall be deemed acceptable if it can consistently achieve the desired results for
12 flexible base placement.
13 b. Sheepsfoot rollers are not allowed.
14 c. Alternate Equipment
15 1) Contractor may use alternative compaction equipment that produces
16 equivalent results if approved by City prior to use. Discontinue use of the
17 alternate equipment and furnish the specified equipment if the desired
18 results are not achieved.
19 2) City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and
20 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met.
21 C.Placement
22 1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same
23 day as delivered unless otherwise approved by City.
24 2. Move all material from the location in which it is deposited no more than once.
25 3. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation.
26 4. Construct layers to the thickness specified in the Drawings while maintaining the
27 shape of the course.
28 5. Control dust by sprinkling.
29 6. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed.
30 7. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction
31 methods required for the first course.
32 8. When required to use multiple lifts, ensure successive base courses and finish
33 courses are placed such that section breaks do not align.
34 D.Compaction
35 1. Compact using density control unless otherwise specified in the Contract
36 Documents.
37 2. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the
38 material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density as
39 specified in this Section.
40 3. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain firm
41 and stable under construction equipment.
42 4. Density Control
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density
2 not less than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM
3 D698.
4 b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum.
5 E.Finishing
6 1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade surface with a maintainer or
7 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch.
8 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location.
9 3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic
10 tire roller until a smooth surface is attained.
11 4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling.
12 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in accordance with the typical sections,
13 lines, and grades as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City.
14 6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4
15 inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire
16 width of the cross-section.
17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION
19 A.Reworking a Flexible Base Section
20 1. Rework any constructed course which fails to meet the requirements of this Section.
21 2. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material
22 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing.
23 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
24 A.Field Test and Inspections
25 1. Test in accordance with Section 01 45 23.
26 2. Density Test
27 a. City must be on site during density testing
28 b. Measure density of flexible base course in accordance with ASTM D6938.
29 c. Measure density every 100 along corridor or as directed by City.
30 d. City to determine density testing locations.
31 3. Depth Test
32 a. City must be on site during density testing
33 b. Measure depth of flexible base course in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand
34 excavated holes.
35 c. Measure depth every 300 along corridor or as directed by City.
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
6 3.13 MAINTENANCE
7 A.Maintain the completed flexible base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to
8 grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed.
9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
10 END OF SECTION
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Eliminated 0.2 ft tolerance on subgrade elevations; 3.3.A.1
6/14/2024 Removed sheepsfoot roller for compaction; 3.4.B.2
12
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 1 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 12 16
2 ASPHALT PAVING
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Material requirements and construction methods for:
7 a. Asphalt Pavement
8 b. Asphalt Level-Up
9 c. Temporary Asphalt Pavement
10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
11 1. None.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
14 Contract.
15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
16 3. Section 32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair.
17 4. Section 32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses.
18 5. Section 32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Joint Sealants.
19 6. Section 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements.
20 7. Section 41 14 00 Batching Equipment.
21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
22 A. Measurement and Payment
23 1. Asphalt Pavement (SY)
24 a. Measurement
25 1) Measured per square yard of Asphalt Pavement installed.
26 b. Payment
27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
28 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
29 price bid per square yard for Asphalt Pavement (SY) for:
30 a) Various types.
31 b) Various depths.
32 c) Various performance grade binders.
33 d) Various SAC requirements.
34 c. The price bid shall include:
35 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings
36 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
37 3) Testing and trial batches
38 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
39 informational submittals
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 2 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
2 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
3 7) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
4 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
5 2. Asphalt Pavement (TON)
6 a. Measurement
7 1) Measured tons of Asphalt Pavement (TON) installed
8 a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square
9 yard/pavement inch)
10 b. Payment
11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
12 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
13 price bid per ton for Asphalt Pavement (TON) for:
14 a) Various types.
15 b) Various depths.
16 c) Various performance grade binders.
17 d) SAC requirements.
18 c. The price bid shall include:
19 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings
20 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
21 3) Testing and trial batches
22 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
23 informational submittals
24 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
25 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
26 7) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
27 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 3 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3. Asphalt Level-Up
2 a. Measurement
3 1) Measured ton of Asphalt Level-Up installed
4 a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square
5 yard/pavement inch)
6 b. Payment
7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
8 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
9 price bid per ton for Asphalt Level-Up.
10 2) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Level-Up as specified by the Drawings
11 3) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed)
12 4) Testing and trial batches
13 5) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
14 informational submittals
15 6) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
16 7) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
17 8) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
18 9) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
19 4. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement
20 a. Measurement
21 1) Measured per square yard of Temporary Asphalt Pavement installed.
22 b. Payment
23 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item
24 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
25 price bid per square yard for Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement for:
26 a) Various depths of TY B asphalt pavement.
27 b) Various types of subgrade.
28 c) Examples:
29 (1) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 4 of TY B on 6 of
30 Flexbase Subgrade
31 (2) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 6 of TY B on 8 of
32 Cement Stabilized Subgrade
33 (3) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 8 of TY B on 10 of Lime
34 Stabilized Subgrade
35 c. The price bid shall include:
36 1) Furnishing and installing Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement as
37 specified by the Drawings
38 2) Installation and of temporary asphalt
39 3) Any subgrade required per the drawings or requested by the Contractor due
40 to site conditions. Subgrade could consist of compacted subgrade, treated
41 subgrade, or flexible base.
42 4) Maintaining temporary asphalt for the duration of the traffic control phase
43 it is used for.
44 5) Removal of the temporary asphalt is considered subsidiary to the
45 installation.
46 6) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed)
47 7) Testing and trial batches (as needed)
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 4 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 8) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and
2 informational submittals
3 9) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives
4 10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
5 11) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant
6 12) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
7 1.3 REFERENCES
8 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
9 1. AQMP Texas Department of Transportations Aggregate Quality Monitoring
10 Program (Tex-499-A)
11 2.BRSQC Texas Department of Transportations Bituminous Rated Source Quality
12 Catalog
13 3. HMA Hot-Mix Asphalt
14 4. MPL Texas Department of Transportations Material Producer List
15 5. MTD Material Transfer Device
16 6. PCE Prime, Cure, and Erosion Control
17 7. RAP Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement
18 8. RAS Recycled Asphalt Shingles
19 9. SAC Surface Aggregate Classification
20 10. TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
21 11. TGC Texas Gyratory Compactor
22 12. TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
23 13. VMA Voids in Mineral Aggregate
24 14. AE-P Asphalt Emulsion Prime
25 B. Reference Standards
26 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
27 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
28 unless a date is specifically cited.
29 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
30 a. Handbook 44 Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements
31 for Weighing and Measuring Devices.
32 3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
33 Standards:
34 a. M323, Standard Specification for Superpave Volumetric Mix Design
35 b. R35, Standard Practice for Superpave Volumetric Design for Hot Mix Asphalt
36 c. T48, Standard Method of Test for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open
37 Cup
38 d. T201, Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts (Bitumens)
39 e. T202, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary
40 Viscometer
41 f. T315, Standard Method of Test for Determining the Rheological Properties of
42 Asphalt Binder Using a Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR)
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 5 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 g. T316, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity Determination of Asphalt Binder
2 Using Rotational Viscometer
3 h. T313, Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep Stiffness of Asphalt
4 Binder Using the Bending Beam Rheometer (BBR)
5 4. TxDOT Test Procedures:
6 a. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils
7 b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils
8 c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
9 d. Tex-204-F, Design of Bituminous Mixtures
10 e. Tex-205-F, Laboratory Method of Mixing Bituminous Mixtures
11 f. Tex-206-F, Compacting Specimens Using the Texas Gyratory Compactor
12 (TGC)
13 g. Tex-207-F, Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures
14 h. Tex-211-F, Recovery of Asphalt from Bituminous Mixtures by the Abson
15 Process
16 i. Tex-212-F, Determining Moisture Content of Bituminous Materials
17 j. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse
18 Aggregates
19 k. Tex-222-F, Sampling Bituminous Mixtures
20 l. Tex-226-F, Indirect Tensile Strength Test
21 m. Tex-227-F, Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures
22 n. Tex-236-F, Determining Asphalt Content from Asphalt Paving Mixtures by the
23 Ignition Method
24 o. Tex-242-F, Hamburg Wheel-Tracking Test
25 p. Tex-243-F, Tack Coat Adhesion
26 q. Tex-244-F, Thermal Profile of Hot Mix Asphalt
27 r. Tex-406-A, Material Finer than 75 m (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates
28 (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates)
29 s. Tex-499-A, Texas Department of Transportations Aggregate Quality
30 Monitoring Program (AQMP)
31 t. Tex-530-C, Effect of Water on Bituminous Paving Mixtures
32 u. Tex-540-C, Measurement of Polymer Separation on Heating in Modified
33 Asphalt Systems
34 v. Tex-541-C, Rolling Thin Film Oven Test for Asphalt Binders
35 w. Tex-923-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Liquid Additive Metering Systems
36 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
37 A. Pre-Paving Meeting
38 1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Asphalt Paving.
39 2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives.
40 3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following:
41 a. Paving Plan including:
42 1) Paving widths
43 2) Joint offsets
44 3) Lift thicknesses for each paving course
45 b. Paving Process including:
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 6 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve
2 continuous placement operations and good ride quality.
3 2) Procedures to construct quality longitudinal and transverse joints
4 3) Proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Asphalt Placement.
5 c. Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved:
6 1) Product Data
7 2) Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design
8 3) Trial Batch Testing
9 4) Certifications
10 5) Testing and Evaluation Reports
11 6) Equipment Submittal
12 7) Location of all Material Sources
13 8) Testing Laboratory
14 1.5 SUBMITTALS
15 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
16 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Asphalt
17 Paving activities.
18 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
19 A. Shop Drawings
20 1. Product Data
21 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying
22 asphalt binder, tack coat, Fog Seal, PCE, AE-P, mineral filler, or additives to be
23 used on the project.
24 b. Product data sheets will include:
25 1) Manufacturer name
26 2) Date
27 3) Material description
28 4) Point of delivery
29 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification
30 6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE, AE-P and all
31 additives)
32 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable)
33 8) Application Recommendations (if applicable)
34 9) Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data:
35 a) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturers recommended
36 addition temperature
37 b) Manufacturers recommended dosage range
38 c) Manufacturers Recommended Storage and Handling instructions
39 2. Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design Provide the project mix design using the template
40 provided in Tex-204-F. The submittal will include:
41 a. The combined aggregate gradation, source, specific gravity, and percent of each
42 material used.
43 b. Asphalt binder content and aggregate gradation of Reclaimed Asphalt Paving
44 (RAP) and Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) stockpiles.
45 c. The target laboratory-molded density.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 7 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Results of all applicable tests in accordance with Delivery, Storage, and
2 Handling, Materials, and Source Quality Control.
3 e. Additive information including type, quantity, addition rate, and moisture
4 resistance requirements
5 f. The mixing and molding temperatures.
6 g. The signature of the person or persons performing the design.
7 h. The date the mixture design was performed.
8 i. The unique identification number for the mixture design.
9 B. Informational Submittals
10 1. Source Locations
11 a. Provide the location of all material sources
12 2. Equipment Information
13 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include:
14 1) Equipment name
15 2) Size
16 3) Intended use
17 3. Certificates
18 a. Provide material certifications for all asphalt paving materials certifying the
19 material complies with this Section.
20 b. Additional PCE or AE-P Certifications
21 1) Provide a certification letter from an approved analytical lab per TxDOTs
22 MPL with the product data sheet for PCE or AE-P that has been signed by a
23 lab official indicating the PCE or AE-P formulation does not:
24 a) Meet any characteristics of a Resource Conservation Recovery Act
25 (RCRA) hazardous waste.
26 b) Contain any or Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in the product.
27 4. Test and Evaluation Reports
28 a. Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material being used
29 to prepare asphalt pavement. Test samples to verify source material complies
30 with all requirements in this specification. Materials to be tested include, but
31 are not limited to:
32 1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing
33 a) Provide verification material source location is listed on TxDOTs
34 BRSQC. If it is listed, source quality testing may be waived.
35 b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOTs BRSQC, provide all
36 testing and evaluation reports to verify the source material complies
37 with all requirements of Section 32 05 16.
38 2) Asphalt Binder
39 a) Manufacturer Supplied Testing Reports for Performance Grade Asphalt
40 Binder
41 b) Daily records of asphalt binder temperatures in accordance with section
42 Placement Operations.
43 b. Gyratory Compactor
44 1) Supply the City with the gyratory compactor correlation factor determined
45 as part of Source Quality Control.
46 c. Trial Batch
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 8 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Provide a testing and evaluation report to the City for the trial batch
2 prepared in accordance with Source Quality Control. The trial batch will be
3 a representative sample verifying that the mix design meets the
4 requirements of this specification.
5 2) Provide the mix design that was used to produce the trial batch with the
6 trial batch test and evaluation reports.
7 5. Testing Laboratory
8 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing
9 laboratory used on the project:
10 1) Testing Laboratory Name
11 2) Location
12 3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used.
13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
14 A. Test and Evaluation Reports
15 1. All test reports generated during testing.
16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
18 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
19 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66
20 00.
21 B. Storage, Heating, and Application Temperatures of Bituminous Materials
22 1. Store and apply materials at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results.
23 2. Use storage and application temperatures in accordance with Table 1.
24 3. No material will be heated above the maximum temperature shown.
25 4. Follow manufacturers instructions for agitation requirements in storage.
26 5. Manufacturers instructions regarding application and storage temperatures
27 supersede those in Table 1.
28 Table 1
29 Storage and Application Temperatures
Application
Type Grade
Recommended Range
Degrees Fahrenheit
Maximum Allowable
Degrees Fahrenheit
Storage Maximum
Degrees
Fahrenheit
CSS-1h 50 130 140 140
PCE 50 130 140 140
AE-P 70 - 150 150 175
PG Binders 275 350 350 350
30 C. Storage and Stockpiling of Recycled Materials
31 1. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP)
32 a. Test any RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) for decantation in accordance with
33 Tex-406-A, Part 1.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 9 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Determine the plasticity index for RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) in
2 accordance with Tex-106-E if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent.
3 c. Decantation and plasticity index requirements do not apply to RAP samples
4 with asphalt removed by extraction or ignition.
5 2. Recycled Asphalt Shingles
6 a. Stockpile to contain less than 0.5 percent deleterious materials.
7 b. Test stockpile in accordance with Tex-217-F, Part 3 to determine deleterious
8 material content.
9 D. Storage of Hot-Mix Asphalt
10 1. Do not store mixture long enough to affect the quality of the mixture.
11 2. Do not store mixture at the plant for longer than 12 hours unless otherwise
12 approved by City.
13 3. Provide asphalt storage sufficient to meet the plant requirements.
14 4. Heat asphalt by steam coils. Steam coils to be tight enough to prevent leakage of
15 moisture into the asphalt.
16 5. Store asphalt in accordance to the temperature requirements in Table 1.
17 6. Direct fire heating will not be permitted.
18 7. Agitating asphalt with steam or air will not be permitted.
19 8. Steam heating in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
20 E. Storage of Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving
21 1. Store temporary asphalt paving using the same storage requirements as Hot-Mix
22 Asphalt Paving.
23 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS
24 A. Weather Conditions
25 1. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving
26 a. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is at or above the
27 temperatures listed in Table 2 unless otherwise approved or as specified in the
28 Drawings.
29 b. Measure the roadway surface temperature with a hand-held thermal camera or
30 infrared thermometer.
31 c. If roadway temperatures will reach the required temperature within 2 hours, the
32 City may allow placement before the roadway surface reaches the required
33 temperature.
34 d. Place mixtures only when weather conditions and moisture conditions of the
35 roadway surface are suitable as determined by the City.
36 e. The City may restrict the Contractor from paving if the ambient temperature is
37 likely to drop below 32 degrees Fahrenheit within 12 hours of paving.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 10 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 2
2 Pavement Surface Temperatures
Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures
(degrees Fahrenheit)
High Temperature
Binder Grade
Subsurface Layers or Night
Paving Operations
Surface Layers Placed in
Daylight Operations
PG 64-22, PG 70-22,
And Prime Coat 60 50
3 1. Temporary Asphalt Paving
4 a. Install temporary asphalt paving using the same temperature requirements as
5 Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving.
6 2. Prime Coat
7 a. Apply the mixture in accordance with Table 2.
8 b. Measure the air temperature in the shade away from artificial heat.
9 c. The City will determine when weather conditions are suitable for application.
10 d. Do not permit traffic, hauling, or placement of subsequent courses over freshly
11 constructed prime coats.
12 e. Maintain the primed surface until placement of subsequent courses or
13 acceptance of the work.
14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
16 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 2.2 MATERIALS
18 A. Use materials shown in Table 3, unless otherwise approved by City or specified in the
19 Drawings.
20 Table 3
21 Typical Material Use
Material Application Allowable Material
Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid Asphalt Mixtures PG 64-221 and PG 70-221
Tack Coat and Fog Seal Type CSS-1h
Prime Coat PCE or AE-P
Erosion Control PCE
1. Refer to Asphalt Binder for information on when each performance grade binder is allowed.
22
23 B. Aggregate
24 1. Provide aggregates in accordance with Section 32 05 16.
25 2. Provide aggregates from sources in accordance with this Section and 32 05 16.
26 3. Notify the City of all source locations and any changes to material source or mix
27 design.
28 4. Aggregates for Asphalt Pavement to be approved by the City prior to use in
29 accordance with this Section.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 11 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing based on
2 the washed sieve analysis given in Tex-200-F, Part 2.
3 6. The Surface Aggregate Classification (SAC) will be SAC-A unless otherwise
4 specified in the Drawings for all surface courses. The SAC will only apply to the
5 aggregate used on the travel lanes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
6 Provide aggregates in accordance with all SAC requirements in Section 32 05 16.
7 7. Coarse Aggregate
8 a. Provide aggregates in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 05 16.
9 8. Fine Aggregate
10 a. Provide fine aggregates that consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand,
11 and/or limestone or steel slag screenings in accordance with Section 32 05 16.
12 b. Provide fine aggregate in accordance with the gradation requirements shown in
13 Table 4.
14 c. No more than 15% of the total aggregate may be field sand or other uncrushed
15 fine aggregate.
16 d. Limestone or Steel Slag Screenings
17 1) Limestone or steel slag screenings may constitute part of or all of the fine
18 aggregate.
19 2) Provide screenings that conform to the requirements for Fine Aggregate in
20 Section 32 05 16.
21 Table 4
22 Gradation Requirements for Fine Aggregate
Sieve Size percent Passing by Weight or Volume
3/8-inch 100
No. 8 70100
No. 200 030
23 C. Mineral Filler
24 1. Mineral filler is allowed unless otherwise specified in the Drawings and should
25 consist finely divided material such as:
26 a. Stone dust
27 b. Crushed fines
28 c. Hydrated lime
29 1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings
30 2) Use no more than 1 percent if a substitute binder is used (refer to Table 10)
31 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings
32 d. Portland cement
33 1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings
34 e. Fly ash
35 2. Provide mineral fillers that:
36 a. Are sufficiently dry, free flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter
37 b. Meet the gradation requirements shown in Table 5 when performing Tex-200-F
38 Part 1 (based on weight) or Part 3 (based on volume).
39 c. In accordance with the requirements listed in Source Quality Control.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 12 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 5
2 Gradation Requirements for Mineral Filler
Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight
No. 8 100
No. 200 55100
3 D. Asphalt Binder
4 1. Asphalt binder will be PG64-22 for TY B mix designs unless otherwise approved
5 by the City or specified in the Drawings.
6 2. Asphalt binder will be PG70-22 for TY D and TY C mix designs unless otherwise
7 approved by the City or specified in the Drawings.
8 3. Provide material that:
9 a. Is produced from crude petroleum.
10 b. Is homogenous and free from water and residue from distillation of coal, coal
11 tar, or paraffin oil.
12 c. Will not foam when heated to 347 degrees Fahrenheit
13 d. In accordance with the requirements shown in Table 6 for performance grade
14 asphalt binder.
15 e. Shows no separation when tested in accordance with Tex-540-C
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 13 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 6
2 Performance Grade Asphalt Binder
Performance Grade
PG 64 PG 70
Property and Test Method -22 -22
Average 7-Day Max Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius
1 < 64 <70
Min Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius 1
(i.e. design temperature shall be greater than shown)>-22 >-22
Original Binder
Flash Point Temperature, AASHTO T48:
Minimum, degrees Celsius 230
Viscosity, AASHTO T482,3 or T3162,3
Maximum, 3.0 Pa*s, Test Temperature, Degrees Celsius 135
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:4
G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.00-kPa7
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
64 70
Elastic Recovery, D 6084, 50 Degrees Fahrenheit, percent minimum -30
Rolling Thin Film Oven (Tex-541-C)
Maximum Loss, maximum percent 1.0
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.20-kPa, Maximum, 5.0-kPa
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
64 70
Pressure Aging Vessel (PAV) Residue (R28)
PAV Aging Temperature, degrees Celsius 100
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:
G*/sin(δ), Maximum, 5,000-kPa
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
25 25
Creep Stiffness, AASHTO T313:5,6
S, Maximum, 300-MPa
m-value, Minimum 0.300
Text Temperature at 60 s, Degrees Celsius
-12 -12
Direct Tension, AASHTO T314:6
Failure Strain, Minimum, 1.0 percent
Test Temperature at 1.0-mm/min, Degrees Celsius
-12 -12
1. Pavement temperatures are estimated from air temperatures using an algorithm contained in the TxDOT
PGEXCEL3.XLS software program, may be provided by the City, or by following the procedures as outlined
in AASHTO MP2 and PP28.
2. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the City if the supplier warrants that the asphalt binder can
be adequately pumped, mixed and compacted at temperatures that meet all applicable safety, environmental,
and constructability requirements. At test temperatures where the binder is a Newtonian fluid, any suitable
standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or
rotational viscometry (AASHTO T48 or T316). A waiver will need to be submitted to the City for approval
prior to asphalt paving.
3. Viscosity at 135 degrees Celsius is an indicator of mixing and compaction temperatures that can be expected in
the lab and field. High values may indicate high mixing and compaction temperatures. Additionally, significant
variation can occur from batch to batch. Be aware that variation could significantly impact mixing and
compaction operations. Contractor is responsible for addressing any constructability issues which may arise.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 14 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
4. For quality control of unmodified asphalt binder production, measurement of the viscosity of the original
asphalt binder may be substituted for dynamic shear measurements of G*/sin(δ) at test temperatures where the
asphalt is a Newtonian fluid. Any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including
capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or rotational viscometry (AASHTO TP48 or T316).
5. Silicone beam molds as described in AASHTO TP 1-93 are acceptable for use.
6. If creep stiffness is below 300 MPa, direct tension test is not required. If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600
MPa, the direct tension failure strain requirement can be used instead of the creep stiffness requirement. The m-
value requirement must be satisfied in both cases.
1 E. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h)
2 1. Use cationic emulsion CSS-1h in accordance with the requirements shown in Table
3 7 unless approved by the City or specified in the Drawings.
4 2. The material will be composed of a paving asphalt base uniformly emulsified with
5 water.
6 3. The material will be homogenous throughout and when stored will show no signs of
7 separation within 3-days after delivery.
8 4. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other
9 location before use.
10 5. Temperature
11 a. Never raise the temperature of the emulsion above 160 degrees Fahrenheit after
12 it is loaded for transportation from refinery to the purchaser.
13 b. Tack coat and prime coat may be reheated
14 c. Prevent localized overheating when reheating the material.
15 d. Do not allow the material to cool to a temperature of less than 40 degrees
16 Fahrenheit.
17 e. Apply the material at the manufacturers recommended temperature.
18 f. Provide a thermometer capable of testing the temperature of the asphalt binder
19 on site at all times.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 15 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 7
2 Tests and Properties of Cationic Emulsions
Slow Setting
Type Grade
CSS-1h
Property
Test
Procedure Min Max
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol
at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second
at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second
T 72 20 100
Sieve Test, percent T 59 0.1
Cement Mixing, percent T 59 2.0
Coating Ability and Water
Resistance:
Coating, Dry Aggregate, After Spraying
Coating, Wet Aggregate, After Spraying
T 59
Demulsibility, 35 ml 0.8 percent
Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, percent T 59
Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 1
Particle Charge Test T 59 Positive
Distillation Test:
Residue by Distillation, percent by weight
Oil Distillate, percent by volume of Emulsion
T 59 60
0.5
Tests on Residue from Distillation:
Penetration at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 100-g, 5-
seconds
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent
Ductility at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 5 cm/min, cm
T 49
T 44
T 51
70
97.5
80
110
3 F. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE and AE-P)
4 1. Use slow setting PCE in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 8 unless
5 approved by the City or specified in the Drawings.
6 2. PCE may be used as a prime coat for base materials, curing seal for stabilized base
7 materials, and erosion control applications such as dust control, soil surface
8 stabilization, or mulch binder.
9 3. AE-P may only be used for prime coat application.
10 4. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other
11 location before use.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 16 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 8
2 Tests and Properties of PCE Emulsions
Type Grade Type Grade
Medium Setting Slow Setting
AE-P PCE1
Property
Test
Procedure Min Max Min Max
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol
at 77 degrees Fahrenheit,
second
at 122 degrees Fahrenheit,
second
T 72
-
15
-
150
10 100
Sieve Test, percent T 59 -0.1 0.1
Miscibility T 592 Pass
Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.10 N
CaCl2, percent T 59 70
Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 1
Particle Size5, percent by volume <
2.5 m Tex-238-F3 90
Asphalt Emulsion Distillation to
500 degree Fahrenheit Followed by
Cutback Asphalt Distillation of
Residue to 680 degrees Fahrenheit
Residue after both distillations,
percent by weight
Total oil distillate from both
distillations, percent by volume
of emulsion
T 59 &
T 78
40
25
-
40
Residue by Distillation, percent by
weight T59
Residue by Evaporation, percent by
weight T 594 60
Tests on Residue after all
Distillation(s):
Viscosity, 140 degrees
Fahrenheit, poise
Kinematic Viscosity5, 140
degrees Fahrenheit, cSt
Flash Point C.O.C, degrees
Fahrenheit
Solubility in Trichloroethylene,
percent
Float Test, 122 degrees
Fahrenheit, seconds
T 202
T 201
T 48
T 44
T 50
-
-
-
97.5
50
-
-
-
-
200
100
400
350
1. Each PCE shipment will include the information indicated under Source Quality Control
2. Except the dilution shall use 350-mL distilled or deionized water and a 100-mL beaker.
3. Use Tex-238-F, beginning at Particle Size Analysis by Laser Diffraction, with distilled or deionized water as a
medium and no dispersant, or use another approved method.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 17 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Except the sample shall remain in the oven until foaming ceases, then cooled and weighed.
5. PCE must meet either the kinematic viscosity requirement or the particle size requirement
1 G. Additives
2 1. General:
3 a. Only use additives when they are specified in the Drawings unless otherwise
4 approved by the City.
5 b. If additives are used, additive information to be provided as part of the HMA
6 Mix Design Action Submittal.
7 c. Stop production if the production mixture does not meet moisture resistance
8 requirements and correct the problem.
9 d. Verify when antistripping agents are added at the plant (batch or source
10 location) that:
11 1) The measuring device for the addition of the agent is connected into the
12 automatic plant controls to automatically adjust the supply to the plant
13 production and provide consistent percentage in the mixture.
14 2) Set automatic plant controls so that an interruption of asphalt antistripping
15 agents flow causes plant shutdown.
16 2. Lime Antistripping Agent:
17 a. Do not allow lime to be added directly into the mixing drum at any plant where
18 lime is removed through the exhaust stream unless the plant has a baghouse or
19 dust collection system that reintroduces the lime into the drum.
20 b. If lime is used, provide only commercial lime slurry in accordance with Section
21 32 11 29.
22 c. Add between 0.5 and 2.0 percent commercial lime slurry by weight of the
23 individual aggregate treated.
24 d. Mix the lime slurry in a suitable pug mill mixer with the aggregate.
25 e. Mix with aggregate between the plant cold feeds and the dryer or mixing drum
26 during mixture production.
27 3. Liquid Antistripping Agent
28 a. Add to the binder in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. Do not
29 exceed the manufacturers maximum recommended dosage rate.
30 b. Provide a liquid antistripping agent uniform and shows no evidence of
31 crystallization, settling, or separation.
32 c. Ensure all liquid antistripping agents arrive in:
33 1) Properly labeled and unopened containers shipped directly from the
34 manufacturer
35 2) Sealed tank trucks with an invoice to show contents and quantities
36 d. Handle in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
37 e. Add at the manufacturers recommended addition temperature.
38 f. Add into the asphalt line by means of an in-line-metering device and a blending
39 device to disperse the agent.
40 g. Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0.1 gallons or less.
41 4. Antistripping Additive Meters
42 a. Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for liquid and lime
43 additives.
44 b. For liquid additive meters, verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex-
45 923-K.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 18 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Ensure the accuracy of the meter is within 5.0 percent.
2 H. Recycled Materials
3 1. General
4 a. Use of RAP and RAS is permitted unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
5 b. Do not exceed the maximum allowable percentages of RAP and RAS shown in
6 Table 9 unless specified in the Drawings.
7 c. Determine asphalt binder content and gradation of the RAP and RAS stockpiles
8 for mixture design purposes in accordance with Tex-236-F.
9 d. The City may verify the asphalt binder content of the stockpiles at any time
10 during production.
11 e. Perform all tests specified in the Drawings and listed under Source Quality
12 Control.
13 f. Asphalt binder from RAP and RAS is designated as recycled asphalt binder.
14 g. Calculate and ensure that the ratio of the recycled asphalt binder to total binder
15 does not exceed percentages shown in Table 10 during mixture design ad HMA
16 production when RAP or RAS is used.
17 h. Use a separate cold feed bin for each stockpile of RAP and RAS during HMA
18 production.
19 i. Surface, intermediate, and base mixes referenced in Table 9 and 10 are defined
20 as follows:
21 1) Surface This is the pavement course placed at the top of the pavement
22 structure. RAP or RAS will not be permitted for use in the surface course.
23 2) Intermediate TY B asphalt courses placed directly under the surface
24 course and above the base course.
25 3) Base TY B asphalt course placed directly under the intermediate course in
26 the HMA pavement structure.
27 2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP)
28 a. Consists of salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavement.
29 b. Use of RAP is permitted for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in
30 the Drawings.
31 c. Crush or break RAP so that 100 percent of the particles pass the No. 2 sieve.
32 d. Fractionated RAP is defined as 2 or more RAP stockpiles that are divided into
33 coarse and fine fractions.
34 e. Ensure that the coarse RAP stockpile contains only material retained on a 3/8
35 inch or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved.
36 f. Ensure that the fine RAP stockpile contains only material passing the 3/8 inch
37 or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved.
38 g. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may be comprised of coarse or
39 fine fractionated RAP.
40 h. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may also be a combination of
41 both coarse and fine fractionated RAP.
42 i. Provide RAP material free from dirt or other objectionable materials.
43 j. Do not use any RAP material if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent and the
44 plasticity index is greater than 8.
45 k. Conform storing and stockpiling RAP to the requirements under Delivery,
46 Storage, and Handling.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 19 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 9
2 Maximum Allowable Amounts of RAP1
Maximum Allowable
Fractionated RAP2 (percent)
Maximum Allowable
Unfractionated RAP3, (percent)
Surface Intermediate Base Surface Intermediate Base
0.0 25.0 30.0 0.0 10.0 10.0
1. Must also meet the recycled binder to total binder ratio shown in Table 10.
2. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated RAP
3. Unfractionated RAP may not be combined with fractionated RAP or RAS.
3 3. Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS)
4 a. RAS is processed asphalt shingle material from manufacturing of asphalt
5 roofing shingles or from re-roofing residential structures.
6 b. Post-manufactured RAS is processed manufacturers shingle scrap by-product.
7 c. Post-consumer RAS is processed shingle scrap removed from residential
8 structures.
9 d. Comply with all regulatory requirements stipulated for RAS by the TCEQ.
10 e. Use of post-manufactured RAS or post-consumer RAS (tear-offs) is permitted
11 for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
12 f. RAS may be used separately or in conjunction with RAP.
13 g. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for
14 fractionated RAP in accordance with Table 9 and 10.
15 h. Process RAP by ambient grinding or granulating such that 100 percent of the
16 particles pass the 3/8 inch sieve when tested in accordance with Tex-200-F,
17 Part 1.
18 i. Perform a sieve analysis on processed RAS material before extraction (or
19 ignition) of the asphalt binder.
20 j. Add sand meeting the requirements of fine aggregate in Section 32 05 16 and
21 fine aggregate gradation to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed
22 material workable.
23 k. Fine RAP may also be added to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed
24 material workable.
25 l. Any stockpile that contains RAS will be considered a RAS stockpile.
26 m. RAS is limited to no more than 5.0 percent of the HMA mixture in accordance
27 with Table 9.
28 n. Certify compliance of the RAS with DMS-11000, Evaluating Using
29 Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines.
30 o. Treat RAS as an established nonhazardous recyclable material if it has not
31 encountered any hazardous materials.
32 p. Use RAS from shingle sources on the TxDOT MPL or approved by City.
33 q. Substantially remove all materials before use that are not part of the shingle
34 such as wood, paper, metal, plastic, and felt paper.
35 r. Do not use RAS if the deleterious materials content is more than 0.5 percent of
36 the stockpiled RAS unless otherwise approved.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 20 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 10
2 Allowable Substitute PG Binders and Maximum Recycled Binder Ratios
Maximum Ratio of Recycled Binder to Total
Binder1, (percent)
Originally
Specified
PG Binder
Allowable
Substitute
PG Binder Surface Intermediate Base
PG 64-222 None 0.0 30.0 30.0
PG 70-222 64-22 0.0 20.0 20.0
1. Combined recycled binder from RAP and RAS
2.Use no more than 20.0 percent recycled binder when using this originally specified PG binder.
3 I. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Mix Design
4 1. Prepare a mix design for each asphalt type specified in the Drawings (TY B, C, or
5 D) in accordance with the requirements listed in Table 11.
6 2. Design the mixture using a Texas Gyratory Compactor (TGC).
7 3. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with the
8 requirements in this Section.
9 a. Superpave Mix Design: Prepare in accordance with M323 and R35.
10
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 21 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 11
2 Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master Gradation Limits (% Passing by Weight of Volume)
3 and VMA Requirements
Sieve Size B
Fine Base
C
Coarse Surface
D
Fine Surface
2 inch
1-1/2 inch 100.01
1 inch 98.0 100.0 100.01
3/4 inch 84.0 98.0 95.0 100.0 100.01
1/2 inch 98.0 100.0
3/8 inch 60.0 80.0 70.0 85.0 85.0 100.0
No. 4 40.0 60.0 43.0 63.0 50.0 70.0
No. 8 29.0 43.0 32.0 44.0 35.0 46.0
No. 30 13.0 28.0 14.0 28.0 15.0 29.0
No. 50 6.0 20.0 7.0 21.0 7.0 20.0
No. 200 2.0 7.0 2.0 7.0 2.0 7.0
Design VMA, Percent Minimum
13.0 14.0 15.0
Production (Plant-Produced) VMA, Percent Minimum
12.5 13.5 14.5
Allowable PG Binder
-PG64-22 PG 70-22 PG70-22
1.Defined as maximum sieve size. No tolerances allowed.
4 J. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement
5 1. Temporary HMA Pavement in accordance with all the requirements of TY B
6 asphalt.
7 2. Submit a mix design if TY B Asphalt Paving is not being used as a pavement
8 course other than for temporary hot-mix asphalt.
9 3. No trial batches will be required to verify mix design for temporary HMA
10 pavement.
11 K. Trial Batch Production and Testing
12 1. Trial Batch
13 a. Produce a trial batch of the mix design based on the requirements of the
14 specified asphalt mix (TY B, C, or D) in a large enough quantity to ensure the
15 mixture meets the Section requirements. Perform testing on the trial batch to
16 verify the mixture produced using the submitted mix design in accordance with
17 the requirements in Table 11, 12, 13, and 14.
18 b. Provide the necessary quantity of each material to the laboratory for testing and
19 production of the trial batch.
20 c. Perform testing on the trial batch to verify the mix design is in conformance
21 with the requirements of this specification.
22 d. If the trial batch does not meet the requirements of this Section, prepare a
23 revised mix design. Produce and test trial batches until a trial batch is produced
24 that meets all of the requirements in this Section.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 22 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 e. Use only equipment and materials proposed for use on the project to produce
2 the trial batch.
3 f. Use materials to produce the trial batch in accordance with all requirements in
4 this Section.
5 g. Use a TxDOT MPL laboratory to perform the Hamburg Wheel test. Refer to
6 Table 18 for requirements.
7 h. Provide a new trial batch when the plant or plant location is changed.
8 2. Gyratory Compactor
9 a. Use a TGC calibrated in accordance with Tex-914-K, Part 2 when designing the
10 mixture in accordance with Tex-204-F, Part 2 for molding production samples.
11 b. Use the dense-graded design procedure provided in Tex-204-F.
12 c. Use Tex-206-F, Part 2 to perform a gyratory compactor correlation when the
13 City uses a different gyratory compactor during verification testing. Apply the
14 correlation factor to all subsequent production test results when applicable.
15 3. Target laboratory-molded density when the TGC is used
16 a. Design the mixture at a 96.5 percent target laboratory-molded density. Increase
17 the target laboratory-molded density to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the
18 Contractors discretion or when specified in the Drawings.
19 b. Use an approved laboratory from the TxDOT MPL to perform the Hamburg
20 Wheel test and provide the results with the mix design. Refer to Table 18 for
21 requirements.
22 c. The mix design in accordance with the requirements under section Materials
23 and Source Quality Control.
24 4. Ignition Oven Correction Factor
25 a. Determine the aggregate and asphalt correction factors from the ignition oven
26 in accordance with Tex-236-F.
27 b. Provide the City with split samples of the mixtures including all additives
28 (except water) and blank samples used to determine the correction factors for
29 the ignition oven used for QA testing during production.
30 5. Boil Test
31 a. Perform Tex-530-C and retain the tested sample until completion of the project
32 or as directed.
33 b. Use this sample for comparison purposes during production.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 23 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 12
2 Laboratory Mixture Design Properties
Mixture Property Test Method Requirement
Target Laboratory-Molded Density (TGC),
percent
Tex-207-F 96.51
Indirect Tensile Strength (dry), psi Tex-226-F 85-2002
Boil test3 Tex-530-C
1.Increase to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the Contractors discretion or when specified in the Drawings.
2.The City may allow the IDT strength to exceed 200 psi if the corresponding Hamburg Wheel rut depth is greater
than 3.0 mm and less than 12.5 mm.
3.Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results. May be waived when approved.
3 Table 13
4 Operational Tolerances for Mix Design and Trial Batch Testing
Description
Test
Method
Allowable Difference
Between Trial Batch
and
Mix Design
Individual percent retained for No. 8 sieve and larger
Individual percent retained for sieves smaller than
No. 8 and larger than No. 200
Percent passing the No. 200 sieve
Tex-200-F
Or
Tex-236-F
Must be Within Master
Grading Limits in Table
11
Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F +/- 0.5
Laboratory-molded density, percent +/- 1.0
In-place air voids, percent N/A
Laboratory-molded bulk specific gravity
Tex-207-F
N/A
VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 1
Theoretical maximum specific (Rice)gravity Tex-227-F N/A
1.Test and verify Table 11 requirements are met.
5 L. Production Operations
6 1. General
7 a. Take corrective action and receive approval to proceed after any production
8 suspension for noncompliance to the specification.
9 b. Submit a new mix design and perform a new trial batch when the asphalt binder
10 content of:
11 1) Any RAP stockpile used in the mix more than 0.5 percent higher than the
12 value shown on the mixture design report.
13 2) Any RAS stockpile used in the mix more than 2.0 percent higher than the
14 value shown on the mixture design report.
15 2. Mixture and Discharge of Materials
16 a. Notify the City of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixture
17 within 25 degrees Fahrenheit of the target.
18 b. Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck before shipping to ensure
19 temperature does not exceed 350 degrees Fahrenheit and does not fall lower
20 than 215 degree Fahrenheit.
21 c. The City will not pay for or allow placement of any mixture produced above
22 350 degree Fahrenheit.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 24 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Control the mixing time and temperature so that all moisture is substantially
2 removed from the mixture before discharging from the plant.
3 e. Production Testing Obtain the sample immediately after discharging the
4 mixture into the truck and perform the production testing in accordance with
5 Source Quality Control promptly.
6 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
7 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
8 A. Tests and Inspections
9 1. Verification Testing
10 a. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3
11 2. Material Source Testing and Submittals
12 a. Perform testing on all materials that have changed source locations to verify the
13 material conforms to all requirements in this specification.
14 b. Provide new submittals for all materials produced from a new source location.
15 c. Perform all Source Quality Control tests required. Use the test results from the
16 Source Quality Control tests as a comparison during construction.
17 d. Aggregate Quality Requirements
18 1) Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16.
19 e. Mineral Filler
20 1) Refer to Table 14 for testing requirements.
21 f. Asphalt Binder Quality Requirements
22 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals.
23 2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements.
24 g. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h)
25 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals.
26 2) Testing will be done in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3
27 3) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements.
28 h. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE or AE-
29 P)
30 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals.
31 2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements.
32 Table 14
33 Material Source Quality Testing
Material Characteristic Test Method Requirement
Aggregate Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16
Mineral Filler Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E 3 percent maximum
Asphalt Binder
Tack Coat and
Fog Seal (CSS-1h)
Prime Coat, Curing,
and Erosion Control
(PCE or AE-P)
Perform all tests specified under Materials and Source Quality
Control. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with
Action Submittals
34 3. HMA Mix Design and Trial Batch
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 25 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Perform the required tests specified under Materials and provide testing and
2 evaluation reports in accordance with Action Submittals.
3 4. Temporary Asphalt Pavement
4 a. Source Quality Control testing and inspections is not required for temporary
5 HMA pavement.
6 5. Asphalt Production Acceptance
7 a. General
8 1) Perform Tex-226-F on the first day of production to confirm the indirect
9 tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi.
10 2) Take corrective action to bring the mixture within specification compliance
11 if the indirect tensile strength exceeds 200 psi unless otherwise directed.
12 b. Production Lot
13 1) A production lot consists of 4 equal sublots.
14 2) The default quantity of a lot is:
15 a) 1,000 tons
16 b) 9,000 SY for 2 pavement course thickness
17 c) 4,500 SY for 4 pavement course thickness
18 d) 3,000 SY for 6 pavement course thickness
19 e) 2,500 SY for 8 pavement course thickness
20 f) 1,500 SY for 12 pavement course thickness
21 3) The City may change the standard lot size based on the anticipated daily
22 production to ensure there are 3 or 4 sublots produced each day.
23 c. Production Sampling
24 1) Mixture Sampling
25 a) Obtain hot-mix samples from trucks at the plant in accordance with
26 Tex-222-F.
27 b) Blind Samples
28 (1) The City may select blind samples throughout the project for
29 verification testing.
30 (2) Test the blind sample in accordance with asphalt production testing
31 and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in accordance
32 with Action Submittals.
33 2) Asphalt Binder Sampling
34 a) Obtain a 1 quart sample of the asphalt binder at approximately the same
35 time the mixture sample is obtained for regular samples and blind
36 samples.
37 b) Sample from a port located immediately upstream from the mixing
38 drum or pug mill in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 2.
39 c) Label the can with the date and sequential testing number that
40 corresponds with the mixture sample obtained at the same time.
41 d. Production Testing
42 1) General
43 a) Control the production process and perform production tests to verify
44 the asphalt produced is within the operational tolerances listed in Table
45 15.
46 b) The City may sample and test at any time during production to verify
47 compliance.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 26 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c) Take immediate corrective action if the laboratory-molded density on
2 any test is less than 95 percent or greater than 98 percent to bring the
3 mixture within these tolerances.
4 d) The City may suspend work at any time if a sample does not conform
5 to the requirements in this specification.
6 e) The City may suspend operations if the Contractors corrective actions
7 do not produce acceptable results.
8 f) The City will allow production to resume when test results or other
9 information indicates that the next mixture produced will be within
10 operational tolerances.
11 e. Operational Tolerances
12 1) Gradation
13 a) Suspend operation and take corrective action if any aggregate is
14 retained on the maximum sieve size shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix
15 Master Gradation Limits.
16 b) Production will be suspended when test results for gradation exceed the
17 operational tolerances for:
18 (1) 3 consecutive tests on the same sieve
19 (2) 4 consecutive tests on any sieve unless otherwise directed
20 2) Asphalt Binder Content
21 a) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the test results
22 deviate from the mix design by more than the operational tolerance
23 shown in Table 15 for any asphalt binder content test.
24 3) Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA)
25 a) Take immediate action if the VMA for any test is less than the
26 minimum VMA requirement shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master
27 Gradation Limits.
28 b) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the Citys VMA
29 results:
30 (1) On 2 consecutive tests are below the minimum VMA requirement.
31 (2) Is more than 0.5 percent below the minimum VMA requirement
32 c) For asphalt installed with non-conforming VMA, the City may:
33 (1) Require removal and replacement of any asphalt installed
34 (2) Allow the asphalt to remain in place without payment.
35 f. Moisture Content
36 1) Determine the moisture content, if requested, by oven-drying in accordance
37 with Tex-212-F, Part 2 and verify that the mixture conforms to the
38 requirements in Table 15.
39 g. Individual Loads of Hot-Mix
40 1) The City may reject individual truckloads of hot-mix at any time if the City
41 suspects the load does not conform to the requirements of this specification.
42 2) When a load of hot-mix is rejected for reasons other than temperature,
43 contamination, or excessive uncoated particles, the Contractor may request
44 that the rejected load be tested within 4 hours of rejection.
45 3) Sample and test the mixture. If the test results are within the operational
46 tolerances in Table 15, payment will be made for the load. If the test results
47 are not within operational tolerances, no payment will be made.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 27 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 15
2 Production Testing
Description
Test
Method
Operational
Tolerances
Contractor
Testing
Frequency
City Verification
Testing Frequency
Individual percent retained for
No. 8 sieve and larger +/- 5.01
Individual percent retained for
sieves smaller than No. 8 and
larger than No. 200
+/- 3.01
Percent passing the No. 200
sieve
Tex-200-F
Or
Tex-236-F
+/- 2.01
1 per sublot
Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F 0.5 1 per sublot
VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 2 1 per sublot
Laboratory-molded density,
percent +/- 1.0 1 per sublot
Laboratory-molded bulk
specific gravity
Tex-207-F
N/A 1 per sublot
Theoretical maximum specific
(Rice) gravity Tex-227-F N/A 1 per sublot
Recycled asphalt shingles
(RAS)
Tex-217-F,
Part 3 N/A
Moisture content, maximum
percent Tex-212-F 0.2
Boil test4 Tex-530-C
Hamburg wheel test Tex-242-F See Table
18
As requested
The City may
request the
Contractor to
perform additional
verification testing
throughout the
project. No more
than an additional
10 percent of each
test performed will
be requested
The City may
perform
verification testing
utilizing a third
party testing
laboratory.
1.When within these tolerances, mixture production gradations may fall outside the master grading limits. The
percent passing the No. 200 will be considered out of tolerance when outside the mater grading limits.
2.Test and verify that mix design requirements are met.
3.For all tests that have N/A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this
specification. No tolerances are allowed.
4. The City may wave the sampling and testing requirements.
3 B. Non-Conforming Work
4 1. General
5 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to
6 this specification.
7 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed
8 Asphalt Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-
9 conforming. This would be at no cost to the City.
10 2. Aggregates
11 a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be
12 rejected by the City.
13 b. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. It is
14 the responsibility of the Contractor to provide materials that comply with the
15 requirements of this specification.
16 3. Asphalt Binder
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 28 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Material may be rejected at any time based on the following:
2 1) If the certified letters provided by the manufacturer indicate the supplied
3 asphalt binder is not in conformance with the Products section of this
4 specification.
5 2) For failure to meet requirements of this specification.
6 3) For any defect causing it to be unsuitable for the intended use.
7 b. If during verification testing, the material does not conform to the requirement
8 of this specification, the City may stop work until the Contractor can determine
9 the source of the problem at no cost to the City. The City may require that the
10 area installed using the non-conforming asphalt binder be removed and
11 replaced at no cost to the City.
12 4. HMA Mix Design and Verification
13 a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements
14 of this specification. Any asphalt installed using a non-conforming mix design
15 will be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
16 b. If the trial batch does not conform to the requirements specified in this
17 specification, the Contractor will produce trial batches at no cost to the City
18 until the trial batch meets the requirements specified.
19 c. The City may perform verification testing on all trial batches to verify the
20 conformance of the mixture.
21 5. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving
22 a. If the temporary HMA pavement fails due to materials non-conforming to the
23 requirements of TY B asphalt, the City may require the Contractor to remove
24 and replace the temporary asphalt pavement.
25 PART 3 - EXECUTION
26 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
27 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
28 3.3 PREPARATION
29 A. Hauling
30 1. Equipment for Lay-Down Operations
31 a. Use belly dumps, live bottom, or end dump trucks to haul and transfer mixture.
32 b. Except for miscellaneous areas, end dump trucks are only allowed when used in
33 conjunction with a Material Transfer Device (MTD) with remixing capability
34 unless otherwise allowed.
35 c. When end dump trucks are used, ensure the bed does not contact the paver
36 when raised.
37 2. Operations
38 a. Clean all truck beds before use to ensure the mixture is not contaminated.
39 b. Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss.
40 c. Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins.
41 d. Coat the inside truck beds, when necessary, with a City approved release agent.
42 e. Petroleum based products, such as diesel fuel will not be allowed.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 29 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Surface Preparation
2 1. Asphalt Placement
3 a. Prepare the surface by removing raised pavement markers and objectionable
4 material such as moisture, dirt, sand leaves, and other loose impediments from
5 the surface before placing.
6 b. Remove vegetation from pavement edges.
7 2. Prime Coat
8 a. Prepare the surface by sweeping or other approved methods.
9 b. When directed lightly sprinkle the surface with water before applying prime
10 coat to control dust and ensure application.
11 3.4 INSTALLATION
12 A. Equipment
13 1. General
14 a. Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement.
15 b. Comply with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles
16 c. Use other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactorily results when
17 approved.
18 2. Batching Equipment
19 a. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41
20 14 00.
21 3. Asphalt Paver
22 a. General
23 1) Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal
24 and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements
25 2) Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling
26 equipment other than the connection.
27 3) Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other
28 motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavement quality.
29 4) Equip the paver with an automatic, dual, longitudinal-grade control system
30 and an automatic, transverse-grade control system.
31 b. Tractor Unit
32 1) The tractor unit will be able to push or propel vehicles dumping directly
33 into the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to
34 eliminate any hand finishing.
35 2) Equip the unit with a hitch that is able to maintain contact between the
36 hauling equipments rear wheels and the finishing machines pusher rollers
37 while mixture is loaded.
38 c. Screed
39 1) Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surface
40 that meets the longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and
41 placement requirements.
42 2) Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as
43 the main unit unless otherwise approved.
44 d. Grade Reference
45 1) Provide a grade reference with enough support that the maximum
46 deflection does not exceed 1/16 inch between supports.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 30 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Ensure that the longitudinal controls operate from any longitudinal grade
2 reference including a string line, ski, mobile reference, or joint matching
3 shoes.
4 4. Material Transfer Devices (MTD)
5 a. Provide the specified type of device if showed on drawings.
6 b. Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the paver.
7 5. Remixing Equipment
8 a. Provide equipment that includes a pug mill, variable pitch augers, or variable
9 diameter augers operating under a storage unit with a minimum capacity of 8
10 tons.
11 6. Motor Grader
12 a. Provide a self-propelled grader with a blade length of at least 12 feet and a
13 wheelbase of at least 16 feet.
14 7. Hand-Held Thermal Camera or Thermal Imaging System
15 a. Provide a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system meeting the
16 requirements of Tex-244-F.
17 b. A thermal imaging system is the preferred method for obtaining temperatures.
18 8. Rollers
19 a. Provide rolling equipment required to achieve adequate compaction based on
20 site conditions. If compaction is not achieved based on Site Quality Testing due
21 to inadequate rollers, provide new rolling equipment. Any rolled utilizing
22 inadequate rollers is subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
23 b. Use a pneumatic-tire roller to seal the surface unless excessive pickup of fines
24 occurs.
25 c. Provide rollers meeting the requirements in Table 16 for each type of roller
26 required for compaction.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 31 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 16
2 Roller Requirements1
Roller Type Materials to be
Compacted
Load
(Tons)
Contact
Pressure
Roller Speed
(MPH)
Steel Wheel Asphalt Greater than or
equal to 10
Greater than or
equal to 325
pounds per inch
of wheel width
2 3
Vibratory Asphalt
Type A< 6
Type B > 6
Type C as
specified in the
Drawings
Per equipment
specification and
as approved
As approved
Light Pneumatic
Asphalt,
Prime Coat,
Tack Coat,
Fog Seal
4.5 90 Greater than or
equal to 45 psi 4 12
Medium
Pneumatic Asphalt 12 25
Greater than or
equal to 80 psi,
as directed
4 12
1. Unless otherwise specified by the City or the drawings.
3 9. Straightedges and Templates
4 a. Furnish 10 foot straightedges and other templates as required or approved.
5 10. Distributor Vehicles
6 a. Furnish vehicles that can achieve a uniform placement
7 b. The nozzle patterns, spray bar height, and distribution pressure must work
8 together to produce uniform application.
9 c. The vehicle should be set to provide a double lap or triple lap coverage.
10 d. Nozzle spray patterns should be identical to one another along the distributor
11 spray bar.
12 e. Spray bar height should remain constant.
13 f. Pressure within the distributor must be able to force the tack coat, fog seal,
14 and/or PCE/AE-P material out of spray nozzles at a constant rate.
15 B. Coring Equipment
16 1. Provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavement specimen meeting the dimensions
17 for testing when coring is required.
18 C. Ride Quality Equipment
19 1. Surface Test Type A
20 a. Provide a 10-foot straightedge
21 b. A high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M
22 Transportation Institute may be used when approved by the City.
23 2. Surface Test Type B
24 a. Provide a high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M
25 Transportation Institute.
26 b. Provide equipment certification documentation.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 32 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification expiration
2 date.
3 d. Use a certified profiler operator from TxDOTs MPL or as approved by the
4 City. When requested, furnish documentation for the person certified to operate
5 the profiler.
6 3. Diamond Grinding Equipment
7 a. Provide self-propelled powered grinding equipment specifically designed to
8 smooth and texture pavements using circular diamond blades when grinding is
9 required.
10 b. Provide equipment with automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 3
11 feet of width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the pavement.
12 D. Placement Operations
13 1. General
14 a. Collect haul tickets from each load of mixture delivered to the project and
15 provide to the City as directed.
16 b. Measure and record the internal temperature of the asphalt mixture using a
17 hand-held thermal camera or an infrared thermometer when a thermal imaging
18 system is not used. A thermal imaging system is the Citys preferred method for
19 measuring temperatures.
20 c. Measure the temperature as it is discharged from the truck or Material Transfer
21 Device (MTD) to the paver. Do not measure the temperature after the mix has
22 already entered the paver.
23 d. Record an approximate station number or GPS coordinate on each ticket.
24 e. Calculate the daily yield and cumulative yield for the specified lift and provide
25 to the City at the end of paving operations for each day unless otherwise
26 directed.
27 f. The City may suspend production if the Contractor fails to produce and provide
28 haul tickets and yield calculations by the end of paving operations for each day.
29 g. Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a
30 smooth finished surface with a uniform appearance and texture.
31 h. Offset longitudinal joints of successive courses of hot-mix asphalt between 3
32 and 5 feet. The City may require any successive course that is not placed with
33 an offset to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City.
34 i. Place mixture so that longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with
35 lane lines or as directed.
36 j. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly.
37 k. Placement can be performed by hand in situations where the paver cannot place
38 it adequately due to space restrictions.
39 l. Receive approval from the City prior to placing any asphalt pavement by hand.
40 m. Hand-placing should be minimized to prevent aggregate segregation and
41 surface texture issues.
42 n. All hand placement will be checked with a straightedge or template before
43 rolling to ensure uniformity.
44 o. Place the mixture at the rate or thickness specified in the Drawings.
45 p. The specified layer thickness is based on the rate of 110 pounds per square yard
46 per inch of pavement unless another rate is specified in the Drawings.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 33 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 q. Install asphalt lifts in accordance with the recommended thicknesses shown on
2 Table 17.
3 Table 17
4 Compacted Lift Thickness and Required Core Height
Compacted Lift Thickness Guidelines
Mixture Type
Minimum
(inch)
Maximum
(inch)
Recommended
(inch)
Minimum
Untrimmed Core
Height (inch) Eligible
for Testing
B
(Intermediate and
Base Course)
2.50 5.0 3.0 1.75
C
(Surface Course)2.0 4.0 3.0 1.50
D
(Residential Only
Surface Couse)
1.50 3.0 2.0 1.25
5 1. Testing
6 a. Perform coring and testing in accordance with Site Quality Control.
7 2. Tack Coat
8 a. Tack coat is required when the current lift is not paved the same day as the
9 previous lift, during overlay procedures, or any time an asphalt layer is added
10 on top of cold asphalt.
11 b. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat.
12 c. Tack coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when
13 used.
14 d. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons of residual asphalt per
15 square yard of surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified
16 in the Drawings.
17 e. Apply a uniform tack coat at the specified rate unless otherwise directed.
18 f. Apply the tack coat in a uniform manner to avoid streaks and other irregular
19 patterns.
20 g. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to curbs, gutters, vertical faces of existing
21 pavements, and all structures in actual contact with asphaltic mixes.
22 h. Allow adequate time for emulsion to break completely before placing any
23 material.
24 i. Prevent splattering of tack coat onto adjacent features or structures.
25 j. The City may use Tex-243-F to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive
26 properties and may suspend paving operations if the tack coat is considered
27 non-conforming.
28 k. Place the tack coat in advance of paving to allow enough time to break or set
29 before applying hot-mix asphalt layers.
30 l. Roll the tack coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to remove streaks and other
31 irregular patterns when directed.
32 m. Do not allow traffic on tack coat unless covered with blotter material.
33 n. Blotter Material
34 1) Blotter material is subsidiary to tack coat when used.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 34 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Provide blotter material consisting of either base course sweepings obtained
2 from cleaning the base or native sand unless otherwise specified in the
3 Drawings or directed by the City.
4 3) A typical application rate for blotter material is 4 to 8 pounds per square
5 yard.
6 3. Prime Coat
7 a. Prime coat is required to be placed on any subgrade that is not paved
8 immediately.
9 b. Prime coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when
10 used.
11 c. Apply material within 15 degrees Fahrenheit of the approved temperature in
12 accordance with Deliver, Storage, and Handling.
13 d. Do not exceed maximum temperatures in accordance with Delivery, Storage,
14 and Handling.
15 e. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons per square yard of
16 surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the
17 Drawings.
18 f. Roll the freshly applied prime coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to ensure
19 penetration when directed.
20 g. Before allowing traffic to use a primed surface, apply asphalt base course or
21 blotter material.
22 h. Provide blotter material in accordance with Tack Coat.
23 4. Lay-Down Operations
24 a. Thermal Profile
25 1) General
26 a) Use a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system to obtain a
27 continuous thermal profile in accordance with Tex-244-F.
28 b) Use a thermal imaging system where possible. The use of a hand-held
29 thermal camera is only permitted when it is not feasible to use a
30 thermal imaging system. Receive approval from the City before using a
31 hand-held thermal camera.
32 2) Thermal Segregation
33 a) Moderate
34 (1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 25
35 degrees Fahrenheit, but not exceeding 50 degrees Fahrenheit are
36 deemed as having moderate thermal segregation.
37 b) Severe
38 (1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 50
39 degrees Fahrenheit are deemed as having severe thermal
40 segregation.
41 3) Thermal Imaging System
42 a) This is the preferred method by the City to prepare thermal profiles and
43 measure thermal segregation.
44 b) Review the output results when a thermal imaging system is used.
45 c) Provide the automated report described in Tex-244-F to the City daily
46 unless otherwise directed.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 35 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d) Modify the paving process as necessary to eliminate any recurring
2 (moderate or severe) thermal segregation identified by the thermal
3 imaging system.
4 e) The City may suspend paving operations if the Contractor cannot
5 successfully modify the paving process to eliminate recurring severe
6 thermal segregation.
7 f) Density profiles are not required when using a thermal imaging system.
8 g) Provide the City with electronic copies of all daily data files that can be
9 used with the thermal imaging system software to general temperature
10 profile plots upon completion of the project or as requested.
11 4) Thermal Camera
12 a) Refer to Asphalt Production Acceptance for size of lots and sublots.
13 b) Take immediate corrective action to eliminate recurring moderate
14 thermal segregation when a hand-held thermal camera is used.
15 c) Provide the City with the thermal profile produced in accordance with
16 Tex-244-F of every sublot within one working day of the completion of
17 each lot in accordance with Site Quality Control.
18 d) Suspend operations and take immediate corrective action to eliminate
19 severe thermal segregation unless otherwise directed.
20 e) Resume operations when the City determines that subsequent
21 production will meet the requirements of this specification.
22 f) Evaluate areas with severe thermal segregation by performing density
23 profiles in accordance with Site Quality Control.
24 g) Remove and replace the material in any areas that have both severe
25 thermal segregation and a failing result for Segregation (Density
26 Profile) unless otherwise directed.
27 h) Any asphalt removed and replaced due to non-conformance with the
28 requirements of this specification will be at no cost to the City.
29 b. Screed Heaters
30 1) Turn off screed heaters to prevent overheating of the mat if the paver stops
31 for more than 5 minutes.
32 2) The City may evaluate the suspect area in accordance with Site Quality
33 Control if the screed heater remains on for more than 5 minutes while the
34 paver is stopped.
35 E. Compaction
36 1. General
37 a. Compact the pavement uniformly to contain between 3.8 percent and 8.5
38 percent in-place air voids.
39 b. Take immediate corrective action to bring the operation within 3.8 percent and
40 8.5 percent when the in-place air voids exceed the range of these tolerances.
41 c. The City will allow paving to resume when the proposed corrective action is
42 likely to yield between 3.8 percent and 8.5 percent in-place air voids.
43 2. Rollers
44 a. Provide rollers that meet the Equipment requirements of this specification.
45 b. Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks.
46 c. Use only water or an approved release agent on rollers, tamps, and other
47 compaction equipment unless otherwise directed.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 36 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. Use the control strip method shown in Tex-207-F, Part 4 on the first day of
2 production to establish the rolling pattern that will produce the desired in-place
3 air voids unless otherwise directed.
4 e. Use the approved rolling pattern for the remainder of the project unless
5 otherwise directed.
6 3. Tamps
7 a. Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement along curbs,
8 headers, and similar structures.
9 b. Use tamps only in locations that will not allow thorough compaction with
10 rollers.
11 c. The City may require rolling with a trench roller on widened areas, in trenches,
12 and in other limited areas.
13 4. Temperature
14 a. Complete all compaction operations before the pavement temperature drops
15 below 160 degrees Fahrenheit unless otherwise allowed.
16 b. The City may allow compaction with a light finish roller operated in static
17 mode for pavement temperatures below 160 degrees Fahrenheit.
18 c. Allow the compacted pavement to cool to 160 degrees Fahrenheit or lower
19 before opening to traffic unless otherwise directed.
20 d. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limewater to expedite
21 opening the roadway to traffic.
22 3.5 REPAIR
23 A. Repair flexible pavement in accordance with Section 32 01 17.
24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
25 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
26 A. Placement Acceptance
27 1. General
28 a. Shoulders, Ramps, Etc
29 1) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and
30 turn lanes are subject to in-place air void determination unless otherwise
31 specified in the Drawings.
32 2) Intersections may be considered miscellaneous areas when determined by
33 the City.
34 3) Production Lot Refer to Production Acceptance
35 b. Miscellaneous Areas
36 1) Areas that typically involve significant handwork or discontinuous paving
37 operations. These would include:
38 a) Temporary detours
39 b) Driveways
40 c) Mailbox turnouts
41 d) Crossovers
42 e) Gores
43 f) Spot level-up areas
44 g) Other similar areas
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 37 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Miscellaneous areas also include level-ups and thin overlays when the layer
2 thickness specified on the plans is less than the minimum untrimmed core
3 height eligible for testing shown in Table 17.
4 3) Miscellaneous areas are not eligible for random placement sampling
5 locations.
6 4) Compact miscellaneous areas in accordance with Compaction.
7 5) Miscellaneous areas are not subject to in-place air void determination,
8 thermal profiles testing, segregation (density profiles), or longitudinal joint
9 density evaluations.
10 2. Placement Sampling
11 a. General
12 1) Provide the equipment and means to obtain and trim roadway cores on-site.
13 2) Obtain the cores within 1 working day of the time the placement area is
14 completed unless otherwise approved.
15 3) Random coring locations may be requested by the City based on visual
16 irregularities in the pavement.
17 4) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and
18 turn lanes are always eligible for selection as a random sample location.
19 b. Coring Location, Sizes, and Identification
20 1) Coring Set:
21 a) Is defined as all of the pavement cores across the full width of the
22 roadway for the station location determined at the beginning of each
23 day.
24 b) Provide one core on the inside an outside edge of each travel lane
25 across the full width of the roadway.
26 c) Provide a 2 foot clearance from a longitudinal joint or edge of
27 pavement.
28 2) Location
29 a) Mark station locations where core sampling is to be taken at the
30 beginning of each day.
31 b) For projects placing more than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day:
32 (1) Perform tests in accordance with Table 19 and Site Quality
33 Control.
34 c) For projects placing less than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day:
35 (1) Provide a Coring Set at only one location per day unless additional
36 cores are requested by the City based on irregularities or suspicion
37 that the pavement is non-conforming.
38 (2) Request approval from the City for the core location prior to
39 coring.
40 d) For projects placing less than 100 tons of asphalt per day:
41 (1) City may exempt the Contractor from collecting pavement cores
42 each day.
43 (2) Coordinate with the City to determine how many pavement core
44 sets will be required for testing.
45 (3) The City may request pavement cores at any time for verification
46 testing.
47 3) Sizes
48 a) For TY D pavement, cores will be 4 inch in diameter
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 38 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b) For TY B and TY C pavement, cores will be 6 inch in diameter.
2 4) Identification:
3 a) Identification number
4 b) Station location
5 c) The untrimmed core height
6 c. Pavement Cores
7 1) The City inspector will witness the coring operation and measurement of
8 the core thickness.
9 2) The inspector should visually inspect each core to verify current paving
10 layer is bonded to the underlying layer.
11 3) Take corrective action if an adequate bond does not exist between the
12 current and underlying layer to ensure an adequate bond will be achieved
13 during subsequent placement operations.
14 4) The untrimmed core height must be in accordance with the requirements in
15 Table 17.
16 5) If the cores are an acceptable height, trim the cores immediately after
17 obtaining the cores in accordance with Tex-207-F.
18 6) Any core that does not meet the requirements in Table 17 will be rejected.
19 7) The City may request additional cores to be taken within the area. If more
20 than 2 cores are non-conforming, the pavement area may be subject to
21 removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
22 8) Trim the cores on-site in the presence of the inspector. The cores may be
23 trimmed by the testing lab if approved by the City.
24 9) Blind Coring Locations
25 a) The City may select blind coring locations throughout the project for
26 verification testing.
27 b) Test the blind pavement cores in accordance with asphalt placement
28 testing and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in
29 accordance with Action Submittals.
30 d. Core Hole repair
31 1) Dry the core holes and tack the sides and bottom immediately after
32 obtaining the cores.
33 2) Fill the hole with the same type of mixture and properly compact the
34 mixture.
35 3) Holes may be repaired with other methods approved by the City.
36 3. Placement Testing
37 a. General
38 1) Perform placement tests in accordance with Table 19 and 20.
39 2) The City may suspend work at any time if any of the test results are non-
40 conforming with the requirements of this specification.
41 3) Verification Testing
42 a) The City may request the Contractor to perform additional testing to
43 verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing
44 utilizing a third-party testing laboratory.
45 b) The City may request verification testing at any time if production is
46 suspected to be non-conforming.
47 b. In-Place Air Voids
48 1) Measure in-place air voids in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 39 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be pre-dried using a Corelok
2 or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture.
3 3) Average the values obtained for all cores taken during each production day
4 to determine the theoretical maximum specific gravity.
5 4) Use the average air void content for in-place air voids.
6 5) Use the vacuum method to seal the core if required by Tex-207-F.
7 6) Remove and replace any area with in-place air voids less than 2.8 percent
8 or greater than 9.5 percent.
9 c. Segregation (Density Profile)
10 1) Test for segregation using density profiles in accordance with Tex-207-F,
11 Part 5. Density profiles are not required if a thermal imaging system is
12 used.
13 2) Perform a density profile every time the paver stops for more than 60
14 seconds on areas that are identified by either the Contractor or the City as
15 having thermal segregation. Perform density profiles on any visibly
16 segregated areas unless otherwise approved.
17 3) Perform a minimum of one profile per sublot if the paver does not stop for
18 more than 60 seconds and there are no visibly segregated areas or areas that
19 are identified as having thermal segregation.
20 4) Provide the City with the density profiles of every sublot in the lot within
21 one working day of the completion of each lot.
22 5) The density profile is considered failing if it exceeds the tolerances in Table
23 20.
24 6) The City may require the Contractor to remove and replace the area in
25 question if the area fails the density profile and has surface irregularities as
26 defined in Irregularities. Remove and replace the failing area at no cost to
27 the City.
28 7) Investigate density profile failures and take corrective actions during
29 production and placement to eliminate the segregation.
30 8) Suspend production if 2 consecutive density profiles fail unless otherwise
31 approved.
32 9) Resume production after the City approves changes to production or
33 placement methods.
34 d. Longitudinal Joint Density
35 1) Informational Tests
36 a) Perform joint density evaluations while establishing the rolling pattern
37 and verify that the joint density is no more than 3.0 pounds per cubic
38 foot below the density taken at or near the center of the mat.
39 b) Adjust the rolling pattern, if needed, to achieve the desired joint
40 density.
41 c) Perform additional joint density evaluations as directed by the City.
42 2) Record Tests
43 a) Perform a joint density test 2 to 4 times a day or as directed by the City
44 along all joints that will become a longitudinal joint.
45 b) Joint density evaluations are not applicable in areas described as
46 Miscellaneous Areas.
47 c) Determine the joint density in accordance with Tex-207-F, Part 7.
48 d) Record the joint density information and submit results to the City.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 40 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 e) The evaluation is considered failing if the joint density is more than 3.0
2 pounds per cubic foot below the density taken at the nearest core
3 sample location and the correlated joint density is less than 90 percent.
4 f) Provide the City with the density profile of every test within 1 working
5 day of the completion of each working day.
6 g) Investigate joint density failures and take corrective actions during
7 production and placement to improve joint density. Suspend production
8 if the evaluations on 2 consecutive tests fail unless otherwise approved.
9 h) Resume production after Engineer approves changes to production or
10 placement methods.
11 e. Hamburg Wheel Test
12 1) The City may perform a Hamburg Wheel test at any time during production
13 or placement including when the boil test indicates a change in quality from
14 the materials submitted for the trial batch.
15 2) The City may request additional cores to be taken and the Hamburg Wheel
16 test to be performed where rutting is observed.
17 3) Suspend production until further Hamburg Wheel tests meet the specified
18 values when the production or core samples fail the Hamburg Wheel test
19 criteria in Table 18.
20 4) Obtain core samples from the center of the finished mat or other areas
21 excluding the vehicle when path.
22 5) The City may require up to the entire area of any mixture failing the
23 Hamburg Wheel test to be removed and replaced at the Contractors
24 expense.
25 6) If the City determines the material to be removed and replaced, the
26 Contractor may request the City re-test the failing material.
27 Table 18
28 Hamburg Wheel Test Requirements
High-Temperature
Binder Grade Test Method
Minimum Number of Passes at 12.5 mm1
Rut Depth, Tested at 50 degrees Celsius
PG 64 10,0002
PG 70 Tex-242-F 15,0003
1.When the rut depth at the required minimum number of passes is less than 3 mm, the City may require the
Contractor to increase the target laboratory-molded density (TGC) by 0.5 percent to no more than 97.5 percent.
2.May be decreased to no less than 5,000 passes when specified in the Drawings.
3.May be decreased to no less than 10,000 passes when specified in the Drawings
29 f. Recovered Asphalt Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) and Aging Ratio
30 1) The aging ratio is the DSR value of the extracted binder divided by the
31 DSR value of the original unaged binder.
32 2) The City may request an aging ratio test be performed on production
33 samples or cores from suspect areas of the project to determine recovered
34 asphalt properties.
35 3) Asphalt binders with an aging ratio greater than 3.5 do not meet the
36 requirements for recovered asphalt properties and may be deemed
37 defective.
38 4) Obtain DSR values in accordance with AASTO T 315 at the specified high
39 temperature performance grade of the asphalt.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 41 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5) Recover the asphalt binder for testing from production samples or cores in
2 accordance with Tex-211-F.
3 6) The City may require removal and replacement of the defective material at
4 the Contractors expense.
5 g. Irregularities
6 1) Identify and correct irregularities including segregation, rutting, raveling,
7 flushing, fat spots, mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture, roller
8 marks, tears, gouges, streaks, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken
9 aggregate particles.
10 2) If the City determines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavement
11 performance, the City may require the Contractor remove and replace the
12 non-conforming area at no cost to the City.
13 3) If irregularities are detected, the City may require the Contractor to
14 immediately suspend operations. The City may allow the Contractor to
15 continue operations for more than one day while the Contractor is taking
16 appropriate corrective action.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 42 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 19
2 Placement Testing
Description
Test
Method
Allowable
Tolerances
Contractor
Testing
Frequency1
City Verification
Testing
Frequency
In-place air voids,
percent
Tex-207-F
and Tex-
227-F
+/- 1.0 1 per sublot
Segregation (density
profile)
Tex-207-F,
Part 4 N/A 1 per sublot
Longitudinal joint
density
Tex-207-F,
Part 7 N/A 1 per sublot
Recycled asphalt
shingles (RAS)
Tex-217-F,
Part 3 N/A As requested
Thermal profile2 Tex-244-F N/A 1 per sublot
Asphalt binder
sampling and testing Tex-500-C N/A 1 per sublot
Tack coat sampling and
testing
Tex-500-C,
Part 3 N/A As requested
Aging ratio, maximum
ratio
AASHTO
T315 3.5 As requested
Establish a Rolling
Pattern Tex-207-F See Compaction
Ride quality Tex-1001-S See Ride Quality
The City may
request the
Contractor to
perform additional
verification testing
throughout the
project. No more
than an additional
10 percent of each
test performed will
be requested
The City may
perform
verification testing
utilizing a third
party testing
laboratory.
1. For projects placing less than 700 tons of asphalt pavement per day, refer to Placement Sampling.
2. If using a thermal imaging system, provide the automated report daily unless otherwise directed. If using a
thermal camera, provide a thermal profile per sublot daily unless otherwise directed.
3. For all tests that have N./A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this
specification. No tolerances are allowed.
3 Table 20
4 Segregation (Density Profile) Acceptance Criteria
Mixture Type
Maximum Allowable
Density Range
(Highest to Lowest)
Maximum Allowable
Density Average
(Average to Lowest)
Type B 8.0 pounds per cubic foot 5.0 pounds per cubic foot
Type C and Type D 6.0 pounds per cubic foot 3.0 pounds per cubic foot
5 B. Ride Quality
6 1. General
7 a. Provide pavement to have a finished grade that is smooth and true to the
8 established line, grade, and cross-section.
9 b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular
10 (transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces.
11 2. Transverse Profile Measurements
12 a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or
13 lightweight inertial profiler that has been certified at the Texas A&M
14 Transportation Institute.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 43 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation,
2 display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification
3 expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOTs
4 Material Producer List.
5 2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City.
6 3) Provide documentation of profiles when requested by the City.
7 b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project.
8 c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the
9 completion of a major stage of construction as approved.
10 d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a
11 manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed.
12 e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving
13 traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the
14 drawings.
15 3. Acceptance Plan
16 a. General
17 1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify there is not more
18 than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 contacts. Perform corrective action
19 on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch variation between any 2
20 contacts
21 2) Fog seal the aggregate exposed by diamond grinding or other approved
22 work methods.
23 3) When a fog seal is required, use a fog seal that conforms to the
24 requirements for cationic emulsified asphalt, CSS-1h, within this
25 specification.
26 b. Localized Roughness
27 1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from
28 each wheel path.
29 2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch
30 variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge.
31 3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies
32 resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel
33 paths.
34 c. Corrective Action
35 1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or
36 localized roughness.
37 2) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify that
38 corrections have produced the required improvements.
39 3) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City
40 may require:
41 a) Continued corrective action
42 b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may
43 negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in
44 place.
45 C. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving
46 1. Does not require any placement sampling or testing.
47 2. Acceptance Plan
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 44 of 44
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Acceptable ride quality includes:
2 1) A maximum depth of potholes to be 0.25 inches.
3 2) Maintain temporary hot-mix asphalt in accordance with 32 01 17.
4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
11 END OF SECTION
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/25/2024 Added AE-P as an acceptable emulsion for prime coat applications. Impacts multiple
locations and tables throughout the specification
13
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 12 73
2 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Sealant for cracks in asphalt paving.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
11 Contract.
12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
13 3. Section 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving
14 4. Section 32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair
15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
16 A. Measurement and Payment
17 1. Measurement
18 a. Crack sealant materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary
19 to the installation of asphalt paving and paving repair in accordance with
20 Section 32 12 16 and 32 01 17.
21 2. Payment
22 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are
23 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of crack
24 sealant, and will not be measured or paid for separately.
25 1.3 REFERENCES
26 A. Reference Standards
27 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
28 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
29 unless a date is specifically sited.
30 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
31 a. D4-86, Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content.
32 b. D113, Standard Test Method for Ductility of Asphalt Materials.
33 c. D5329, Standard Test Methods for Sealants and Fillers, Hot-Applied, for Joints
34 and Cracks in Asphaltic and Portland Cement Concrete Pavements.
35 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
36 1.5 SUBMITTALS
37 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
3 A. Product Data
4 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying asphalt crack
5 sealant.
6 2. Product data sheets including:
7 a. Manufacturer name
8 b. Date
9 c. Material description
10 d. Point of delivery
11 e. Provide data and test results in accordance with this Section
12 f. Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE and all additives)
13 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable)
14 h. Application Recommendations (if applicable)
15 i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data:
16 1) Specific gravity of the agent at manufacturers recommended addition
17 temperature
18 2) Manufacturers recommended dosage range
19 3) Manufacturers recommended storage and handling instructions
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
24 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
25 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
26 66 00.
27 B. Keep material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with
28 foreign matter.
29 C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling.
30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
31 A. Ambient Conditions
32 1. Ambient temperature must be between 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 105 degrees
33 Fahrenheit.
34 B. Suspend sealing activities if:
35 1. Ambient condition requirements are not met, or
36 2. City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable.
37 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
3 2.2 MATERIALS
4 A. Manufacturers
5 1. Manufacturer List
6 a. Rubberized Crack Seal
7 1) Poly Flex 3 made by Crafco, Inc
8 2) Approved equal
9 b. Provide rubber used to make sealant free from fabric, wire, core, or other
10 contaminating material. Recycled rubber is not allowed.
11 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be
12 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00.
13 B. Material Requirements
14 1. Provide rubberized crack seal meeting the following requirements:
15 Table 1
Criteria ASTM Specification
Softening Point 210F (99C)N/A
Ductility at 77F (25C)30 cm min.ASTM D113
Cone Penetration 15-45 mm ASTM D5329
Resilience 30% min.ASTM D5329
Bitumen Content 60% min.ASTM D4-86
Tensile Adhesion 400% min.ASTM D5329
16
17 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
18 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
19 PART 3 - EXECUTION
20 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
21 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
22 3.3 PREPARATION
23 A. Use crack cleaning equipment to clean and prepare the cracks for sealing.
24 3.4 INSTALLATION
25
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 A. General
2 1. Clean and seal cracks greater than 1/16 inch in width.
3 2. Clean cracks to a minimum depth of at least twice the crack width using an air
4 compressor with an air lance to remove debris and moisture from the crack.
5 3. Cracks must be free of moisture before sealing.
6 4. Apply sealant to cleaned cracks as directed by the manufacturer.
7 5. Level sealant with a squeegee in a narrow band not to exceed 2 inches wide and 1/8
8 inch above the pavement surface.
9 6. Prevent tracking material offsite using an application of fine aggregate as specified
10 in the Drawings and directed by the City.
11 7. Do not apply sealant over existing sealant in good condition.
12 8. Disposal of Materials:
13 a. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks.
14 B. Equipment
15 1. Hot Pour Sealing Equipment
16 a. Heat in a double-jacketed heater using a heat transfer oil so no direct flame
17 meets shell of the vessel containing the sealing compound.
18 b. Provide a heater capable of circulating and agitating the sealant during heating
19 process to achieve a uniform temperature rise and maintain desired temperature.
20 c. Provide gauges to monitor temperature of the vessel contents and avoid
21 overheating the material.
22 d. Provide a heater equipped with a gear-driven asphalt pump with adequate
23 pressure to dispense sealant.
24 2. Crack Cleaning Equipment
25 a. Provide equipment capable of delivering dry compressed air at 185 cubic feet
26 per minute to remove all loose debris from cracks in accordance with depth
27 specified in Article 3.4 of this Section.
28 b. Provide at least one handheld pressure wand per crew to clean cracks.
29 3. Condition of Equipment
30 a. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition.
31 b. Subject to the approval of City.
32 c. If equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for
33 replacing non-conforming equipment at no cost to City.
34 d. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal
35 and replacement at no cost to City.
36 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
37 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
38 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
39 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
40 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
41 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
32 12 73
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
2 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
5 END OF SECTION
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 13 13
2 CONCRETE PAVING
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Material requirements and construction methods for:
7 a. Concrete pavement classes
8 b. Concrete pavement
9 c. Concrete street header
10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
11 1. None.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
14 Contract.
15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
16 3. Section 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing.
17 4. Section 32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair.
18 5. Section 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements.
19 6. Section 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants.
20 7. Section 41 14 00 Batching Equipment.
21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
22 A. Measurement and Payment
23 1. Concrete Pavement
24 a. Measurement
25 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of
26 concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement installed.
27 b. Payment
28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
29 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
30 price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement installed for:
31 a) Various depths.
32 c. The price bid shall include:
33 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement as specified by the Drawings
34 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
35 3) Water
36 4) Loading
37 5) Unloading
38 6) Storing
39 7) Hauling
40 8) Handling of materials
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 9) Traffic control for all testing
2 10) Trial batches (as needed)
3 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
4 12) Concrete
5 13) Aggregate
6 14) Supplementary cementing materials
7 15) Concrete additives
8 16) Mixing
9 17) Placement of concrete
10 18) Finishing of concrete
11 19) Curing and curing compounds
12 20) Sawing
13 21) Joint sealant
14 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
15 23) Disposal of excess material
16 24) Clean-up
17 2. Concrete Pavement (HES)
18 a. Measurement
19 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of
20 concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed.
21 b. Payment
22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
23 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
24 price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed for:
25 a) Various depths.
26 c. The price bid shall include:
27 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement (HES) as specified by the
28 Drawings
29 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
30 3) Water
31 4) Loading
32 5) Unloading
33 6) Storing
34 7) Hauling
35 8) Handling of materials
36 9) Traffic control for all testing
37 10) Trial batches (as needed)
38 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
39 12) Concrete
40 13) Aggregate
41 14) Supplementary cementing materials
42 15) Concrete additives
43 16) Mixing
44 17) Placement of concrete
45 18) Finishing of concrete
46 19) Curing and curing compounds
47 20) Sawing
48 21) Joint sealant
49 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 23) Disposal of excess material
2 24) Clean-up
3 3. Concrete Street Header
4 a. Measurement
5 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Street Header installed.
6 b. Payment
7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
8 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
9 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Street Header installed.
10 c. The price bid shall include:
11 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Street Header as specified by the
12 Drawings
13 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
14 3) Water
15 4) Loading
16 5) Unloading
17 6) Storing
18 7) Hauling
19 8) Handling of materials
20 9) Traffic control for all testing
21 10) Trial batches (as needed)
22 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
23 12) Concrete
24 13) Aggregate
25 14) Supplementary cementing materials
26 15) Concrete additives
27 16) Mixing
28 17) Placement of concrete
29 18) Finishing of concrete
30 19) Curing and curing compounds
31 20) Sawing
32 21) Joint sealant
33 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
34 23) Disposal of excess material
35 24) Clean-up
36 1.3 REFERENCES
37 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
38 1. ACI American Concrete Institute
39 2. AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
40 3. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
41 4. HES High Early Strength
42 5. TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
43 6. W/C Water to cement ratio
44 7. SCM Supplementary Cementing Materials
45 8. UFFA Ultra-Fine Fly Ash
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 9. MFFA Modified Class F Fly Ash
2 10. PSI Pounds per Square Inch
3 11. KSI Kilopound per Square Inch
4 B. Reference Standards
5 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
6 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
7 unless a date is specifically cited.
8 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
9 a. AASHTO T26, Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in
10 Concrete
11 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
12 a. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
13 Field
14 b. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
15 Specimens
16 c. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed
17 Beams of Concrete
18 d. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of
19 Hydraulic Cement Concrete
20 4. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
21 a. ACI 305.1-14, Standard Specification for Hot Weathering Concreting
22 b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weathering Concreting
23 c. ACI 301-16, Specifications for Structural Concrete
24 d. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
25 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material
26 Specifications (DMS)
27 a. DMS4515, Multiple-Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavement
28 b. DMS4600, Hydraulic Cement
29 c. DMS4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
30 d. DMS4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation
31 Retardants
32 e. DMS6100, Epoxies and Adhesives
33 f. DMS-6310, Joint Sealants and Fillers
34 6. TxDOT Test Procedures:
35 a. Tex-422-A, Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement
36 b. Tex-423-A, Determining Concrete Thickness by Direct Measurement
37 c. Tex-424-A, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores of Concrete
38 d. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete
39 Mix Designs
40 e. Tex-472-A, Uniformity of Concrete
41 f. Tex-612-J, Acid Insoluble Residue for Fine Aggregate
42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
43 A. Pre-Paving Meeting
44 1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Concrete
45 Paving.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 5 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives.
2 3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following:
3
4 a. Paving Plan
5 1) Paving widths
6 2) Jointing plan:
7 a) Locations and labels for all joint types including longitudinal and
8 transverse construction joint locations
9 3) Confirm rebar sizes for pavement reinforcing.
10 4) Confirm hand-pour location and equipment to be used for forming,
11 pouring, compacting, and finishing concrete.
12 5) Texturizing method (broom or tining) and direction (longitudinal or
13 transverse)
14 6) Consolidation methods at joints
15 b. Paving Process
16 1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve
17 continuous placement operations and good ride quality.
18 c. All Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved prior to
19 Pre-Paving Meeting.
20 4. During the Pre-Paving Meeting, determine whether tining or a broom finish is
21 preferred by the City unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
22 B. Night Work and Noise
23 1. Comply with all City Noise Ordinance in accordance with the General Conditions.
24 2. Night work will require prior City approval in accordance with the General
25 Conditions.
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Concrete
29 Paving activities.
30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
31 A. Shop Drawings:
32 1. Concrete Mix Design
33 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
34 b. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and
35 handled in accordance with ASTM C94.
36 2. Jointing Layout
37 a. Provide a jointing layout if one is not provided in the Drawings.
38 3. Product Data
39 a. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in
40 accordance with Section 03 00 00:
41 1) Curing compounds
42 2) Evaporation retardant
43 3) Joint fillers
44 4) Chemical additives
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5) Epoxy
2
3 B. Informational Submittals:
4 1. Source Locations
5 a. Location of all material sources
6 2. Testing Laboratory
7 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing
8 laboratory used on the project:
9 1) Testing Laboratory Name
10 2) Location
11 3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used.
12 4) ACI Certification All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete
13 testing must be ACI certified.
14 3. Equipment Information
15 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include:
16 1) Equipment name and description
17 2) Size
18 3) Intended use
19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
20 A. Test and Evaluation Reports
21 1. All test reports generated during testing.
22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
25 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66
26 00.
27 B. Storage and Stockpiling
28 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material
29 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00.
30 2. Steel Reinforcement
31 a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support.
32 b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration
33 caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust.
34 3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials
35 a. Follow manufacturers instructions regarding storage and application at
36 temperatures of material.
37 4. Epoxy
38 a. Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and moisture.
39 b. Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety
40 information and warnings regarding contact with the components.
41 c. Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the
42 manufacturer.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 7 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
3 A. Weather Conditions
4 1. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40
5 degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved in writing by the City.
6 2. Concrete may be placed when the ambient temperature in the shade is above 35
7 degrees Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
8 3. Protect the pavement with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the
9 concrete for the specified curing period when temperatures warrant protection
10 against freezing.
11 4. Submit proposed measure to protect the concrete from anticipated freezing weather
12 for the first 72 hours after a concrete pour to the City for review.
13 5. Repair or replace all concrete damaged by freezing at no cost to the City.
14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
16 2.1. CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 2.2. MATERIALS
18 A. Concrete Production Materials
19 1. Produce Class P1, P2, or HES concrete for concrete paving in accordance with 03
20 00 00.
21 a. Temperature
22 1) Pour concrete that is between 40 degrees and 95 degrees Fahrenheit when
23 measured in accordance with Tex-422-A at the time of discharge.
24 2) Take immediate corrective action or cease concrete placement when the
25 concrete temperature exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit.
26 2. Provide Cementitious Material and Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
27 3. Aggregate
28 a. General
29 1) Recycled crushed concrete may be used as coarse or fine aggregate in Class
30 A, B, E, and P concrete.
31 2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled
32 crushed concrete.
33 b. Coarse Aggregates
34 1) Provide coarse aggregate in accordance with Tex-470-A and Section 03 00
35 00 for P1, P2, or HES concrete based on the concrete classes specified on
36 the Drawings.
37 c. Fine Aggregates
38 1) Fine aggregate will consist of clean, hard, durable fragments in accordance
39 with Section 32 05 16.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 8 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
≥ 60 percent
1 2) Use fine aggregate with an acid insoluble residue of at least 60 percent by
2 weight when tested in accordance with Tex-612-J in all concrete subject to
3 direct traffic.
4 3) Use the following equation to determine if aggregate combination meets the
5 acid insoluble residue requirement when blending fine aggregate:
6
7 (A1 P1) + (A2 P2)
8 100
9 Where:
10 A1 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 1
11 A2 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 2
12 P1 = percent by weight of fine aggregate 1 of the fine aggregate blend
13 P2 = percent by weight of the fine aggregate 2 of the fine aggregate blend
14
15 a) Instead of using the above equation, the following blending may be
16 done.
17 (1) Blend fine aggregate with a micro-deval loss of less than 12
18 percent when tested in accordance with Tex-461-A with at least 40
19 percent of a fine aggregate that has an acid insoluble residue of at
20 least 60 percent.
21
22 4) Provide fine aggregates in accordance with gradation shown in Table 1.
23 Table 1
24 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart
Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight
3/8 100
#4 95 100
#8 80 100
#16 50 85
#30 25 65
#50 10 351
#100 0 10
#200 0 32
1. 6 35 when sand equivalent value is greater than 85 when tested in accordance with Tex-203-F.
2. 0 6 for manufactured sand.
25 4. Chemical Admixtures
26 a. General
27 1) Provide chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
28 b. Water Reducing Admixture
29 1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
30 c. Air-Entraining Admixture
31 1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
32 B. Concrete Placement Materials
33 1. Reinforcing Steel
34 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
35 2. Tie Bars
36 a. General
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 9 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
2 2) Use tie bars in longitudinal contraction and longitudinal construction joints.
3 3) Use support baskets to support the tie bars during concrete placement. Do
4 not use chairs or other support devices without prior approval from the
5 City.
6 4) Refer to this Section for installation requirements.
7 b. Multiple Piece Tie Bars
8 1) Use multiple piece tie bars along all longitudinal construction joints unless
9 otherwise approved by the City.
10 2) Do not use multiple piece tie bars for contraction joints or any transverse
11 joints.
12 3) Provide multiple piece tie-bars conforming to DMS-4515.
13 c. Single Piece Tie Bars
14 1) Use single piece tie bars for contraction joints only.
15 2) Single piece tie bars will only be accepted for longitudinal construction
16 joints when the existing concrete is already hardened in widening projects
17 or when performing maintenance work such as panel replacement or
18 concrete repair.
19 3. Dowel Bars
20 a. General
21 1) Provide dowel bars and dowel caps in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
22 2) Use dowel bars in transverse contraction joints and expansion joints.
23 3) Refer to this Section for installation requirements.
24 4. Reinforcement Supporting Devices
25 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
26 5. Epoxy
27 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
28 6. Evaporation Retardant
29 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
30 7. Curing
31 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
32 8. Joint Fillers (Expansion Joints)
33 a. Provide boards at the size, shape, and type specified in the Drawings. Use
34 redwood if the type of board is not specified in the Drawings.
35 1) Provide redwood timber boards for expansion joints in accordance with
36 DMS-6310.
37 b. Provide wood boards free of deformities and are smooth, flat, straight
38 throughout, and sufficiently rigid to allow for easy installation.
39 9. Joint Sealants
40 a. Provide joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73.
41 2.3. ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
42 2.4. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
43 A. Tests and Inspections
44 1. Material Source Testing and Submittals
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 10 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Resubmit Action Submittals affected if any material source locations or
2 concrete supplier is changed.
3
4 b. Cementitious Materials
5 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section.
6 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4600
7 3) Furnish in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
8 c. Water
9 1) Perform testing to verify the water is in accordance with the requirements
10 of AASHTO T26.
11 2) Mix water in accordance with ASTM C1602.
12 d. Aggregate Quality Requirements
13 1) Provide aggregates in accordance with all requirements in Section 32 05 16
14 and this Section.
15 e. Chemical Admixtures
16 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section.
17 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4640
18 f. Epoxy, Evaporation Retardants, Curing Compounds, Joint Fillers, and Joint
19 Sealants
20 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports and product data in accordance with
21 this Section.
22 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4650, DMS-6100, and DMS-
23 6310.
24 PART 3 - EXECUTION
25 3.1. INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
26 3.2. EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
27 3.3. PREPARATION
28 A. Class P1, P2, and HES Preparation
29 1. Hauling
30 a. Clean delivery equipment as necessary to prevent accumulation of old concrete
31 before loading fresh concrete.
32 b. Deliver concrete to the site in accordance with Section 41 14 00.
33 c. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in
34 accordance with Section 03 00 00.
35 d. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00
36 will be rejected.
37 e. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures
38 1) Adding chemical admixtures is not permitted at the jobsite.
39 2) Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the
40 slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not
41 permitted unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted.
42 3) When water or an admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at least 30
43 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform
44 mixing of the concrete.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 11 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4) When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to
2 cementitious material ratio.
3 5) Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been
4 discharged.
5 f. Provide the delivery ticket for the concrete in accordance with Section 41 14
6 00.
7 2. Subgrade
8 a. Hot-Mix Asphalt Base
9 1) Prepare surface by removing, sweeping, or other approved methods.
10 b. Lime, Cement or Flexible Base Subgrade:
11 1) Correct all irregularities in the subgrade of more than 1/2 inch., as shown
12 by straightedge or template.
13 2) Verify subgrade meets all requirements for the applicable subgrade type.
14 3) Spray prepared subgrade with water, if needed, in advance of placing the
15 pavement to ensure it is in a firm and moist condition.
16 4) Take density tests no more than 72-hours prior to placement of concrete.
17 c. If rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition of the
18 subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City.
19 3.4. INSTALLATION
20 A. Class P1, P2, and HES Equipment
21 1. General
22 a. Furnish and maintain all equipment necessary for the construction of concrete
23 pavement in good working condition.
24 b. The equipment to include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration,
25 tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete
26 shall provide a dense and homogeneous pavement.
27 2. Forming Equipment
28 a. Pavement Forms
29 1) Pavement forms shall only be used when hand-pouring concrete. Use a
30 slip-form paver for all machine-poured concrete unless otherwise approved
31 by the City.
32 2) Provide metal or wood side forms unless otherwise approved by the City.
33 3) Provide side forms of sufficient cross-section, strength, and rigidity to
34 support paving equipment and resist the impact and vibration of the
35 operation without visible springing, settling, or deflection.
36 4) Use forms that extend the full depth of concrete and shall be:
37 a) a minimum of 1.5 inches in thickness when wooden forms are used
38 b) of a gauge that provides equivalent rigidity and strength when metal
39 forms are used.
40 5) Use forms that are clean, oiled, and free from detrimental kinks, bends, or
41 warps that could affect ride quality or alignment.
42 6) Provide flexible or curved forms made of metal or wood for curves that
43 have a radius of 250 feet or less.
44 7) Secure forms on a base or firm subgrade accurately graded and that
45 provides stable support without deflection and movement.
46 8) Pin every form at a minimum in the middle and near each end. Tightly join
47 and key form sections together to prevent displacement.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 12 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 9) Forms to be reset using heavy stakes or other additional supports if
2 subgrade becomes unstable.
3 10) Obtain approval of formwork from the City prior to placement of concrete.
4 11) Forms are to be placed to provide pavement at final grade as specified in
5 the Drawings.
6 12) Check conformity of the grade, alignment, and stability of forms
7 immediately before pouring concrete and make necessary corrections.
8 13) Use a straight edge or other approved method to test the top of forms to
9 ensure ride quality requirements for the completed pavement will be met.
10 14) Submit a request to the City for any alternative pavement form equipment
11 for review.
12 b. Curb Forms
13 1) Provide curb forms for separately placed curbs not slip-formed in
14 accordance with the requirements of Section 31 16 00.
15 c. Settling
16 1) Stop paving operations if forms settle or deflect more than 1/8 inch under
17 finishing operations.
18 2) Reset the forms and refinish concrete surface to correct grade.
19 3. Paving, Consolidating, and Finishing Equipment
20 a. Do not add water to concrete after discharged from delivery equipment unless
21 approved by the City.
22 b. Misting/fogging only allowed during Finishing. Refer to this Section for
23 additional information.
24 c. Machine-Poured Concrete Pavement
25 1) Use a slip-form paver with a stringline that uniformly distributes the
26 concrete with minimal segregation and provides a smooth finish in
27 accordance with the plan line and grade for machine-poured concrete.
28 2) The Contractor is responsible for establishing the location and elevation of
29 the stringline to ensure pavement will be at the correct final grade specified
30 in the Drawings.
31 3) Provide mechanically-operated finishing floats capable of producing a
32 uniformly smooth pavement surface.
33 4) Provide watering equipment capable of providing a fine, light, water fog
34 mist.
35 5) Provide a stake line for the stringline every 25 feet and at every horizontal
36 and vertical geometry point as specified in the Drawings.
37 d. Hand-Poured Concrete Pavement
38 1) Receive approval of all equipment used for hand-pouring concrete during
39 Pre-Paving Meeting.
40 2) Refer to this Section for additional requirements.
41 e. Consolidating
42 1) Provide mechanically-operated vibratory equipment capable of adequately
43 consolidating the concrete.
44 2) Provide immersion vibrators on paving equipment at sufficiently close
45 intervals to provide uniform vibration and consolidation of the concrete
46 over the entire width and depth of the pavement and in accordance with the
47 manufacturers recommendations.
48 3) Provide immersion vibrator units that operate at a frequency in air of at
49 least 8,000 cycles per minute on the paving equipment.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 13 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 4) Provide enough hand-operated immersion vibrators for timely and proper
2 consolidation of the concrete along forms, at all joints, and in areas not
3 covered by other vibratory equipment.
4 5) Surface vibrators may be used to supplement equipment-mounted
5 immersion vibrators.
6 6) Provide tachometers to verify the proper operation of all vibrators.
7 f. Finishing
8 1) Floats
9 a) Use a float attached to the slip-form paver or as a separate machine
10 where possible.
11 b) When using a hand float or trowel, take care to not distort the surface.
12 The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due
13 to the improper use of a float to be removed and replaced at no cost to
14 the City.
15 2) Straightedge
16 a) Use a 10 or 15 foot long square tube straightedge made of magnesium
17 or steel.
18 b) The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due
19 to the improper use of a straightedge to be removed and replaced at no
20 cost to the City.
21 4. Texturing Equipment
22 a. A baker broom or tining are the approved methods for texturizing concrete.
23 b. Provide a baker broom of sufficient transverse length to span the full width of
24 pavement being placed.
25 c. Request approval to use an evaporation retardant if there is concern the
26 concrete surface will dry too quickly before texturing and curing can occur.
27 d. Tining Equipment
28 1) Provide a self-propelled metal tine device equipped with steel tines to
29 obtain groves that are 1/12-inch-wide and a depth of 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch.
30 2) Tine Spacing:
31 a) Transverse tining spaced at approximately 1-inch center-to-center.
32 3) Manual methods may be used that produce an equivalent texture when it is
33 impractical to use self-propelled equipment. However, manual methods
34 should be minimized. Obtain approval before using manual tining methods.
35 5. Curing Equipment
36 a. Provide a self-propelled machine for applying membrane curing compound
37 using mechanically-pressurized spraying equipment with atomizing nozzles
38 where possible.
39 b. If manually applying a curing compound, use equipment with a nozzle capable
40 of producing the desired coverage based on the requirements of this
41 specification.
42 c. Provide equipment and controls that maintain the required uniform rate of
43 application over the entire paving area.
44 d. When reinforcing is exposed, provide plastic covers to prevent the bars from
45 being coated in curing compound. Remove any curing compound on exposed
46 reinforcing with a steel brush or by sand blasting.
47 6. Sawing Equipment
48 a. Provide power-driven concrete saws to saw joints specified in the Drawings.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 14 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 7. Grinding Equipment
2 a. Provide grinding equipment specifically designed to smooth and texture
3 concrete pavement using circular diamond blades when required.
4 b. Provide equipment with an automatic grade control capable of grinding at least
5 a 3-foot width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the concrete.
6 8. Coring Equipment
7 a. Provide coring equipment capable of extracting cores in accordance with Tex-
8 424-A.
9 9. Miscellaneous Equipment
10 a. Provide both a 5-foot and a 10-foot steel or magnesium long-handled, standard
11 straightedge.
12 b. Provide enough work bridges long enough to span the pavement for finishing
13 and inspection operations.
14 10. The City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet
15 requirements.
16 B. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Placement
17 1. General
18 a. This section outlines the requirements for the placement of Class P1, P2, and
19 HES concrete. Refer to other specifications for the placement requirement of
20 other concrete items.
21 b. Contractor to notify the City at least two working days in advance of
22 installation of concrete pavement.
23 c. Take care when placing concrete to keep all foreign material out.
24 d. Remove any foreign material from concrete pavement without damaging the
25 concrete.
26 e. Concrete may be poured by hand in situations where a slip-form paver cannot
27 be used due to space restrictions.
28 f. Receive approval from the City prior to hand pouring concrete. Hand pouring
29 should be minimized.
30 g. Do not allow pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line by
31 more than 1/2 inches at any point.
32 h. Place the concrete as near as possible to its final location and minimize
33 segregation and re-handling.
34 i. Distribute concrete using shovels where hand spreading is necessary. Do not
35 use rakes or vibrators to distribute concrete.
36 2. Removing Forms
37 a. Cleaning
38 1) Clean forms thoroughly after each use.
39 b. Removal
40 1) Forms to remain in place until the concrete is set and the removal will not
41 cause damage to the concrete. Leave the forms in place for 12 hours after
42 concrete has been poured unless approved by the City.
43 2) If forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly
44 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement.
45 3) Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms.
46 4) Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a
47 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 15 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5) Remove and replace any damaged concrete that was not repaired within 24
2 hours at no cost to the City.
3 3. Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembles
4 a. General
5 1) Place reinforcing steel, dowels, and tie bars in position specified in the
6 Drawings.
7 2) Provide reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
8 3) Secure reinforcing bars at alternate intersections with wire ties or locking
9 support chairs.
10 4) Tie all splices with wire.
11 5) Install all bars in their required position as specified in the Drawings.
12 b. Splicing
13 1) Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends.
14 2) In accordance with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not
15 specified in the Drawings.
16 c. Installing and Supporting Reinforcing Steel
17 1) Layout reinforcing steel in accordance with Drawings. Support reinforcing
18 steel using approved chairs or baskets.
19 2) Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars.
20 Replace any chair that is broken prior to concrete placement.
21 3) Steel pins may also be used to hold the reinforcement in place.
22 4) If reinforcing steel is found to be at incorrect depth:
23 a) Prior to concrete being poured, Contractor to adjust steel to correct
24 depth as specified in the Drawings.
25 b) If concrete has been poured, Contractor to remove and replace at no
26 cost to the City.
27 4. Joints
28 a. General
29 1) Place joints shown on the Drawings. If jointing layout is not provided on
30 the Drawings, submit a jointing layout for review and approval to the City.
31 2) Maintain a right angle with the surface of the pavement for all joints.
32 3) Maintain an angle of greater than 75 degrees between all joints if 90
33 degrees is not achievable unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
34 4) If uncontrolled cracking occurs during sawing, the City may require the
35 panel with the crack to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City.
36 5) Use dowel baskets to support dowels and tie bars in the location shown on
37 the Drawings. Do not manually or mechanically insert tie bars or dowels
38 into wet or hardened concrete unless otherwise approved by the City.
39 6) Secure the dowel baskets into the subgrade or hot-mix asphalt base so that
40 the baskets to not tip or move during concrete placement. Set up rebar and
41 support baskets at least 12 hours prior to concrete placement for inspection.
42 7) Use the appropriate bar based on the Drawings and the requirements under
43 Materials.
44 8) Clean and seal all joints before opening the pavement to traffic.
45 9) Joint Dimensions and Spacing
46 a) Match width and depth of the joint shown on the Drawings.
47 b) Dimensions of the sealant reservoir to match manufacturer’s
48 recommendations.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 16 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c) Ensure the joint depth after curing is 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the
2 pavement surface at the center of the joint. If joint depth exceeds 1/4
3 inch, The City may request corrective action to be taken that may
4 include remove and replace at no cost to the City.
5 d) Maintain a maximum 15 foot longitudinal joint spacing.
6 e) Ensure longitudinal joints follow the proposed lane lines where
7 possible.
8 b. Contraction Joints
9 1) Transverse Contraction Joints
10 a) Only used in plain-jointed concrete pavement.
11 b) Maintain joint spacing as shown on the Drawings.
12 c) Do not install transverse contraction joints in continuously reinforced
13 concrete pavement.
14 d) Use dowel bars that are coated with a thin film of grease or other
15 approved de-bonding material to prevent concrete from bonding to the
16 bar. See Materials.
17 e) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the
18 Drawings.
19 f) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness.
20 2) Longitudinal Contraction Joints
21 a) Used in plain-jointed and continuously reinforced concrete.
22 b) Maintain joint spacing as specified in the Drawings.
23 c) Use single piece tie bars. See Materials.
24 d) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the
25 Drawings.
26 e) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness.
27 c. Construction Joints
28 1) General
29 a) Use reinforcing support chairs to hold reinforcing bars that extend
30 through the bulkhead in place.
31 b) Splicing is not allowed within 10 feet of a transverse construction joint.
32 c) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the
33 Drawings.
34 2) Transverse Construction Joints
35 a) A transverse construction joint shall be formed at the close of each
36 day’s work or when the placing of concrete has been stopped for 30-
37 minutes or longer.
38 b) Provide a bulkhead (header) of sufficient cross-sectional area to prevent
39 deflection and accurately notched to allow longitudinal rebar to
40 continue through the bulkhead.
41 c) Provide bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished pavement and
42 cleaned.
43 d) Plain-Jointed Concrete
44 (1) Select the construction joint location to be either at planned
45 transverse contraction joint or halfway between two planned
46 transverse contraction joints.
47 e) Continuously Reinforced Concrete
48 (1) Additional steel may be required. See Drawings for additional
49 information.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 17 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 (2) Ensure longitudinal steel is supported and protected to prevent
2 damage, vibration, and impact.
3 3) Longitudinal Construction Joints
4 a) Use multiple piece tie bars where possible. See Materials.
5 b) Bent tie bars are not permitted.
6 c) Drill and epoxy single piece tie bars only for widening or maintenance
7 projects where new concrete is being poured adjacent to existing
8 concrete.
9 d) Inserting Tie Bars
10 (1) When approved, insert tie bars per this Section.
11 (2) Fresh Concrete Installation:
12 (a) Mechanically insert the tie bars using the paving machine when
13 possible.
14 (b) If the tie bar is inserted manually, check the insertion depth and
15 location to ensure proper placement and evaluate if there has
16 been any surface drop down.
17 (c) If any surface drop down has occurred, repair concrete to the
18 Citys satisfaction.
19 (d) Take care to avoid moving the reinforcing mat or any other
20 reinforcing in the concrete when inserting the tie bar.
21 (3) Hardened Concrete Installation:
22 (a) Mark tie bar location and drill holes into the hardened concrete
23 at least 10-inches deep with a drill bit that is 1/8-inch greater in
24 diameter than the tie bar diameter.
25 (b) Clean the hole with a wire brush and compressed air to remove
26 all the dust and moisture.
27 (c) Follow the epoxy manufacturers instruction to apply the
28 epoxy. Fill the entire hole with Type 3, Class C epoxy before
29 inserting the tie bars.
30 (d) When installing tie bars into hardened concrete, perform a
31 pullout test.
32 (4) Pullout Test:
33 (a) Perform pullout tests on tie bars designated by the City.
34 (b) Install the tie bar in accordance with this Section and the
35 Drawings.
36 (c) Perform a pullout test in accordance with ASTM E488 within
37 the epoxy manufacturers recommended curing time.
38 (d) Verify the tie bar meets a pullout strength of at least 3/4 of the
39 yield strength of the tie bar.
40 (5) Corrective Measures
41 (a) Perform corrective measures to provide adequate pullout
42 resistance if any of the tests do not meet the required minimum
43 pullout strength.
44 (b) Repair any damage caused by testing at no cost to the City.
45 (c) Acceptable corrective measures include, but are not limited to,
46 installation of additional or longer tie bars.
47 d. Expansion Joints
48 1) Install expansion joints perpendicularly to the surface at the locations
49 shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 18 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Use dowels for expansion joints with a thin film of grease or other
2 approved de-bonding material with dowel caps on the lubricated end of
3 each dowel bar.
4 3) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the Drawings.
5 4) When the proposed pavement is adjacent to or around existing structures,
6 install expansion joints along the entire length of an existing structure.
7 5) Joint Filler
8 a) Provide joint fillers that conform to the requirements under Materials
9 and Source Quality Control.
10 b) Provide timber boards that are accurately notched to allow rebar to
11 continue through the expansion joint as needed.
12 c) Extend joint filler past or slightly below the bottom of concrete slab.
13 d) Use timber boards that span the length of the pavement width. Take
14 care to ensure the timber board does not break, crack, or shift during
15 concrete placement.
16 e) If the timber boards cracks, breaks, or shifts, remove and replace the
17 adjacent pavement panels and reconstruct the pavement with a
18 compliant timber board at no cost to the City.
19 e. Curb Joints
20 1) Provide joints in the curb of the same type and location as the adjacent
21 pavement.
22 2) Extend expansion joints through the curb.
23 3) Extend sawed joints through the curb.
24 4) Construct curb joints at all transverse pavement joints.
25 5) For non-monolithic curbs, drill and epoxy tie bars as specified in the
26 Drawings.
27 f. Sawing Joints
28 1) Joints to be sawed into concrete as soon as can be accomplished without
29 damage to the pavement within 24 hours of concrete pavement placement
30 as shown on Drawings.
31 2) Saw joints to the depth and spacing shown on the Drawings.
32 3) Use a chalk line, stringline, saw template, or other approved method to
33 provide a true joint alignment.
34 g. Joint Sealing
35 1) See Section 32 13 73.
36 5. Concrete Placement
37 a. General
38 1) Use a slip-form paving machine. Hand paving is only permitted in areas
39 such as intersections or other areas where use of paving machine is not
40 practical.
41 2) If hand-pouring does not produce the required consolidation and finishing
42 results, take immediate action. The City may require corrective action that
43 may include removal and replacement of concrete at no cost to the City.
44 a) Do not use rakes or vibrators to move concrete. Only use shovels or the
45 augers on the spreader and paver to move the concrete.
46 3) Do not allow the pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line
47 by more than 1/2 inch at any point.
48 a) Consistency
49 4) Provide concrete with following consistency qualities:
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 19 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a) Mortar clings to coarse aggregate
2 b) Aggregate does not segregate in concrete when transported to the place
3 of deposit
4 c) Concrete should flatten out at the center of the pile with edges standing
5 and not flowing when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the
6 mixer.
7 d) Concrete and mortar shows no free water when removed from the
8 mixer
9 e) Concrete to slide and not flow into place when transported in metal
10 chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal
11 f) Surface of the finished concrete to be free from a surface film or
12 laitance
13 b. Honeycombing
14 1) Prevent honeycombing by taking special care placing and spading the
15 concrete against forms and joints.
16 2) The City may reject concrete with excessive voids and honeycombing on
17 the edge of the pavement. The City may request corrective action to be
18 taken that may include removal and replacement at no cost to the City
19 6. Consolidation
20 a. Consolidate all concrete by approved mechanical vibrators in accordance with
21 the requirements of this Section.
22 b. Ensure the vibrators dont dislodge or disturb the reinforcement.
23 c. Use hand-operated vibrators to consolidate concrete along forms, at all joints,
24 and in areas not accessible to the machine-mounted vibrators.
25 d. Do not operate machine-mounted vibrators while the paving equipment is
26 stationary.
27 7. Curb
28 a. Construct concrete curb in accordance with Section 32 16 13.
29 8. Spreading and Finishing
30 a. General
31 1) Finish concrete using approved finishing equipment per this specification.
32 2) If excessive surface slurry or bleeding occurs:
33 a) Do not finish concrete
34 b) Contact concrete supplier and review on-site conditions to verify too
35 much water is not being added to the concrete mix by the Contractor or
36 at the plant.
37 c) A fine mist of water may be used during dry conditions when approved
38 by the City and only when under City supervision.
39 3) Use minimal amount of water to maintain a moist surface.
40 4) Reduce misting if float or straightedge finishing operations result in an
41 excess amount of surface slurry.
42 5) Do not apply water from a nozzle or a garden-type hose.
43 6) Do not finish the concrete if there is free standing water on the surface of
44 the concrete. Wait until the water evaporates before finishing.
45 7) Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a
46 finishing machine.
47 b. Quality Checks
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 20 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Perform sufficient checks with a long-handled 10-foot or 15-foot
2 straightedge on fresh concrete to ensure the final surface is within the
3 tolerances specified in Ride Quality.
4 a) Verify there is not more than 1/16-inch variation between the
5 straightedge and the surface of the pavement.
6 b) Rework and refinish any surface not within the tolerance limits.
7 2) Edging
8 a) Tool all edges of slabs and all joints with an edger of the radius
9 specified in the Drawings.
10 b) All concrete work to be left smooth and true to lines.
11 9. Texturing
12 a. Complete final texturing using approved texturing equipment in accordance
13 with this Section.
14 10. Curing
15 a. Surface Moisture
16 1) Prevent surface drying of pavement before application of the curing
17 compound by means that may include water fogging/misting, wind screens,
18 and evaporation retardants. Obtain approval from the City before using any
19 of these methods.
20 2) If an evaporation retardant is approved, reapply as needed to maintain the
21 concrete surface in a moist condition until the curing compound is applied.
22 3) Do not use evaporation retardant as a finishing aid.
23 4) If there is pavement failure due to poor surface moisture, City may require
24 corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no cost to
25 the City.
26 b. A curing day is defined as a 24-hour period when either the temperature taken
27 in the shade away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least
28 19 hours or the surface temperature of the concrete is maintained above 40
29 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours.
30 c. Curing begins when the concrete curing compound or system has been applied.
31 d. Maintain and promptly repair damage to curing materials on exposed surfaces
32 of concrete pavement continuously for at least 3 curing days.
33 e. Ensure curing compound does not disintegrate, peek, or crack.
34 f. The City may reject the curing compound based on visual and odor inspection.
35 g. Application
36 1) Apply the curing compound in accordance with DMS-4650.
37 2) Manage finishing and texturing operations to ensure placement of curing
38 compound on a moist concrete surface relatively free of water.
39 3) Maintain curing compounds in a uniformly agitated condition free of
40 settlement before and during application.
41 4) Do not thin or dilute the curing compound.
42 5) Apply two coats of the curing compound.
43 6) Apply to damp concrete as a fine mist through atomizing nozzles, at a rate
44 of no more than 180 square feet per gallon, that covers entire surfaces
45 thoroughly and completely with a uniform film.
46 7) Coat sides of concrete slab after side forms are removed and earth is
47 banked against them.
48 h. Alternative Curing Methods
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 21 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) If an alternative curing method is preferred, submit a request to City with
2 all product data needed at least 72 hours prior to a concrete pour.
3 2) If the alternative method for curing does not produce desire results, cease
4 concrete paving activities and implement another method of curing.
5 11. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic
6 a. Protection of Pavement
7 1) Erect and maintain barricades and other standard and approved devices,
8 excluding all vehicles and equipment from the newly placed pavement for
9 the periods specified.
10 2) Maintain an adequate supply of sheeting or other material to cover and
11 protect fresh concrete surface from weather damage. Apply as needed to
12 protect the pavement surface from weather.
13 b. Opening to Traffic
14 1) All traffic to be excluded from new concrete pavement for a minimum of
15 14 days.
16 2) Early Opening to Traffic
17 a) If traffic needs to be open earlier than 14 days post pavement activities,
18 use HES concrete.
19 b) Perform concrete cylinder breaks at 24 hours. If the compressive
20 strength is 3,200 psi or higher, pavement may be opened to traffic after
21 72 hours.
22 3) Emergency Opening to Traffic
23 a) Open the pavement to traffic under emergency conditions when
24 directed in writing by the City and the pavement is at least 72 hours
25 old.
26 b) Remove all obstructing materials, place stable material against the
27 pavement edges, and perform other work involved in providing for the
28 safety of traffic as required for emergency opening.
29 c. Clean and fill all joints prior to opening pavement to traffic.
30 12. Pavement Leaveouts
31 a. Provide pavement leaveouts as necessary for local traffic at locations specified
32 in the Drawings or as directed by the City.
33 b. Provide a suitable crossover connection for traffic movements based on a
34 location that is determined in the field by the City.
35 C. Batching Equipment
36 1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14
37 00.
38 3.5. REPAIR
39 A. Repair concrete pavement in accordance with 32 01 29.
40 B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due
41 to concrete paving activities:
42 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain
43 2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain
44 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain
45 4. Subgrade or base material
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 22 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5. Utility pipe
2 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe.
3 7. Landscape beds or planters
4 8. Sod
5 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features
6 10. Retaining walls
7 3.6. RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
8 3.7. SITE QUALITY CONTROL
9 A. Verification Testing
10 1. General:
11 a. At the request of the City, the Contractor is to perform additional testing to
12 verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing utilizing a third-
13 party testing laboratory.
14 b. The City may request verification testing at any time if production is suspected
15 to be non-conforming.
16 c. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM C42.
17 d. Verification testing will be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City.
18 2. Concrete Mix Design and Verification
19 a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and
20 evaluation reports.
21 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to
22 removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
23 3. Concrete Production Acceptance
24 a. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the
25 concrete is in conformance with the requirements in Section 03 00 00 for the
26 admixtures, mix design, slump, and compressive strength.
27 b. Aggregate Moisture Testing
28 1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16.
29 4. Concrete Placement Acceptance
30 a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and
31 evaluation reports.
32 b. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time
33 and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City.
34 c. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests
35 in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
36 B. Class P1, P2, and HES Pavement Thickness Test
37 1. Sampling
38 a. Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic yards of
39 concrete.
40 b. Obtain pavement cores in accordance with Tex-424-A. Check the pavement
41 thickness in accordance with Tex-423-A.
42 c. Collect pavement cores every 500 feet at the center of each concrete paving
43 run. If lanes are paved separately, collect a pavement core at the center of each
44 set of paved lanes.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 23 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. For hand poured concrete collect pavement cores every 250 feet.
2 e. Fill core holes using an approved concrete mixture and method.
3 2. Acceptance
4 a. The Contractor will not be paid over the contract unit price for any pavement
5 that is thicker than what is specified in the Drawings.
6 b. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.2 inches but less than 0.5-
7 inches less than the thickness designated on the Drawings:
8 1) Obtain additional cores every 150 feet at locations designated by the City.
9 2) Additional cores may be requested by the City if the pavement is suspected
10 to be deficient.
11 3) Obtain cores until the variation between the thickness designated on the
12 Drawings is less than 0.2-inches.
13 4) For deficit concrete limit:
14 a) Remove limits of deficient concrete and replace at no cost to the City,
15 or
16 b) Concrete to remain and City will pay the Contractor 50 percent of the
17 unit price of concrete specified in the bid documents.
18 c. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.5 inches less than the
19 thickness designated on the Drawings:
20 1) Remove and replace deficient concrete at no cost to the City.
21 C. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Ride Quality
22 1. General
23 a. Provide a pavement to have a finished grade smooth and true to the established
24 line, grade, and cross-section.
25 b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular
26 (transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces.
27 2. Profile Measurements
28 a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or
29 lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M Transportation
30 Institute.
31 1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation,
32 display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification
33 expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOTs
34 Material Producer List.
35 2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City.
36 3) Provide documentation of the profiles when requested by the City.
37 b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project.
38 c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the
39 completion of a major stage of construction as approved.
40 d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a
41 manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed.
42 e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving
43 traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the
44 Drawings.
45 3. Acceptance Plan
46 a. General
47 1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify not more than 1/8-
48 inch variation between any 2 contacts.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 24 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Perform corrective action on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch
2 variation between any 2 contacts.
3 b. Localized Roughness
4 1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from
5 each wheel path.
6 2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch
7 variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge.
8 3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies
9 resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel
10 paths.
11 c. Corrective Action
12 1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or
13 localized roughness.
14 2) Reprofile the corrected area and provide results indicating the corrective
15 action was successful.
16 3) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify
17 corrections have produced the required improvements.
18 4) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City
19 may require:
20 a) Continued corrective action, or
21 b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may
22 negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in
23 place.
24 D. Non-Conforming Work
25 1. General
26 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to
27 this specification.
28 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed
29 Concrete Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-
30 conforming. This would be at no cost to the City.
31 c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City.
32 2. Aggregates
33 a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be
34 rejected by the City.
35 3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials
36 a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements
37 of this specification and section 03 00 00.
38 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to
39 removal and replacement at no cost to the City.
40 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials verify the
41 conformance of the mixture.
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 25 of 25
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.8. SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
2 3.9. ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3 3.10. CLEANING [NOT USED]
4 3.11. CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
5 3.12. PROTECTION [NOT USED]
6 3.13. MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
7
8 3.14. ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
9 END OF SECTION
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Removed maximum temperature limit for placement of concrete; 1.11.A
6/14/2014 Removed longitudinal tining requirement; 3.4.A.4
11
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 13 73
2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Sealants for Concrete Joints.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
11 Contract.
12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Joint sealant materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid
15 for directly. All items included with the testing and furnishing of joint sealants are
16 subsidiary to other pertinent items.
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Reference Standards
19 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
20 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
21 unless a date is specifically cited.
22 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
23 a. ASTM D5249 Standard Specification for Backer Material for Use with Cold
24 and Hot Applied Joint Sealants in Portland-Cement Concrete and Asphalt
25 Joints.
26 3. TxDOT Standards:
27 a. DMS-6310 Joint Sealants and Seals.
28 1.4 SUBMITTALS
29 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
30 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
31 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
32 A. Product Data
33 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying concrete
34 joint sealants to be used on the project.
35 2. Product data sheets will include:
36 a. Manufacturer name
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Date
2 c. Material description
3 d. Point of delivery
4 e. Produce data and test results in accordance with this Section
5 f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for PCE and all additives
6 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable
7 h. Application Recommendations, if applicable
8 i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data:
9 1) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturers recommended addition
10 temperature
11 2) Manufacturers recommended dosage range
12 3) Manufacturers Recommended Storage and Handling instructions
13 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
15 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
16 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
17 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
18 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
19 66 00.
20 B. Keep the material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with
21 foreign matter.
22 C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling.
23 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
24 A. Ambient Conditions
25 1. In accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
26 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
28 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
29 2.2 MATERIALS
30 A. Joint Sealant
31 1. Provide joint sealants in accordance with DMS-6310 types 4, 5, 7, or 8 unless
32 otherwise specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City.
33 B. Backer Rod
34 1. Provide heat resistant backer rods conforming to ASTM D5249. The preferred
35 product is CERA-ROD by W.R. Meadows or approved equal.
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. The Contractor may request to use an alternative backer rod product in writing. If
2 requesting an alternative material, the alternative backer rod must comply with the
3 following:
4 a. The backer rod must not react with or bond to the sealant and must meet the
5 requirements of the sealant manufacturer.
6 b. Provide a backer rod with a diameter of at least 25 percent larger than the joint
7 reservoir width.
8 c. Backer rod materials must include closed-cell resilient foam; sponge rubber
9 stock of vinyl, butyl, or neoprene; and polyethylene or polyurethane. Backer
10 rods must also be flexible, lightweight, non-staining, heat-resistant, chemical-
11 resistant, ultraviolet-stable, non-absorbent, low density, and compressible foam.
12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
14 PART 3 - EXECUTION
15 3.1 EQUIPMENT
16 A. Condition of Equipment
17 1. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition.
18 2. The condition is subject to the approval of the City.
19 3. If the equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for
20 replacing the non-conforming equipment with conforming equipment at no cost to
21 the City.
22 4. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal and
23 replacement at no cost to the City.
24 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
25 3.3 PREPARATION
26 A. Make a groove along the cracks to be sealed and rout the groove approximately 1/2-
27 inch-deep and 5/8-inch-wide, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by
28 the City.
29 B. Remove all foreign material from the joint or groove reservoir.
30 C. Clean the joint by sandblasting or other approved methods. If directed, saw joint sides
31 to remove embedded foreign material in the concrete not removed by sandblasting.
32 D. Do not place sealant in a wet or damp joint or groove. Use approved drying method if
33 joints or grooves are sealed within 24 hours of rain.
34 E. Apply primer when required by the sealant manufacturer. Blow out joint or groove with
35 high pressure air or other approved methods before placing sealant.
36 3.4 INSTALLATION
37 A. After the joint is prepped, install sealant material. See Table 1 for different types of
38 joints and sealants to be used.
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Install joint sealant per manufacturers recommendations. If backer rods are required,
2 install backer rods and sealant in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations
3 and this Section.
4 C. Backer Rods:
5 1. Install backer rod with a single-wheeled or three-wheeled roller, depending on
6 application.
7 2. Avoid stretching or puncturing the material.
8 3. Hold the backer rod in compression.
9 4. Provide a backer rod with a diameter 1/8 inch larger than the width of the joint for
10 joint widths up to 3/4 inch. For joints 3/4 inch and larger, add 1/4 inch to diameter
11 rod selection.
12 5. After backer rods are installed, apply sealants as necessary.
13 D. Remove and replace sealant when placed flush with or above the pavement surface.
14 Table 1
15 Types of Joints Requirements
Joint Type Requirement
Transverse Contraction Joints Backer Rods and Sealant
Longitudinal Contraction Joint Sealant
Longitudinal Construction Joints Sealant
Expansion Joints Backer Rods and Sealant
16 E. Disposal of Materials:
17 1. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks.
18 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
20 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
2 END OF SECTION
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 1 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 16 00
2 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A.Section Includes:
6 1. Curbs
7 2. Gutters
8 3. Sidewalks
9 4. Curb Ramps
10 5. Driveways
11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
12 1. None.
13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
15 Contract.
16 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
17 3.Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing.
18 4.Section 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving .
19 5.Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving .
20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
21 A. Measurement and Payment
22 1. Concrete Curb
23 a. Measurement
24 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb installed.
25 b. Payment
26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
27 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
28 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Curb installed.
29 c. The price bid shall include:
30 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb as specified by the Drawings
31 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
32 3) Water
33 4) Loading
34 5) Unloading
35 6) Storing
36 7) Hauling
37 8) Handling of materials
38 9) Traffic control for all testing
39 10) Trial batches (as needed)
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 2 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
2 12) Concrete
3 13) Aggregate
4 14) Supplementary cementing materials
5 15) Concrete additives
6 16) Mixing
7 17) Placement of concrete
8 18) Finishing of concrete
9 19) Curing and curing compounds
10 20) Sawing
11 21) Joint sealant
12 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
13 23) Disposal of excess material
14 24) Clean-up
15 2. Concrete Curb and Gutter
16 a. Measurement
17 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter installed.
18 b. Payment
19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
20 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
21 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Curb and Gutter installed.
22 c. The price bid shall include:
23 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb and Gutter as specified by the
24 Drawings
25 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
26 3) Water
27 4) Loading
28 5) Unloading
29 6) Storing
30 7) Hauling
31 8) Handling of materials
32 9) Traffic control for all testing
33 10) Trial batches (as needed)
34 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
35 12) Concrete
36 13) Aggregate
37 14) Supplementary cementing materials
38 15) Concrete additives
39 16) Mixing
40 17) Placement of concrete
41 18) Finishing of concrete
42 19) Curing and curing compounds
43 20) Sawing
44 21) Joint sealant
45 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
46 23) Disposal of excess material
47 24) Clean-up
48 3. Concrete Valley Gutter
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 3 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Measurement
2 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Valley Gutter installed.
3 b. Payment
4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
5 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
6 price bid per square yard for Concrete Valley Gutter installed.
7 c. The price bid shall include:
8 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Valley Gutter as specified by the
9 Drawings
10 2) Excavation
11 3) Loading
12 4) Unloading
13 5) Hauling
14 6) Disposal of excess material
15 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
16 8) Clean-up
17 4. Concrete Ribbon Curb
18 a. Measurement
19 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Ribbon Curb installed.
20 b. Payment
21 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item
22 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
23 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Ribbon Curb installed.
24 c. The price bid shall include:
25 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Ribbon Curb as specified by the
26 Drawings
27 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
28 3) Water
29 4) Loading
30 5) Unloading
31 6) Storing
32 7) Hauling
33 8) Handling of materials
34 9) Traffic control for all testing
35 10) Trial batches (as needed)
36 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
37 12) Concrete
38 13) Aggregate
39 14) Supplementary cementing materials
40 15) Concrete additives
41 16) Mixing
42 17) Placement of concrete
43 18) Finishing of concrete
44 19) Curing and curing compounds
45 20) Sawing
46 21) Joint sealant
47 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
48 23) Disposal of excess material
49 24) Clean-up
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 4 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2
3 5. Concrete Sidewalk
4 a. Measurement
5 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed.
6 b. Payment
7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
8 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
9 price bid per square yard for Concrete Sidewalk installed for:
10 a) Various depths.
11 c. The price bid shall include:
12 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk as specified by the Drawings
13 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
14 3) Water
15 4) Loading
16 5) Unloading
17 6) Storing
18 7) Hauling
19 8) Handling of materials
20 9) Traffic control for all testing
21 10) Trial batches (as needed)
22 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
23 12) Concrete
24 13) Aggregate
25 14) Supplementary cementing materials
26 15) Concrete additives
27 16) Mixing
28 17) Placement of concrete
29 18) Finishing of concrete
30 19) Curing and curing compounds
31 20) Sawing
32 21) Joint sealant
33 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
34 23) Disposal of excess material
35 24) Clean-up
36 6. Concrete Sidewalk with Curb
37 a. Measurement
38 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk with Curb installed to the
39 back of curb.
40 b. Payment
41 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
42 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
43 price bid per square yard for Concrete Sidewalk with Curb installed for:
44 a) Various depths.
45 c. The price bid shall include:
46 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Curb as specified by the
47 Drawings
48 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 5 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Water
2 4) Loading
3 5) Unloading
4 6) Storing
5 7) Hauling
6 8) Handling of materials
7 9) Traffic control for all testing
8 10) Trial batches (as needed)
9 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
10 12) Concrete
11 13) Aggregate
12 14) Supplementary cementing materials
13 15) Concrete additives
14 16) Mixing
15 17) Placement of concrete
16 18) Finishing of concrete
17 19) Curing and curing compounds
18 20) Sawing
19 21) Joint sealant
20 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
21 23) Disposal of excess material
22 24) Clean-up
23 7. Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall
24 a. Measurement
25 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed to the face of
26 Retaining Wall.
27 2) Retaining Wall portion will be measured and paid for under Section 32 32
28 13.
29 b. Payment
30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
31 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
32 price bid per square yard for Concrete Sidewalk installed for:
33 a) Various depths.
34 c. The price bid shall include:
35 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall as
36 specified by the Drawings
37 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
38 3) Water
39 4) Loading
40 5) Unloading
41 6) Storing
42 7) Hauling
43 8) Handling of materials
44 9) Traffic control for all testing
45 10) Trial batches (as needed)
46 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
47 12) Concrete
48 13) Aggregate
49 14) Supplementary cementing materials
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 6 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 15) Concrete additives
2 16) Mixing
3 17) Placement of concrete
4 18) Finishing of concrete
5 19) Curing and curing compounds
6 20) Sawing
7 21) Joint sealant
8 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
9 23) Disposal of excess material
10 24) Clean-up
11 8. Curb Ramp
12 a. Measurement
13 1) Measured by Each of Curb Ramp installed.
14 b. Payment
15 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item
16 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
17 price bid per each for Curb Ramp installed for:
18 a) Type specified.
19 c. The price bid shall include:
20 1) Furnishing and installing Curb Ramp as specified by the Drawings
21 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
22 3) Water
23 4) Loading
24 5) Unloading
25 6) Storing
26 7) Hauling
27 8) Handling of materials
28 9) Traffic control for all testing
29 10) Trial batches (as needed)
30 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
31 12) Concrete
32 13) Aggregate
33 14) Supplementary cementing materials
34 15) Concrete additives
35 16) Mixing
36 17) Placement of concrete
37 18) Finishing of concrete
38 19) Curing and curing compounds
39 20) Sawing
40 21) Joint sealant
41 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
42 23) Disposal of excess material
43 24) Clean-up
44 25) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings
45 26) Adjacent flares or side curb
46 9. Driveway Approach
47 a. Measurement
48 1) Measured per square yard of Driveway Approach installed.
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 7 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Payment
2 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
3 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
4 price bid per square yard for Driveway Approach installed for:
5 a) Various types.
6 b) Various depths.
7 c. The price bid shall include:
8 1) Furnishing and installing Driveway Approach as specified by the Drawings
9 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
10 3) Water
11 4) Loading
12 5) Unloading
13 6) Storing
14 7) Hauling
15 8) Handling of materials
16 9) Traffic control for all testing
17 10) Trial batches (as needed)
18 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
19 12) Concrete
20 13) Aggregate
21 14) Supplementary cementing materials
22 15) Concrete additives
23 16) Mixing
24 17) Placement of concrete
25 18) Finishing of concrete
26 19) Curing and curing compounds
27 20) Sawing
28 21) Joint sealant
29 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
30 23) Disposal of excess material
31 24) Clean-up
32 10. Driveway
33 a. Measurement
34 1) Measured per square yard of Driveway installed.
35 b. Payment
36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
37 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
38 price bid per square yard for Driveway installed for:
39 a) Various types.
40 b) Various depths.
41 c. The price bid shall include:
42 1) Furnishing and installing Driveway as specified by the Drawings
43 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
44 3) Water
45 4) Loading
46 5) Unloading
47 6) Storing
48 7) Hauling
49 8) Handling of materials
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 8 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 9) Traffic control for all testing
2 10) Trial batches (as needed)
3 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action
4 12) Concrete
5 13) Aggregate
6 14) Supplementary cementing materials
7 15) Concrete additives
8 16) Mixing
9 17) Placement of concrete
10 18) Finishing of concrete
11 19) Curing and curing compounds
12 20) Sawing
13 21) Joint sealant
14 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs
15 23) Disposal of excess material
16 24) Clean-up
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A.Abbreviations and Acronyms
19 1. TAS Texas Accessibility Standards
20 2. TDLR Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
21 B. Definitions
22 1. Curb: concrete edging or barrier measuring 18 or less in maximum height.
23 C. Reference Standards
24 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
25 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
26 unless a date is specifically cited.
27 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
29 A.Pre-Paving Meeting
30 a. Hold a pre-paving meeting in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13.
31 B. Sequencing
32 1. Sidewalk Construction
33 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, and
34 Driveway activities:
35 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings
36 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour
37 route to City for review.
38 2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic
39 Control items included with the project.
40 b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD,
41 State, and local guidelines.
42 c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13.
43 1.5 SUBMITTALS
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 9 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
2 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
4 A. Concrete Mix Design in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
5 B. Asphalt Mix Design in accordance with Section 32 12 16.
6 C. Product Data
7 1. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in
8 accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 16:
9 a. Curing compounds
10 b. Evaporation retardant
11 c. Joint fillers
12 d. Chemical additives
13 e. Epoxy
14 f. Fiber reinforcing
15 D. Equipment Submittals
16 1. Submit an equipment list of all major equipment in accordance with Sections 32 12
17 16 and 32 13 13.
18 E. Test and Evaluation Reports
19 1. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00
20 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13.
21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
22 A.Test and Evaluation Reports
23 1. All test reports generated during testing.
24 B. TDLR Inspection
25 1. Submit TDLR Proof of Inspection. Remove and replace any portions found to be
26 failing in accordance with Article 3.7.
27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
30 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
31 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
32 66 00.
33 B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in
34 Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13.
35 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
36 A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in accordance with
37 Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13.
38 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 10 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
3 2.2 MATERIALS
4 A. Refer to City standard details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation and
5 backfill.
6 B. Concrete
7 1. Class
8 a. Curb
9 1) Provide Class P1 concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
10 b. Sidewalk
11 1) Provide Class A concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
12 c. Driveway
13 1) Provide Class P2 concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
14 2. Production Materials
15 a. Provide cementitious materials, admixtures, water, forms, joint filler, joint
16 sealant, and reinforcing chairs in accordance with Section 32 13 13.
17 3. Aggregate:
18 a. Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16.
19 b. Use coarse aggregate that is no larger than 1-1/2 inch.
20 4. Reinforcement:
21 a. Curb
22 1) When constructing Concrete Curb, Concrete Curb and Gutter, Concrete
23 Valley Gutter, or Concrete Ribbon Curb use reinforcing steel in accordance
24 with Section 03 00 00.
25 b. Sidewalk and Curb Ramps
26 1) When constructing sidewalk less than 6 in thickness use fiber
27 reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
28 2) When constructing sidewalk 6 in thickness or greater use steel
29 reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
30 c. Driveway and Driveway Approaches
31 1) Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00.
32 C. Asphalt
33 1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements.
34 2. Use Type D for Asphalt Driveway surface courses.
35 3. Use Type B for Asphalt Driveway intermediate and/or base courses.
36 D. Curb Ramps
37 1. Provide cast-in-place fiberglass composite detectable warning surface in accordance
38 with TAS.
39 a. Glue-down detectable warning surfaces are not permitted.
40 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
41 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 11 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 A. Follow all source quality control requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 03
2 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13.
3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
6 3.3 PREPARATION
7 A. Surface Preparation
8 1. Excavate and remove materials as required for the construction of curbs, sidewalks,
9 and driveways in accordance with Sections 02 41 15, 31 10 00, and 31 23 16.
10 2. Shape and compact subgrade or foundation surface to the line, grade, and cross-
11 section specified in the Drawings.
12 3. If required, treat subgrade in accordance with Sections 32 11 29 and 32 11 33.
13 4. Lightly sprinkle subgrade or foundation surface immediately before final concrete
14 or asphalt placement.
15 3.4 INSTALLATION
16 A. General
17 1. Provide finished work with a well-compacted mass and a surface free from voids
18 meeting the required shape, line, and grade as specified in the Drawings.
19 2. Place concrete and asphalt in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13.
20 3. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location,
21 slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the
22 Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS at no
23 cost to the City.
24 B. Equipment
25 1. Use equipment in accordance with Section 32 12 16 and 32 13 13.
26 2. Smart level:
27 a. Use approved Smart Level to verify all sidewalk, curb ramp, and driveway
28 grades.
29 b. Calibrate Smart Level with City inspector prior to performing tests.
30 C. Curbs
31 1. Integral
32 a. Place integral curb while the pavement is still plastic.
33 b. Spade and consolidate concrete material with pavement in order to obtain a
34 thorough bond.
35 2. Formed
36 a. Extend forms to full depth of concrete.
37 b. Pour concrete into forms and strike off with a template 1/4 to 3/8 in. less than
38 the dimensions of the finished curb.
39 c. When removing forms, take caution to prevent marring or spalling or concrete.
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 12 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 d. After initial set, plaster surface with mortar consisting of 1 part hydraulic
2 cement and 2 parts fine aggregate.
3 e. Brush exposed surfaces to a uniform texture.
4 3. Slip-formed
5 a. Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement.
6 b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement.
7 c. Place the concrete with approved self-propelled equipment.
8 1) The forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slip form
9 machine must easily be adjustable vertically during the forward motion of
10 the machine to provide variable heights required to maintain established
11 grade line.
12 d. Attach a pointer or gauge to the machine so a continual comparison can be
13 made between the extruded or slip form work and grade guideline.
14 e. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slip forming.
15 4. Joints
16 a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at
17 intersection returns and other rigid structures.
18 b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and
19 pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches.
20 c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, curbs,
21 buildings, and other curb and gutters.
22 d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full
23 depth of the concrete.
24 e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb.
25 f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the finished work down to
26 finished grade.
27 g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with concrete expansion
28 joints.
29 h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are
30 required.
31 i. Install 3 No. 4 round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each
32 expansion joint.
33 j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with dowel cap.
34 1) Dowel cap required to provide a minimum of 1 inch free expansion.
35 k. Support dowels by an approved method.
36 D. Sidewalk
37 1. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum
38 thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as specified in the Drawings.
39 2. Terminate workday production at an expansion joint.
40 3. Formed
41 a. Provide pre-molded or board expansion joints of the thickness specified in the
42 Drawings for sidewalk section lengths greater than 8 feet but less than 40 feet.
43 4. Slip-formed
44 a. Provide any additional surface finishing immediately after extrusion of slip-
45 forming.
46 b. Construct joints at locations as specified in the Drawings.
47 5. Joints
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 13 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Place expansion joints at 40 foot intervals.
2 b. Place expansion joints at sidewalks with concrete driveways, intersections with
3 other sidewalks, and at other adjacent old concrete work.
4 c. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness.
5 d. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks
6 shall be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing
7 tool.
8 e. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a
9 marking tool.
10 f. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall match those in the
11 curb.
12 E. Curb Ramps
13 1. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturers instructions.
14 F. Driveways
15 1. Provide concrete driveways and driveway approaches unless specified otherwise.
16 2. Provide uninterrupted access to adjacent property unless otherwise directed.
17 3. When curb is required, construct monolithically with the driveway pavement.
18 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
20 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
21 A. Concrete Placement Acceptance
22 1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13
23 13.
24 B. Asphalt Placement Acceptance
25 1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12
26 16.
27 C. Non-conforming work
28 1. Any work found to be non-conforming to the Contract Documents will be removed
29 and replaced at Contractors expense.
30 2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to
31 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
32 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
33 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
34 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
35 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
36 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
37 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
38 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 14 of 14
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1 END OF SECTION
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/25/2024 Made all sidewalk Class A concrete 2.2.B.1.b
6/25/2024 Removed fiber reinforcement from Curb and Gutter reinforcement
options 2.2.B.4.a
3
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 17 23
2 PAVEMENT MARKINGS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Pavement Markings:
7 a. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings
8 b. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings
9 c. Preformed retroreflective polymer pavement markings tape
10 d. Reflectorized multipolymer, spray pavement markings
11 e. Preformed heat-activated thermoplastic tape
12 f. Pavement markings, paint
13 2. Pavement Marking Legends.
14 3. Raised Pavement Markers.
15 4. Work Zone Markings.
16 5. Removal of Pavement Markings and Markers.
17 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
18 1. None.
19 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
20 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
21 Contract.
22 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
24 A. Measurement and Payment
25 1. Pavement Markings
26 a. Measurement
27 1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings installed.
28 b. Payment
29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
30 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
31 price bid per linear foot of pavement markings installed for:
32 a) Various Widths.
33 b) Various Types.
34 c) Various Materials.
35 d) Various Colors.
36 c. The price bid shall include:
37 1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings
38 2) Glass beads, if required
39 3) Surface preparation
40 4) Clean-up
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5) Testing, if required
2 2. Pavement Marking Legends
3 a. Measurement
4 1) Measured per each pavement marking legend installed.
5 b. Payment
6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
7 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
8 price bid per each pavement marking legend installed for:
9 a) Various Types.
10 b) Various Materials.
11 c) Various Applications.
12 c. The price bid shall include:
13 1) Furnishing and installing pavement marking legend as specified by the
14 Drawings
15 2) Glass beads, if required
16 3) Surface preparation
17 4) Clean-up
18 5) Testing, if required)
19 3. Raised Pavement Markers
20 a. Measurement
21 1) Measured per each raised pavement marker installed.
22 b. Payment
23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
24 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
25 price bid per each raised pavement marker installed for:
26 a) Various Types.
27 c. The price bid shall include:
28 1) Furnishing and installing raised pavement markers as specified by the
29 Drawings
30 2) Surface preparation
31 3) Clean-up
32 4) Testing, if required
33 4. Work Zone Tab Markers
34 a. Measurement
35 1) Measured per each tab marker installed.
36 b. Payment
37 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
38 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
39 price bid per each tab marker installed.
40 c. The price bid shall include:
41 1) Furnishing and installing tab markers as specified by the Drawings
42 2) Surface preparation
43 3) Clean-up
44 5. Pavement Marking Removal
45 a. Measurement
46 1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings removed.
47 b. Payment
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
2 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
3 price bid per linear foot of pavement markings removed for:
4 a) Various Widths.
5 b) Various Types.
6 c) Various Materials.
7 d) Various Colors.
8 c. The price bid shall include:
9 1) Removing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings
10 2) Hauling
11 3) Disposal of excess materials
12 4) Clean-up
13 6. Pavement Marking Legend Removal
14 a. Measurement
15 1) Measured per each pavement marking legend removed.
16 b. Payment
17 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
18 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
19 price bid per each pavement marking legend removed for:
20 a) Various Types.
21 c. The price bid shall include:
22 1) Removing pavement marking legend as specified by the Drawings
23 2) Hauling
24 3) Disposal of excess materials
25 4) Clean-up
26 7. Raised Pavement Markers Removal
27 a. Measurement
28 1) Measured per each raised pavement marker removed.
29 b. Payment
30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
31 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
32 price bid per each raised pavement markers removed for:
33 a) Various Widths.
34 b) Various Types.
35 c) Various Materials.
36 d) Various Colors.
37 c. The price bid shall include:
38 1) Removing and disposing raised pavement markers as specified by the
39 Drawings
40 2) Hauling
41 3) Disposal of excess materials
42 4) Clean-up
43 8. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Removal for Utility
44 Trenching
45 a. Measurement
46 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater,
47 or stormwater piping.
48 b. Payment
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item are
2 subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or
3 stormwater piping installed.
4 9. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility
5 Trenching
6 a. Measurement
7 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum.
8 b. Payment
9 1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item shall be
10 paid for at the lump sum price bid for Pavement Marking, Legend, and
11 Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility Trenching.
12 c. The price bid shall include:
13 1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings, legends, and raised pavement
14 markers to match pre-construction conditions
15 2) Hauling
16 3) Disposal of excess materials
17 4) Clean-up
18
19 1.3 REFERENCES
20 A. Reference Standards
21 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
22 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
23 unless a date is specifically cited.
24 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD), 2011 Edition:
25 a. Part 3, Markings.
26 3. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA):
27 a. 23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-0139.
28 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material
29 Specifications (DMS):
30 a. 4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized).
31 b. 4300, Traffic Buttons.
32 c. 8200, Traffic Paint.
33 d. 8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic.
34 e. 8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings.
35 f. 8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings.
36 g. 8242, Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs.
37 h. 8290, Glass Traffic Beads.
38 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Pavement Marking Handbook:
39 a. Special Specification 1513 Reflectorized Multipolymer Pavement Markings-
40 Houston District.
41 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
42 1.5 SUBMITTALS
43 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and /or fabrication for
2 special.
3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
8 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
9 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
10 66 00.
11 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
12 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
13 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
14 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
15 2.2 MATERIALS
16 A. Manufacturers
17 1. Pavement Markings
18 a. Preformed Retroreflective Polymer Pavement Markings Tape
19 1) SWARCO Director 60
20 2) 3M Stamark High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES
21 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be
22 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00.
23 B. Materials
24 1. Pavement Markings
25 a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray
26 1) Width of longitudinal lines as specified in Drawings.
27 2) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings.
28 3) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet,
29 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions, nor exhibit a tacky
30 exposed surface.
31 4) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion
32 and contraction without chipping or cracking.
33 5) Retain original color, dimensions, and placement under normal traffic
34 conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees Fahrenheit and
35 below.
36 6) Uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and no evidence of
37 tracking.
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 7) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout
2 the length and width of the markings.
3 8) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60
4 days after application.
5 9) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium
6 chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice, because of the oil
7 content of pavement markings, from oil droppings, or other effects of
8 traffic.
9 10) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at
10 some future time, new markings are placed over existing material.
11 a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that
12 no splitting or separation takes place.
13 11) Markings placed on driving surfaces shall be completely retroreflective
14 both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform
15 retro-directive reflectance.
16 b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded
17 1) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings
18 2) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet,
19 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky
20 exposed surface.
21 3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion
22 and contraction without chipping or cracking.
23 4) Markings shall retain their original color, dimensions, and placement under
24 normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees
25 Fahrenheit and below.
26 5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and
27 no evidence of tracking.
28 6) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout
29 the length and width of the markings.
30 7) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60
31 days after application
32 8) Minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane formed
33 by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center of the
34 marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of 1/2 inch from the edge.
35 9) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch.
36 10) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium
37 chloride, or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the
38 oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of
39 traffic.
40 11) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at
41 some future time, new markings are placed over existing material.
42 a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that
43 no splitting or separation takes place.
44 12) Markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective both
45 internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform retro-
46 directive reflectance.
47 c. Glass traffic beads
48 1) Manufactured from glass
49 2) Spherical in shape
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Essentially free of sharp angular particles
2 4) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or surface
3 scratching
4 5) Water white in color
5 6) Applied at a uniform rate
6 7) In accordance with requirements of DMS-8290
7 d. Reflectorized Multipolymer, spray Pavement Markings Tape
8 1) Material in accordance with TxDOT Special Specification 1513.
9 e. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape
10 1) HotTape preformed thermoplastic
11 a) 0.125 mil thickness
12 f. Pavement Markings, Paint
13 1) In accordance with DMS-8200.
14 2. Raised Pavement Markers
15 a. In accordance with the requirements of the TMUTCD.
16 b. Non-reflective markers:
17 1) Round Ceramic Marker Types
18 a) Type Y (yellow body)
19 b) Type W (white body)
20 2) In accordance with DMS-4300
21 c. Reflective markers:
22 1) Manufactured of plastic
23 2) In accordance with DMS-4200
24 3) Marker Types:
25 a) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white
26 b) Type II-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber
27 c) Type II-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red
28 3. Work Zone Markings
29 a. Temporary Flexible-Reflective Roadway Marker Tabs
30 1) In accordance with DMS-8242
31 2) Do not use to simulate edge lines.
32 3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent
33 pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days.
34 b. Raised Pavement Markers
35 1) In accordance with DMS-4200
36 c. Striping
37 1) In accordance with DMS-8200
38 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
39 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
40 A. Performance
41 1. Maintain minimum retroreflectivity level for longitudinal markings as detailed
42 below for a minimum of 30 calendar days.
43
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
Posted Speed (mph)
≤ 30 35 50 ≥ 55
2-lane roads with centerline
markings only (1)n/a 100 250
All other roads (2)n/a 50 100
2 (1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux.
3 (2) Exceptions:
4 A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a
5 longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as
6 long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that
7 line during nighttime conditions.
8 B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum
9 pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable.
10 PART 3 - EXECUTION
11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
13 3.3 PREPARATION
14 A. Surface Preparation
15 1. Remove dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing markings, and other forms of
16 contamination from existing roadway surface.
17 2. Remove curing membrane from new concrete surfaces.
18 3. Apply material after pavement surface is completely dry.
19 a. The pavement is considered dry if there is no condensation after 15 minutes of
20 observation on the underside of 1 square foot piece of clear plastic placed on
21 pavement surface and weighted on the edges on a sunny day.
22 4. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage existing
23 pavement or create a hazard to motorists or pedestrians.
24 3.4 INSTALLATION
25 A. General
26 1. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
27 2. Apply markings and markers on clean, dry pavement with a surface temperature
28 above 50 degrees Fahrenheit and/or within temperature limits recommended by the
29 material manufacturer.
30 3. Ensure proper safety precautions and traffic control when markings are applied on
31 roadways open to traffic. Provide traffic control in accordance with TMUTCD.
32 4. Protect freshly applied markings from traffic damage and disfigurement.
33 5. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface
34 prior to restoring traffic.
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Pavement Markings
2 1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray
3 a. For installation and replacement of long lines centerlines, lane lines, edge
4 lines, turn lanes, and dots.
5 b. Application Thickness:
6 1) 100 mils
7 a) For applications over existing markings, install 90 mils.
8 c. Use sealer on concrete or asphalt pavement older than three (3) years.
9 d. Provide a typical setting time between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending
10 upon the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor.
11 e. Supplement roadway centerlines, lane lines, and turn lanes with retroreflective
12 raised pavement markers. Place markers as specified in the Drawings.
13 2. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded
14 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks and stop-lines.
15 b. Apply markings at a 125 mil thickness.
16 3. Preformed Polymer Tape
17 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends.
18 b. Apply markings to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting
19 and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges.
20 4. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape
21 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends.
22 b. Apply marking to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting
23 and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges.
24 C. Raised Pavement Markers
25 1. Install on concrete roadways with epoxy adhesive.
26 a. Bituminous adhesive is not permitted.
27 2. Install on new asphalt roadways with epoxy or bituminous adhesive.
28 3. Ensure proper alignment of individual marker using a chalk line, chain, or
29 equivalent. Place markers uniformly along the line to achieve a smooth continuous
30 appearance.
31 D. Work Zone Markings
32 1. Minimize disruption to traffic.
33 2. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic.
34 3. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are
35 installed.
36 4. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the TMUTCD and as
37 specified in the Drawings.
38 5. Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement
39 of a surface treatment, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
40 6. Place in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement markings.
41 7. Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or
42 transverse lines.
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 8. Marking visibility is required for at least a distance of 300 feet in daylight
2 conditions and 160 feet in nighttime conditions on a low-beam automobile
3 headlight illumination.
4 9. The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white
5 or yellow.
6 10. The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics.
7 11. Epoxy adhesives are not permitted for work zone markings
8 E. Removals
9 1. Pavement Marking and Pavement Marker Removal
10 a. Use best practices to remove existing pavement markings and markers.
11 b. If the roadway is damaged during marker removal, coordinate with the City
12 prior to continuing removal operations.
13 c. Minimize color and texture contrast of the pavement surface as a result of
14 removals.
15 d. Repair damages greater than … inch in depth resulting from the removal of
16 pavement markings and markers from asphaltic surfaces.
17 1) Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage
18 to asphaltic surfaces.
19 e. Dispose of markers in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations.
20 f. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
21 1) Surface Treatment Method
22 a) Apply surface treatment at rates specified in the Drawings.
23 b) Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the
24 existing marking.
25 c) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum
26 of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are
27 involved or in other areas as directed by the City.
28 2) Burn Method
29 a) Use burning method approved by City.
30 b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement
31 markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking
32 material prior to blast cleaning.
33 c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces.
34 d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue.
35 3) Blasting Method
36 a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water
37 abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water-injected abrasive
38 blasting, or brush blasting as approved by City.
39 b) Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by blasting method
40 only.
41 4) Mechanical Method
42 a) Use any mechanical method except grinding.
43 b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and
44 concrete surfaces.
45 2. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing markings and markers at
46 the location to be paved over or where pavement is to be removed.
47
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
2 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION
3 A. Remove and replace markings placed by faulty application methods or in the wrong
4 position or alignment by the Contractor at the Contractors expense.
5 B. Replace or remedy faulty markings on the same day of notification if markings create
6 motorist confusion or hazard, as determined by City. Replace and remedy all other
7 faulty markings within 5 days of notification.
8 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
9 A. Maintain uniform cross-section with clean edge and square ends for all markings.
10 B. Maintain uniform density and quality of markings throughout its thickness.
11 C. More than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids on the applied markings is not
12 acceptable. Applied markings shall be free of blisters.
13 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
14 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
15 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
16 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
17 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
18 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
20 END OF SECTION
21
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
22
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 1 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 32 93 00
2 PLANTINGS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Material, installation, and maintenance requirements for:
7 a. Plantings (Tree, Shrub, Ground Cover, and Miscellaneous Plantings)
8 b. Topsoil, Seeding, and Sodding (Grass and Wildflowers)
9 c. Landscape Edging
10 d. Landscape Restoration
11 e. General Site Landscaping
12 f. Subsidiary Planting Items (Fertilizer, Mulch, Plant Supports, Mulch Tacking,
13 and Water)
14 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
15 1. None.
16 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
18 Contract.
19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
20 3. Section 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement.
21 4. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete.
22 5. Section 31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control.
23 6. Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving.
24 7. Section 32 13 16 Decorative Concrete Paving.
25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
26 A. Measurement and Payment
27 1. Tree
28 a. Measurement
29 1) Measured per each Tree planted.
30 b. Payment
31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
32 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
33 price bid per each for Tree planted for:
34 2) Various caliper inches.
35 c. The price bid shall include:
36 1) Furnishing and installing Tree as specified by the Drawings
37 2) Preparing excavation pit
38 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix
39 4) Plant supports
40 5) Loading
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 2 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 6) Unloading
2 7) Storing
3 8) Hauling
4 9) Handling all materials
5 10) Placing
6 11) All maintenance activities
7 2. Shrub
8 a. Measurement
9 1) Measured per each Shrub planted.
10 b. Payment
11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
12 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
13 price bid per each of Shrub planted for:
14 a) Various sizes.
15 c. The price bid shall include:
16 1) Furnishing and installing Shrub as specified by the Drawings
17 2) Preparing excavation pit
18 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix
19 4) Plant supports
20 5) Loading
21 6) Unloading
22 7) Storing
23 8) Hauling
24 9) Handling all materials
25 10) Placing
26 11) All maintenance activities
27 3. Ground Cover
28 a. Measurement
29 1) Measured per square foot of Ground Cover planted.
30 b. Payment
31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
32 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
33 price bid per square foot for Ground Cover planted.
34 c. The price bid shall include:
35 1) Furnishing and installing Ground Cover as specified by the Drawings
36 2) Preparing excavation pit
37 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix
38 4) Plant supports
39 5) Loading
40 6) Unloading
41 7) Storing
42 8) Hauling
43 9) Handling all materials
44 10) Placing
45 11) All maintenance activities
46 4. Miscellaneous Planting
47 a. Measurement
48 1) Measured per square foot] of Miscellaneous Planting planted.
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 3 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Payment
2 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
3 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
4 price bid per [square foot] for Miscellaneous Planting installed.
5 c. The price bid shall include:
6 1) Furnishing and installing Miscellaneous Planting as specified by the
7 Drawings
8 2) Preparing excavation pit
9 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix
10 4) Plant supports
11 5) Loading
12 6) Unloading
13 7) Storing
14 8) Hauling
15 9) Handling all materials
16 10) Placing
17 11) Tools
18 12) Equipment
19 13) All maintenance activities
20 5. Landscape Edging
21 a. Measurement
22 1) Measured per linear foot of Landscape Edging installed.
23 b. Payment
24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
25 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
26 price bid per linear foot for Landscape Edging installed for:
27 a) Concrete Landscape Edging, various widths and depths
28 (1) 6 wide, 12 depth, 6x12
29 (2) 12 wide, 12 depth, 12x12
30 (3) 12 wide, 24 depth, 12x24
31 b) Decorative Concrete Landscape Edging, 12x12
32 c) Plastic Landscape Edging
33 d) Metal Landscape Edging
34 c. The price bid shall include:
35 1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Edging as specified by the Drawings
36 2) Loading
37 3) Unloading
38 4) Storing
39 5) Hauling
40 6) Handling all materials
41 7) Placing
42 8) All maintenance activities
43 6. Topsoil
44 a. Measurement
45 1) Measured per cubic yards of Topsoil installed.
46 b. Payment
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 4 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
2 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
3 price bid per cubic yard for Topsoil installed.
4
5 c. The price bid shall include:
6 1) Furnishing and installing Topsoil as specified by the Drawings
7 2) Salvaging existing topsoil
8 3) Loading
9 4) Unloading
10 5) Storing
11 6) Hauling
12 7) Handling all materials
13 8) Placing
14 9) All maintenance activities
15 7. Seeding
16 a. Measurement
17 1) Measured per square yard of Seed installed.
18 b. Payment
19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
20 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
21 price bid per square yard of Seeding installed for:
22 a) Grass Seeding.
23 b) Wildflower Seeding.
24 c. The price bid shall include:
25 1) Furnishing and installing Seeding as specified by the Drawings
26 2) Rolling and tamping
27 3) Loading
28 4) Unloading
29 5) Storing
30 6) Hauling
31 7) Handling all materials
32 8) Placing
33 9) Mulching and tacking, if required
34 10) Fertilizer, if required
35 11) Watering, until established
36 12) All maintenance activities
37 8. Sodding
38 a. Measurement
39 1) Measured per square yard of Sodding installed.
40 b. Payment
41 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
42 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
43 price bid per square yard of Sodding installed.
44 c. The price bid shall include:
45 1) Furnishing and installing Sodding as specified by the Drawings
46 2) Rolling and tamping
47 3) Loading
48 4) Unloading
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 5 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 5) Storing
2 6) Hauling
3 7) Handling all materials
4 8) Placing
5 9) Mulching and tacking, if required
6 10) Fertilizer, if required
7 11) Watering, until established
8 12) All maintenance activities
9 1.3 REFERENCES
10 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
11 1. PSF Pounds per Square Foot
12 2. PSI Pounds per Square Inch
13 3. B&B Balled and Burlapped
14 B. Definitions
15 Figure 1
16 Limits of excavation, embankment, salvaged topsoil and replaced topsoil
17
18
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 6 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 C. Reference Standards
2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
4 unless a date is specifically cited.
5 2. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature
6 a. Standardized Plant Names
7 3. American National Standard Institute ANSI:
8 a. ANSI Z60.1 American Standard for Nursery Stock
9
10 4. Texas Department of Agriculture Standards:
11 a. Texas Seed Law
12 b. Texas Fertilizer Law
13 5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and
14 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT):
15 a. Item 7, Article 7, Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the
16 Environment
17 6. TxDOT Test Procedures:
18 a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH.
19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
20 A. Coordination
21 1. Coordinate with irrigation installation to ensure plantings receive required amount
22 of water. The Contractor is responsible for all watering required in accordance with
23 this Section.
24 B. Pre-Planting Meetings
25 1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing landscape areas 1 week prior to
26 holding the pre-planting meeting.
27 2. Hold a pre-planting meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under
28 Plantings. A second pre-planting meeting may be required if seeding/sodding
29 activities are performed more than 3 weeks apart from planting activities. Invite the
30 City and the current owner (if other than the City) of any existing landscape areas
31 along with any appropriate representatives. Prior to the pre-planting meeting, the
32 following needs to be prepared or conducted:
33 a. Landscape Plan:
34 1) Provide a landscape plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed
35 landscape architect.
36 2) Document existing landscape areas during the growing and blooming
37 season. Documentation to include at a minimum quantity, location, and
38 condition of all existing landscape areas.
39 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
40 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
41 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
42 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 7 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 C. Shop Drawings
2 1. Product Data
3 a. Provide product data for the following products to be used during Planting
4 activities.
5 1) Tacking Agents
6 2) Fertilizer
7 3) Tree Trunk Protection
8 4) Landscape Edging
9 5) Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment
10 a. Product data sheets will include:
11 1) Manufacturer name or source location
12 2) Date
13 3) Product description
14 4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this
15 specification.
16 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification
17 6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable
18 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable
19 8) Usage and Installation Recommendations
20 9) Maintenance recommendations, if applicable
21 2. Plantings
22 a. Provide the following information for any plantings:
23 1) Nursery Name and Location
24 2) Date
25 3) Plant description
26 4) Certification that the plants meet the specification requirements
27 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification
28 6) Planting recommendations
29 7) Maintenance recommendations
30 3. Plastic and Metal Landscape Edging
31 a. Provide a shop drawing of the product data for the plastic and/or metal
32 landscape edging material being used. .
33 4. Topsoil
34 a. Provide any offsite source location for topsoil and soil testing results.
35 5. Sod
36 a. Provide source location and proposed grass type for all sod used on project site.
37 6. Seed
38 a. Provide source location for seeding and seed type for all grass and wildflower
39 seeding.
40 7. Mulch
41 a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal for use in landscape areas.
42 b. For all other types of mulch, provide source location, type of mulch, and
43 composition for all mulch used on site.
44 8. Concrete
45 a. Provide concrete mix design, integral color, stamp pattern, and sealant for all
46 concrete and decorative concrete landscape edging in accordance with Sections
47 03 00 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16.
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 8 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 D. Informational Submittals
2 1. Licensed Landscaper
3 a. Provide information and applicable certifications for the licensed landscape
4 architect or a landscaper of sufficient experience in project specific plantings.
5 2. Equipment Submittals:
6 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include:
7 1) Equipment name and description
8 2) Size
9 3) Intended use
10
11 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
12 A. Maintenance Recommendations
13 1. Provide any nursery or supplier recommendations for care and maintenance of
14 plants and plant materials to the City.
15 B. Warranty Documentation
16 1. Provide any nursery or supplier warranty information to the City.
17 2. Transfer any nursery or supplier warranties to the City if applicable.
18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
19 A. Maintain all plantings for 1 year. No separate pay will be provided for maintenance
20 period.
21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
22 A. Qualifications
23 1. Licensed Professionals
24 a. Provide a landscape architect or qualified landscaper during planting.
25 2. Planting Substitutions
26 a. No substitutions will be allowed without written approval by the City. The
27 following is required when requesting a plant substitution:
28 1) Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of
29 equivalent material.
30 2) Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed
31 upon approval by the City. No additional payment or increase in unit price
32 will be given.
33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
34 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements
35 1. Plants
36 a. General:
37 1) Notify City at least 48 hours prior to delivering plants to the site.
38 2) Coordinate with the City for inspection and approval of materials upon
39 delivery.
40 3) Remove rejected plants from the workplace and replace as directed.
41 b. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery
42 1) Set plants in the shade
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 9 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Protect from weather and mechanical damage
2 3) Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable
3 means of retaining moisture. Water as needed.
4 2. Trees
5 a. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities.
6 b. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible
7 designation of botanical and common name.
8 c. Use protective covering during delivery.
9 d. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight,
10 analysis, and name of nursery.
11
12 B. Storage and Handling Requirements
13 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
14 66 00.
15 2. Trees
16 a. Protect trees from deterioration during delivery and while being stored on-site.
17 b. Do not prune prior to planting.
18 c. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in a way that will damage the bark,
19 break branches, or alter the natural shape.
20 C. Stockpiling
21 1. Topsoil
22 a. Stockpile topsoil, when necessary, in a windrow in approved locations within
23 the right of way or easements.
24 b. Keep source and stockpile areas drained.
25 c. Once topsoil has been removed from stockpiled location, restore stockpile site
26 to existing conditions or better.
27 2. Seed
28 a. If using native grass or wildflower seed, provide seed harvested within 100
29 miles of the site.
30 b. Provide each seed species in separate containers labeled with seed variety.
31 3. Sod
32 a. Protect sod from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing.
33 b. Keep stacked sod moist.
34 4. Fertilizer
35 a. Provide fertilizer in acceptable distribution condition and in containers labeled
36 with the analysis.
37 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS
38 A. Ambient Conditions
39 1. Follow all nursery and/or supplier recommendations for optimal weather conditions
40 for installation.
41 2. Comply with all requirements of this specification for planting, seeding, and
42 sodding timeframes.
43 B. Existing Conditions
44 1. Prior to performing work:
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 10 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with Federal, State, and local
2 requirements.
3 b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems.
4 c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative
5 Requirements, if applicable.
6 d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited
7 to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines.
8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
10 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
11 2.2 MATERIALS
12 A. Plants
13 1. General:
14 a. Planting bid items are generic based on plant types. Refer to Drawings for
15 planting schedule and locations.
16 b. Provide nursery-grown plants unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
17 c. Provide plants with the following characteristics:
18 1) vigorous, healthy, well-rooted plants
19 2) with well-formed crowns
20 3) true to sizes and of typical shape and characteristic of the species
21 d. Refer to Source Quality Control for non-conforming plants.
22 2. Plant Supports:
23 a. Provide a minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1-inch wide plastic tree
24 chains with protecting chain cover to interface with tree trunk or ArborTie or
25 similar product.
26 b. Deadman Anchoring System:
27 1) Where applicable for anchoring trees, obtain written approval for products
28 and installation method prior to planting trees.
29 c. Provide an ArborGard tree truck protector or similar product.
30 3. Trees
31 a. Tree characteristics:
32 1) True to species and variety specified
33 2) Straight and symmetrical
34 3) Grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the
35 project for at least 2 years
36 4) Freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season
37 5) Grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for
38 Nursery Stock
39 6) From a nursery within 200 miles of the project unless otherwise approved
40 7) Compatible with the cold hardiness zone of the project location
41 b. Mark the trees north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in
42 the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the
43 bottom twelve inches of the trunk.
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 11 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 c. Provide a tree with a crown in good overall proportion to entire height of the
2 tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for the tree
3 specified.
4 d. Balled and Burlapped Trees
5 1) Provide trees balled and burlapped or in the container that the tree was
6 grown in.
7 2) Dig a size and shape conforming to the American Standard for Nursery
8 Stock.
9 3) Ensure the balls contain soil with as many fibrous roots as possible.
10 4) Wrap balls firmly with non-synthetic, rottable burlap and secure the burlap
11 using nails and heavy non-synthetic rottable twine.
12 5) Ensure the root collar is apparent (first lateral root visible) at the surface of
13 the ball after wrapping.
14 6) Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be
15 accepted.
16 e. Caliper Measuring:
17 1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter: Measure the caliper 6 inches
18 above the top of root ball.
19 2) For trunks that are more than 4 inches in diameter: Measure the caliper 12
20 inches above the top of root ball.
21 3) Caliper Measurements:
22 a) By diameter tape measure
23 b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum
24 c) Averaging of plant caliper is not permitted.
25 4. Backfill and Plant Soil Mix:
26 a. Use soil excavated from the plant pits or beds or provide a loose, friable soil
27 mix as specified in the Drawings.
28 b. Provide a mix free of:
29 1) reproductive parts of weeds and grasses
30 2) harmful substances and detrimental amounts of foreign matter
31 c. Use fertilizer when specified in the Drawings.
32 B. Landscape Edging
33 1. Concrete
34 a. Concrete Class: Class A
35 2. Decorative Concrete
36 a. Concrete Class: Class A
37 b. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with
38 the concrete mix design.
39 c. Provide color in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and Section
40 32 13 16.
41 3. Plastic and Metal
42 a. Plastic and metal landscape edging are not permitted unless otherwise specified
43 in the Drawings or approved in writing by the City.
44 b. Plastic and metal landscape edging will be permitted only in locations where
45 the proposed landscape edging is matching existing.
46 c. Provide the City with a shop drawing to review prior to purchasing the
47 landscape edging.
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 12 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 C. Topsoil
2 1. Approved Topsoil Sources:
3 a. Within the Right of Way:
4 1) Obtain topsoil from the right of way at sites of proposed excavation or
5 embankment when specified in the Drawings, or as directed by the City.
6 b. Outside the Right of Way:
7 1) Obtain topsoil from approved sources in accordance with Article 7.7
8 Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the Environment.
9 2. Topsoil characteristics:
10 a. Easily cultivated and fertile
11 b. Free of objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non-soil
12 materials, roots, stumps, or stones larger than 1 inch in diameter
13 c. Resists erosion
14 d. Able to support plant growth
15 e. When tested:
16 1) pH: 5.5 to 8.5 per Tex-128-E
17 2) Liquid Limit: 50 or less
18 3) Plasticity Index: 20 or less
19 4) Gradation: Maximum of 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve
20 D. Seeding
21 1. General
22 a. Provide seed from the previous seasons crop in accordance with Texas Seed
23 Law including the testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS=Purity x
24 Germination).
25 b. Furnish Seed of the designated species in unopened and labeled bags or
26 containers.
27 c. Use within 12 months from the date of the analysis.
28 d. When Buffalograss is specified, use seed treated with potassium nitrate
29 (KNO3).
30 2. Availability of Seed
31 a. The City may permit the use of an alternative seed variety if the specified seed
32 is not available.
33 b. Receive approval in writing before using an alternative seed variety.
34 3. Unacceptable Seed Varieties
35 a. Johnson Grass
36 b. Nut Grass
37 c. Use a seed product that does not contain more than 10 percent by weight of the
38 total of pure live seed of weed seed.
39 4. Approved Seed Varieties
40 a. Do not plant wildflower seed mixes:
41 1) within 10 feet of a road or parking lot
42 2) within 3 feet of a sidewalk, trail, or other walkway
43 b. Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seeding:
44 1) Plant between February 1 and May 15
45
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 13 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 Table 1
2 Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seed Mix
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Sideoats Grama (Haskell)
Texas Grama (Atascosa)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.4
0.2
0.8
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Hooded Windmillgrass (Mariah)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Slender Grama (Dilley)
Sand Lovegrass (Mason)
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.4
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.8
Wildflower Seed Mixes
Purple Prairie Clover (Cuero)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Illinois Bundleflower
Awnless Bushsunflower (Plateau)
0.6
0.75
1.3
0.2
Partridge Pea (Comanche)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Purple Prairie Clover
0.6
0.75
0.3
3 c. Urban Area Seeding
4 1) Plant between February 1 and May 15
5 Table 2
6 Urban Area Seed Mix
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop
Sideoats Grama (El Reno)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
0.3
3.6
1.6
2.4
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
0.3
1.6
3.6
0.4
7 d. Cool Weather Seeding
8 1) Plant between September 1 and November 30
9 Table 3
10 Cool Weather Seed Mix
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Tall Fescue
Western Wheatgrass
Wheat (Red, Winter)
4.5
5.6
34
11 e. Warm Weather Seeding
12 1) Plant between May 1 and August 31
13 Table 4
14 Warm Weather Seed Mix
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 14 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
Foxtail Millet 34
1 E. Sodding
2 1. Do not use sod from areas where the grass is thinned out.
3 2. Approved Sod Varieties
4 a. St. Augustine grass
5 b. Common Bermudagrass
6 c. Buffalograss
7 d. Approved varieties of Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass
8 e. Match existing grass varieties where possible.
9 3. Acceptable Growing Bed Properties:
10 a. St. Augustine:
11 1) Clay or Clay Loam topsoil
12 b. Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass:
13 1) Sandy or Sandy Loam soils
14 4. Sod characteristics:
15 a. Block, rolled, or solid
16 b. Free from insects, noxious weeds, Johnson grass, other grasses, stones, or any
17 matter deleterious to the growth and subsistence of the sod
18 c. Alive and growing grass and is of the type specified in the Drawings
19 d. Contains stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and dense matted roots throughout the
20 soil of the sod for a minimum of 1 inch
21 5. Acceptable Sod Dimensions
22 a. Machine cut to uniform soil thickness.
23 b. Has a uniform width and can be easily lifted, handled, and rolled without
24 breaking.
25 c. Minimum Sod Thickness: 3/4 inch
26 d. Maximum Grass Height: 2 inches
27 6. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. Grass sod with
28 dried roots will be considered non-conforming. Any grass installed with dried roots
29 will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City.
30 7. Mulch sod is not approved for use.
31 8. Any broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends will be considered non-conforming
32 and will be rejected. Remove any non-conforming sod at no cost to the City.
33 F. Landscape Restoration
34 1. Inventory all existing plantings prior to any construction activity.
35 2. Contractor to replace any existing plantings that have been damaged due to
36 construction activities and restore the landscape site to the existing condition or
37 better.
38 G. Water
39 1. Provide clean water free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the
40 growth of vegetation.
41 H. Fertilizer
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 15 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. Provide fertilizer in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law
2 and passes testing by the Texas A&M Feed and Fertilizer Control Service.
3 2. Acceptable Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium Composition
4 a. 16 percent Nitrogen, 20 percent Phosphorus, and 0 percent Potassium
5 b. 16 percent Nitrogen, 8 percent Phosphorus, and 8 percent Potassium
6 c. Ensure that 50 percent of the nitrogen component is a slow-release sulfur-
7 coated urea.
8 I. Mulch
9 1. For Use on Seeding:
10 a. Straw Mulch:
11 1) Oat, wheat, or rice straw
12 b. Hay Mulch:
13 1) Hay mulch of either Bermudagrass or prairie grasses.
14 c. Characteristics:
15 1) Free of Johnson grass and other noxious and foreign materials.
16 2) Dry and free from molded or rotted material.
17 2. For Use on Landscape Areas:
18 a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal.
19 b. Mulch characteristics:
20 1) is free from growth or germination inhibiting qualities; and
21 2) contains no more than 10 percent moisture.
22 J. Tacking Materials
23 1. Use a tacking agent applied in accordance with manufacturers recommendations or
24 a crimping method on all straw or hay mulch operations.
25 2. Use tacking agents as approved or as specified in the Drawings.
26 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
28 A. Tests and Inspections
29 B. Non-Conforming Work
30 1. Rejection of Plants
31 a. Plants with any of the following characteristics are subject to rejection:
32 1) Disease or insect infestation, including eggs and larvae
33 2) Dried or damaged root system or crown
34 3) Excessive abrasion of the bark
35 4) Prematurely opened or damaged buds
36 5) Disfiguring knots
37 6) Evidence of heat, freeze, windburn, mold, sub scale, or similar conditions
38 7) Damaged, pruned, crooked, or multiple leaders, unless multiple leaders are
39 specified or are normal for the species
40 8) Cut limbs over 3/4 inch in diameter that have not completely callused
41 9) Dry, soggy, loose, cracked, broken, misshapen, or undersized root balls
42 10) Processed balled roots (bench balled)
43 11) Root balls encased in impervious material
44 12) Overgrown or root-bound plants
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 16 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 13) Undersized or unsound containers
2 14) Containers with less than planting medium depth
3 15) An abnormal balance between height and spread for the species
4 16) Missing or broken serialized locking tags, when specified
5 17) Any condition not in accordance with the Drawings or nursery stock
6 standards
7 18) Conditions that would prevent thriving growth or cause an unacceptable
8 appearance
9 C. Manufacturer Services
10 D. Coordination of Other Tests and Inspections
11 PART 3 - EXECUTION
12 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
13 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
14 3.3 PREPARATION
15 A. Surface Preparation
16 1. Plants
17 a. Mark Plant Locations and Bed Outlines
18 1) Provide and install markings such as wooden stakes to mark the locations,
19 types of plants, and the outline of planting beds.
20 2) Obtain approval from the City and any applicable landscape bed owners of
21 the plant and bed locations before any planting activities begin.
22 2. Plant Bed Preparation
23 a. Prepare the bed and install the planting soil mix, vegetation barrier, and other
24 materials as specified in the Drawings.
25 3. Plant Soil Preparation
26 a. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other foreign
27 materials.
28 b. Mix fertilizer in with topsoil within 48 hours of planting.
29 4. Erosion Control Blanket
30 a. Prepare the site in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and
31 Section 31 25 14.
32 3.4 INSTALLATION
33 A. Finishing of Parkways
34 1. Finishing of parkways is considered subsidiary to pertinent items and will not be
35 paid for separately.
36 2. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches.
37 3. Grade parkways to finished slopes and elevations prior to the placement of any
38 Plantings within the site.
39 4. Standard Parkway Slopes
40 a. Minimum: 1 percent
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 17 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Maximum: 4:1
2 c. Use standard parkway slopes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or
3 directed by the City.
4
5 d. Where sidewalk is present, maintain the minimum parkway slope in accordance
6 with the following criteria before transitioning to a steeper slope:
7 1) from the back of curb to the face of sidewalk edge
8 2) 2 feet from the back of sidewalk
9 e. If no sidewalk is present, maintain minimum parkway slope 2 feet from the
10 back of curb before transitioning to a steeper slope.
11 B. Plants
12 1. Plant Pit Excavation
13 a. Excavate the receiving pits for mechanically transplanted plants with the same
14 type and size equipment used to dig the plants.
15 b. Depth:
16 1) Excavate pits for container and balled and burlapped stock to the depth
17 specified in the Drawings or at least the depth of the root ball.
18 2) Excavate pits for bare root plants to the depth of the root system.
19 3) Excavate pits on slopes using measurements specified in the Drawings or at
20 least the depth of the root ball based on the uphill side of the pit.
21 c. Horizontal Dimensions:
22 1) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 12 inches between the root
23 ball and pit walls for the following, unless otherwise specified in the
24 Drawings:
25 a) 15 gallon or larger pots
26 b) 14 inch or larger boxes
27 c) Larger than 14-inch root balls of balled and burlapped plants
28 2) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 2 times the root ball diameter
29 across the pit for the following, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings:
30 a) Less than 15-gallon pots
31 b) 14 inch or smaller root balls of balled and burlapped plants.
32 3) Provide a minimum pit diameter for bare root plants in accordance with the
33 suppliers recommendations and allows the roots to spread without
34 crowding or curving around the walls of the pit.
35 2. Plant Installation
36 a. General Plant Installation:
37 1) Install plants within 24 hours of excavating plant pits. Cover or barricade
38 any planting pit to remain open overnight.
39 2) Scarify the walls of pits as plant installation begins.
40 3) Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting
41 harnesses that are wide enough to not damage the root balls.
42 4) Center all plants in a pit, except those mechanically collected, and back fill
43 in lifts using topsoil, fertilized topsoil, or planting mix as directed.
44 5) Backfill in lifts where each lift is 1/3 of the depth of the root ball.
45 6) Fill the pit with water after each lift to remove air pockets.
46 b. Containerized Plants:
47 1) Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material
48 before planting.
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 18 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) Pull roots out of the root mat and cut circling roots with a knife.
2 3) Loosen the potting soil and shake away from the root mat.
3 4) Install the plant immediately after removing the container, install the plant.
4
5 c. Balled and Burlapped (B&B) Plants
6 1) Cut and remove ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after
7 plant has been set.
8 2) Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets.
9 a) If site conditions do not allow complete removal, remove a minimum
10 of the top two-thirds of balls.
11 3) Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball.
12 d. For mechanically collected plants:
13 1) Prune protruding roots from the root ball to a point even with the cutting
14 blades.
15 2) Place the plant in the pit and work sand between the pit walls and the root
16 ball with water until the sand fills all the cavities.
17 e. Apply fertilizer where specified in the Drawings.
18 f. Ensure top of the root ball remains at the grade specified in the Drawings after
19 settlement.
20 3. Pruning:
21 a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals
22 and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00.
23 b. Limit pruning to removal of dead and broken branches and as needed to
24 improve the appearance and health of the plants.
25 c. Remove and dispose of pruning debris.
26 4. Plant Supports:
27 a. Install plant supports such as staking, guying, anchoring, and bracing as
28 specified in the Drawings.
29 b. Support and keep plants in a vertical position or as directed.
30 5. Trunk Protection:
31 a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals
32 and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00.
33 6. Landscape Edging Installation
34 a. Concrete Landscape Edging (Concrete Mow Strips)
35 1) Concrete Class: Class A, 12 inches wide, 6 inches thick
36 2) Finish: Trowel
37 3) Sawing: 1.5 deep sawcut spaced at 6 on center
38 4) Jointing: If mow strip is adjacent to the back of curb or other pavement
39 structure, provide a doweled expansion joint between mow strip and
40 pavement.
41 b. Plastic or Metal Edging
42 1) Install landscape edging in accordance with the Drawings and
43 manufacturers recommendations.
44 7. Mulching
45 a. Mulch plant beds to a depth of 2 inches unless otherwise specified in the
46 Drawings.
47 C. Landscape Edging
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 19 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. Concrete and Decorative Concrete
2 a. Install in accordance with Sections 03 30 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16.
3 2. Plastic and Metal
4 a. Install in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
5 D. Topsoil
6 1. Remove and dispose of objectionable material from the topsoil source before
7 starting work.
8 2. Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing topsoil unless sodding is
9 installed. Refer to this Section for topsoil depth requirements.
10 3. Spread 4 inches of topsoil to a uniform loose cover unless another depth is specified
11 in the Drawings.
12 4. Place and shape the topsoil as directed.
13 5. Water and roll the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment.
14 E. Seeding
15 1. General:
16 a. In Areas Without Existing Grass:
17 1) Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing the seed.
18 2) Smoothly distribute topsoil to a depth of 4 inches.
19 b. In Areas with Existing Grass:
20 1) Mow the area before placement of the permanent seed.
21 2. Broadcast Seeding:
22 a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other.
23 b. After placing seeds, perform the following:
24 1) In large seeding areas along ditches, channels, or rural areas:
25 a) Roll the planted area with a light roller or other suitable equipment.
26 2) In urban seeding areas:
27 a) Harrow or lightly rake the area to cover the seed.
28 3) Avoid covering the seed with more soil than twice the seeds diameter.
29 c. Wildflower Seeding:
30 1) Scalp any existing grass to 1 inch and remove all grass clippings before
31 spreading wildflower seeds.
32 3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling):
33 a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas specified in the Drawings.
34 b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided
35 that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate.
36 c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 1/3 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type
37 drill.
38 d. Plant seeds along the contour of slopes.
39 e. After planting:
40 1) Roll with a roller that is integral to the seed drill, or use a corrugated roller
41 referred to as a Cultipacker.
42 2) Roll sloped areas on the contour.
43 4. Hydromulching is not allowed.
44 5. Fertilize uniformly at the required rate over seeded area.
45 6. Watering and Finishing
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 20 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding.
2 b. Water twice daily for 14 days after seeding. Take care to prevent washing of the
3 slopes or dislodgement of the seed.
4 1) If seed is washed away due to watering or rainfall, re-seed bare areas until
5 grass meets the required length for final acceptance at no cost to the City.
6 c. Continue watering until after final acceptance.
7 7. Final Turf Requirements
8 a. Continue seeding activities until seeded areas are free of bare areas.
9 b. Established Turf:
10 1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches.
11 2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed.
12 c. Final acceptance wont be given until turf has been established.
13 F. Sodding
14 1. General:
15 a. Plant the sod specified and mulch, if required, after the area has been completed
16 to lines and grades as specified in the Drawings.
17 b. Use grass sod of the same grass type as the adjacent grass or existing lawn
18 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City.
19 c. Plant between the average date of the last freeze in the Spring and 6 weeks
20 before the average date for the first freeze in the Fall according to the Texas
21 Almanac for the project area.
22 d. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of
23 excavating, hauling, and planting.
24 e. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted.
25 2. Installation:
26 a. Cultivate the area to a depth of 6 inches before placing the sod.
27 b. Place 4 inches of topsoil in accordance with the type of sod grass being
28 installed.
29 c. Apply fertilizer uniformly over the entire area and water, if required in
30 accordance with the Drawings.
31 d. Place sod so the entire area designated for sodding is covered.
32 e. Fill voids left in the sodding with additional sod and tamp.
33 f. Roll and tamp sod so sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope.
34 g. Peg sod with either wooden pegs or wire staples driven through the sod block to
35 the firm earth in areas that may slide.
36 h. Remove portions of dead sod as necessary to provide a uniform established turf
37 before final acceptance. Removal and replacement of dead sod will be done at
38 no cost to the City.
39 i. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or
40 any other adjacent structure.
41 3. Watering and Finishing
42 a. Coordinate irrigation installation with planting to ensure plants and grass are
43 receiving adequate water. Contractor is responsible for watering all plantings
44 during construction until final acceptance.
45 b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planting.
46 c. Continue watering until after final acceptance.
47 d. Established Turf:
48 1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches.
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 21 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed.
2 3) Roots have started to peg down
3 4) There are no dead blocks of sod.
4 e. Final acceptance wont be given until turf has been established.
5
6 G. Erosion Control Blanket
7 1. Install erosion control blanket in accordance with manufacturers recommendations
8 and Section 31 25 14.
9 2. Install the erosion control blanket within 24 hours after seeding or sodding has
10 occurred unless otherwise directed.
11 H. Mulching
12 a. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or
13 any other adjacent structure.
14 2. For Use on Grass Sod:
15 a. Apply straw or hay mulch uniformly in areas as specified in the Drawings.
16 b. Use an approved tacking method over the mulched area.
17 c. Application Rate:
18 1) Straw Mulch:
19 a) Apply at 2 to 2.5 tons per acre
20 2) Hay Mulch:
21 a) Apply at 1.5 to 2 tons per acre
22 I. Fertilizer
23 1. Apply uniformly at the specified rate over required areas.
24 2. Apply fertilizer as a dry material and do not mix with water to form a slurry.
25 3. Fertilizer Rate:
26 a. Seeding:
27 1) Incorporate during seedbed preparation.
28 2) Not required for wildflower seeding.
29 3) Grass Seeding:
30 a) Newly Established 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre
31 b) Established Seeding Areas 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre
32 b. Sod:
33 1) Only required when directed by the City or specified in the Drawings.
34 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
35 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
36 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
37 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
38 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
39 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
40 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
41 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 22 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.13 MAINTENANCE
2 A. Maintenance
3 1. Perform maintenance on all plantings until final acceptance of the project.
4 2. Maintenance is considered subsidiary to applicable planting items and will not be
5 paid for separately.
6 3. Mowing, Trimming, and Edging
7 a. Mow, trim, and edge all planting areas within the project limits.
8 b. Mow, trim, and edge at a minimum every 15 days during the growing season
9 unless otherwise directed.
10 c. Mow to a height of 3 to 4 inches in height.
11 d. Keep cord trimmers at least 1 foot from plants to prevent damage.
12 e. Remove and replace all plants damaged during maintenance work.
13 4. Plant Bed and Site Maintenance
14 a. Chemically control weeds and unwanted grasses in plant beds, along structures,
15 and around existing plants within the project side every 15 days unless
16 otherwise directed.
17 b. Reshape plant beds every 30 days as necessary.
18 c. Maintain mulch in plant beds as needed.
19 d. Ensure that herbicides and pesticides do not damage any proposed or existing
20 desirable plants.
21 e. Follow the manufacturers recommendations for herbicides and pesticides.
22 5. Plant Supports
23 a. Replace, repair, and adjust supports as needed to meet the requirements of the
24 Drawings.
25 b. Adjust staking and guying to prevent girdling of plant trunks.
26 c. Remove or dispose of support material as directed.
27 6. Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment
28 a. Inspect plants and planting areas every 15 days.
29 b. Notify the City of concerns, problems, and recommended corrective measures
30 in writing for approval.
31 c. Treat the plants and planting areas in accordance with TDA or TSPCB laws and
32 regulations.
33 d. Follow the manufacturers instructions for handling and applying pesticides.
34 7. Plant Replacement
35 a. Remove and dispose of dead and damaged plants from the site as directed.
36 b. Replace plants as originally specified within 10 days of notification.
37 c. Plant replacement must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance.
38 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
39
40
41
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 23 of 23
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 END OF SECTION
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 33 01 50
2 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO
3 GRADE
4 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.]
5 PART 1 - GENERAL
6 1.1 SUMMARY
7 A. Section Includes:
8 1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test
9 stations, and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade.
10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
11 1. None.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
14 Contract.
15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
16 3. Section 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing
17 4. Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete.
18 5. Section 03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM).
19 6. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures.
20 7. Section 32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair.
21 8. Section 32 01 29 Rigid Paving Repair.
22 9. Section 33 05 81 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings.
23 10. Section 33 05 05 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill.
24 11. Section 33 14 20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve.
25 12. Section 33 14 40 Fire Hydrants.
26 13. Section 33 05 61 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes.
27 14. Section 33 05 62 Precast Concrete Manholes.
28 15. Section 33 05 76 Fiberglass Manholes.
29 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
30 A. Measurement and Payment
31 1. Manhole Minor Adjustment
32 a. Measurement
33 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted less than 6 inches to the grade
34 specified in the Drawings.
35 b. Payment
36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
37 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
38 price bid per each Manhole Adjustment, Minor completed.
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 c. The price bid shall include:
3 1) Pavement removal
4 2) Excavation
5 3) Hauling
6 4) Disposal of excess material
7 5) Grade rings
8 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover
9 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
10 8) Concrete base material
11 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
12 10) Clean-up
13 2. Manhole Major Adjustment
14 a. Measurement
15 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches and
16 requiring structural modification to the grade specified in the Drawings.
17 b. Payment
18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
19 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
20 price bid per each Manhole Adjustment, Major completed.
21 c. The price bid shall include:
22 1) Pavement removal
23 2) Excavation
24 3) Hauling
25 4) Disposal of excess material
26 5) Structural modifications and grade rings
27 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover
28 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
29 8) Concrete base material
30 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
31 10) Clean-up
32 3. Manhole Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover
33 a. Measurement
34 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches, requiring
35 structural modification, and a new frame and cover to the grade specified in
36 the Drawings.
37 b. Payment
38 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
39 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
40 price bid per each Manhole Adjustment, Major with Frame and Cover
41 completed.
42 c. The price bid shall include:
43 1) Pavement removal
44 2) Excavation
45 3) Hauling
46 4) Disposal of excess material
47 5) Structural modifications and grade rings
48 6) Frame and cover
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
2 8) Concrete base material
3 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
4 10) Clean-up
5 4. Inlet Adjustment
6 a. Measurement
7 1) Measured per each adjustment of an inlet requiring structural modifications
8 to the grade specified in the Drawings.
9 b. Payment
10 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
11 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
12 price bid per each Inlet Adjustment completed.
13 c. The price bid shall include:
14 1) Pavement removal
15 2) Excavation
16 3) Hauling
17 4) Disposal of excess material
18 5) Structural modifications
19 6) Reuse of frame and covers (if applicable)
20 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
21 8) Concrete base material, as required
22 9) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as
23 required
24 10) Clean-up
25 5. Valve Box Adjustment
26 a. Measurement
27 1) Measured per each valve box adjustment to the grade specified in the
28 Drawings.
29 b. Payment
30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
31 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
32 price bid per each Valve Box Adjustment completed.
33 c. The price bid shall include:
34 1) Pavement removal
35 2) Excavation
36 3) Hauling
37 4) Disposal of excess material
38 5) Adjustment device
39 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
40 7) Concrete base material, as required
41 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as
42 required
43 9) Clean-up
44 6. Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment
45 a. Measurement
46 1) Measured per each adjustment of a cathodic protection test station to the
47 grade specified in the Drawings.
48
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 b. Payment
2 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
3 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
4 price bid per each Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment
5 completed.
6 c. The price bid shall include:
7 1) Pavement removal
8 2) Excavation
9 3) Hauling
10 4) Disposal of excess material
11 5) Adjustment device
12 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
13 7) Concrete base material, as required
14 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as
15 required
16 9) Clean-up
17 7. Fire Hydrant Adjustment
18 a. Measurement
19 1) Measured per each fire hydrant adjustment, requiring stem extensions, to
20 the grade specified in the Drawings.
21 b. Payment
22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
23 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
24 price bid per each Fire Hydrant Stem Extension completed.
25 c. The price bid shall include:
26 1) Pavement removal
27 2) Excavation
28 3) Hauling
29 4) Disposal of excess material
30 5) Adjustment materials
31 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
32 7) Concrete base material, as required
33 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as
34 required
35 9) Clean-up
36 8. Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment This Item is intended for a unique structure.
37 Bid Item should include details to identify the specific structure (i.e. Miscellaneous
38 Structure Adjustment, Sta. 1+00)
39 a. Measurement
40 1) Measured per each structure adjustment requiring structural modifications
41 to the grade specified in the Drawings.
42 b. Payment
43 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
44 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
45 price bid per each Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment completed.
46 c. The price bid shall include:
47 1) Pavement removal
48 2) Excavation
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3) Hauling
2 4) Disposal of excess material
3 5) Structural Modifications
4 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill
5 7) Concrete base material
6 8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
7 9) Clean-up
8 1.3 REFERENCES
9 A. Abbreviations
10 1. CLSM Controlled Low Strength Material
11 B. Definitions
12 1. Minor Adjustment
13 a. Refers to a small elevation change, less than 6 inches, performed on an existing
14 manhole which does not require structural modifications.
15 2. Major Adjustment
16 a. Refers to a significant elevation change, greater than 6 inches, performed on an
17 existing manhole which requires structural modification.
18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
19 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
25 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
28 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
29 2.2 MATERIALS
30 A. Cast-in-Place Concrete
31 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00
32 B. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
33 1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13
34 C. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
35 1. In accordance with Section 03 80 00
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 D. Grade Rings
3 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81
4 E. Frame and Cover
5 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81
6 F. Backfill material
7 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 05
8 G. Water valve box extension
9 1. In accordance with Section 33 14 20
10 H. Fire Hydrant Adjustment
11 1. In accordance with Section 33 14 40
12 I. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes
13 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 61
14 J. Precast Concrete Manholes
15 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 62
16 K. Fiberglass Manholes
17 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 76
18 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
19 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
20 PART 3 - EXECUTION
21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
22 3.2 EXAMINATION
23 A. Verification of Conditions
24 1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted for damage or defects that may affect
25 grade adjustment.
26 a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment.
27 3.3 PREPARATION
28 A. Grade Verification
29 1. For major adjustments, confirm the grade change noted on Drawings is consistent
30 with field measurements.
31 a. If not consistent, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning
32 adjustment.
33 3.4 ADJUSTMENT
34 A. Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1. For sanitary sewer adjustments, replace all 24-inch frame and cover assemblies
2 with 30-inch frame and cover assemblies.
3 2. Protect the bottom of structures using wood forms shaped to fit the structure to
4 prevent debris falling into the invert, inlet, or outlet piping during adjustments.
5 a. Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom.
6 3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade.
7 a. The maximum height of proposed and existing grade rings shall be no more
8 than 12-inches for any combination of grade rings.
9 b. Use least amount of grade rings necessary.
10 1) For example, use 3, 4-inch rings in lieu of 6, 2-inch rings.
11 c. Adjustments which result in 12-inches or more of grade rings will be
12 considered major adjustments and will require structural modifications to
13 existing structure to accommodate this requirement.
14 B. Valve Boxes
15 1. Utilize standard 3-piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown
16 on the Drawings.
17 C. Fire Hydrants
18 1. Limit vertical adjustments to an increase of 2 vertical feet.
19 2. Decreasing grade for fire hydrants is not permitted and requires a complete
20 replacement of fire hydrant assembly in accordance with Section 33 14 40.
21 D. Backfill and Grading
22 1. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance with Section
23 33 05 05.
24 E. Pavement Repair
25 1. If required, perform pavement repair in accordance with Section 32 01 17 or
26 Section 32 01 29.
27 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
28 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
29 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
30 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
31 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
32 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
33 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
34 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
35 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
36
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
2 END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 34 41 50
2 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Aluminum signs installed on mast arms, signal poles, or steel posts.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
11 Contract.
12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Furnishing and Installing Mast Arm or Signal Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs
16 a. Measurement
17 1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed.
18 b. Payment
19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
20 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
21 price bid per each for Furnish/Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount
22 installed for:
23 a) Various types.
24 c. The price bid shall include:
25 1) Fabricating the aluminum sign
26 2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background
27 materials
28 3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels
29 4) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint
30 backing strips
31 5) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
32 support connections
33 6) Assembling and erecting the signs
34 7) Preparing and cleaning the signs
35 2. Installing Mast Arm or Signal/ Street Light Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs
36 a. Measurement
37 1) Measured per each sign installed.
38 b. Payment
39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
40 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
41 price bid per each for Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount installed.
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2 c. The price bid shall include:
3 1) Installing each aluminum Sign
4 2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint
5 backing strips
6 3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
7 support connections
8 4) Assembling and erecting the signs
9 5) Preparing and cleaning the signs
10 3. Furnishing and Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies
11 a. Measurement
12 1) Measured per each sign and post assembly furnished and installed.
13 b. Payment
14 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
15 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
16 price bid per each for Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ground Mount installed
17 for:
18 a) Various types.
19 c. The price bid shall include:
20 1) Fabrication of signs and posts
21 2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background
22 materials
23 3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels
24 4) Scheduling utility line locates
25 5) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint
26 backing strips
27 6) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
28 support connections
29 7) Assembling and erecting the signs
30 8) Preparing and cleaning the signs
31 4. Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies
32 a. Measurement
33 1) Measured per each sign and post assembly installed.
34 b. Payment
35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
36 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
37 price bid per each for Install Alum Sign Ground Mount installed.
38 a) Various types.
39 c. The price bid shall include:
40 1) Scheduling utility line locates.
41 2) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts.
42 3) Preparing and cleaning the signs.
43 5. Furnishing and Installing Aluminum Signs Mounted on Existing Poles
44 a. Measurement
45 1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed.
46 b. Payment
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item
2 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
3 price bid per each for Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount
4 installed.
5 c. The price bid shall include:
6 1) Furnishing and Installing the aluminum sign
7 2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint
8 backing strips
9 3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
10 support connections
11 4) Assembling and erecting the signs
12 5) Preparing and cleaning the signs
13 6. Installing Aluminum Sign Mounted on Existing Poles
14 a. Measurement
15 1) Measured per each sign installed.
16 b. Payment
17 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item
18 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
19 price bid per each for Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount installed.
20 c. The price bid shall include:
21 1) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint
22 backing strips.
23 2) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
24 support connections.
25 3) Assembling and erecting the signs.
26 4) Preparing and cleaning the signs.
27 7. Removal of Signs
28 a. Measurement
29 1) Measured per each sign panel removed or each sign panel and post
30 removed.
31 b. Payment
32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
33 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
34 price bid per each Remove Sign or Remove Sign and Post for:
35 a) Various types.
36 b) Various configurations.
37 c. The price bid shall include:
38 1) Removal of sign panel
39 2) Removal of sign post, if required
40 3) Excavation, if required
41 4) Hauling, if required
42 5) Disposal of excess materials
43 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill, if required
44 7) Returning materials to the City as specified in the Drawings
45 8) Cleaning sign panel if sign is to be reinstalled
46 9) Clean-up
47 1.3 REFERENCES
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 A. Reference Standards
2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
4 unless a date is specifically cited.
5
6 2. American Standard Testing Materials (ASTM):
7 a. A1011 / A1011M-18a, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-
8 Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-
9 Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength.
10 b. B117-18, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.
11 c. B209-14, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet
12 and Plate.
13 d. B209-02a, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet
14 and Plate.
15 e. D4956-17, Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic
16 Control.
17 3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):
18 a. M120-08, Standard Specification for Zinc.
19 4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
20 5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and
21 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT):
22 a. Item 644, Small Roadside Sign Assemblies.
23 6. United States Military Standard (MIL):
24 a. C5541, Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys.
25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for
29 special signs.
30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
31 A. Shop Drawings
32 1. Submit sign shop drawings to City for review prior to fabrication.
33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
36 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
37 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements
38 1. Properly protect signs and parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during
39 the time of shipment until installation.
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Storage and Handling Requirements
2 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
3 66 00.
4 2. Ship, handle, and store completed sign blanks and completed signs so that corners,
5 edges, and faces are not damaged.
6 3. Replace unacceptable signs as directed by City.
7 4. Store all finished signs off the ground and in a vertical position until erected.
8 5. Store finished signs 60 inches x 60 inches or smaller in a weatherproof building.
9 a. Larger signs may be stored outside.
10 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
13 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
14 A. Items eligible for purchase from the City include:
15 1. Aluminum Signs.
16 2.2 MATERIALS
17 A. Manufacturers
18 1. Sign Sheeting
19 a. Acrylic Overlay Film
20 1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 1170
21 b. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film
22 1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 7725
23 c. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing
24 1) 3M Series 3930
25 d. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure
26 Sensitive Adhesive
27 1) 3M Series 4000
28 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be
29 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00.
30 B. Sign Blanks
31 1. New, unweathered, milled, rolled, and finished aluminum alloy meeting
32 requirements for 5052H38 in accordance with ASTM B209-14.
33 2. Free of buckle, crevice, warp, dent, cockles, burrs, corrosion, dirt, grease, oil, white
34 rust, fingerprints, and/or other irregularities.
35 3. Degreased and etched according to industry standards with an Alodine finish applied
36 in accordance with MIL-C5541, Class 1A.
37 4. Uniform thickness throughout.
38 C. Sign Sheeting
39 1. Acrylic Overlay Film
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Applied to Type I, Type II, Type IV, Type IX, and other retroreflective sheeting
2 for permanent signing.
3 b. Durable
4 c. Transparent
5 d. Acrylic
6 e. Electronic-cuttable
7 f. Coated with a transparent, pressure sensitive adhesive
8 g. Have a removable synthetic liner paper liner is not acceptable
9 h. Fill colors may be yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange.
10 2. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film
11 a. Applied to Type IV, Type XI (DG3) retroreflective sheeting for permanent
12 signing.
13 b. Durable
14 c. 2 mil opaque cast vinyl
15 d. Coated with a transparent, pressure-sensitive adhesive
16 e. Have a removable synthetic liner paper liner is not acceptable
17 f. Film colors may include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange.
18 3. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing
19 a. Combine with other components for permanent signing.
20 b. Unmetallized microplastic lens retroreflective element material
21 c. Smooth outer surface with the property of the retroreflector over its entire
22 surface.
23 1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent,
24 or other preparation for the adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces.
25 d. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, and brown.
26 4. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure Sensitive
27 Adhesive
28 a. Combine with other components for permanent signing.
29 b. Have the highest retroreflectivity characteristics at medium and short road
30 distances.
31 c. Microprismatic retroreflective element material
32 d. Smooth outer surface with the property of retroreflector over its entire surface.
33 1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent,
34 or other preparation for adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces.
35 e. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, brown, fluorescent
36 yellow, fluorescent yellow green, and fluorescent orange.
37 D. Telescopic Steel Sign Posts and Anchors
38 1. Provide posts and anchors in accordance with ASTM A1011 / A1011M-18a.
39 a. Minimum 60,000 psi yield strength.
40 b. Manufactured from raw steel.
41 c. Formed and welded on the corner prior to receiving a triple coat protection of
42 inline hot-dipped, galvanized zinc in accordance with AASHTO M-120-08 (0.8
43 ounces per square foot).
44 d. Provide chromate conversion coating and a cross-linked polyurethane acrylic
45 exterior coating.
46 e. Install double coat of zinc based organic coating on interior of posts.
47 1) Test coating in accordance with ASTM B-117-18.
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 E. Hardware
2 1. Provide galvanized steel, stainless steel, or dichromate-sealed aluminum for bolts,
3 nuts, washers, lock washers, screws, and other sign assembly hardware.
4 2. Use plastic or nylon washers to avoid tearing the reflective sheeting.
5 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
6 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
7 PART 3 - EXECUTION
8 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
9 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
10 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
11 3.4 FABRICATION
12 A. Sign Blanks
13 1. Provide sign blanks to the sizes and shapes specified in the Drawings, free of
14 buckles, warps, burrs, dents, cockles, or other defects.
15 2. Do not splice individual extruded aluminum panels.
16 3. Complete the fabrication of sign blanks, including the cutting and drilling or
17 punching of holes, before cleaning and degreasing.
18 4. After cleaning and degreasing, ensure the substrate does not come into contact with
19 grease, oils, or other contaminants before the application of the reflective sheeting.
20 B. Sign Sheeting
21 1. Use reflective sheeting from the same manufacturer for the entire face of a sign.
22 2. Apply sheeting to sign blanks in accordance with the recommended procedures of
23 the sheeting manufacturer.
24 3. Clean and prepare the outside surface of extruded aluminum flanges in the same
25 manner as the sign panel face.
26 4. Minimize the number of splices in the sheeting.
27 5. Overlap the lap-splices by at least 1/4 inch.
28 6. Provide a 1-foot minimum dimension for any piece of sheeting.
29 7. Do not splice sheeting for signs fabricated with transparent screen inks or colored
30 transparent films.
31 C. Sign messages
32 1. Fabricate sign messages to the sizes, types, and colors specified in the Drawings.
33 2. Use sign message material from the same manufacturer for the entire message of a
34 sign.
35 3. Ensure the screened messages have clean, sharp edges and exhibit uniform color
36 and reflectivity.
37 4. Prevent runs, sags, and voids.
38 D. Telescopic steel sign posts
39 1. Permissible variation in straightness is 1/16 inch in 3 feet.
40
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 2. Allowable tolerances are based on outside dimensions in accordance with the table
2 below.
3 a. Measurements for outside dimensions shall be made at least 2 inches from end
4 of tube.
5
Nominal Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Outside Tolerance
at all Side Corners
(inches)
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 –0.006
1-3/4 x 1-3/4 –0.008
2 x 2 –0.008
2-1/4 x 2-1/4 –0.010
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 –0.010
6
7 3. Permissible variation in wall thickness is plus 0.011 inches, minus 0.008 inches.
8 4. Measured in the center of the flat side tolerance is – 0.01 inch applied to the
9 specific size determined at the corner.
10 5. Allowable tolerance for squareness of sides and permissible twist are based on
11 outside dimensions in accordance with the table below.
12
Nominal
Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Squareness
Tolerance
(inches)
Twist Permissible
in 3 inches Lengths
(inches)
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 –0.009 0.050
1-3/4 x 1-3/4 –0.010 0.062
2 x 2 –0.012 0.062
2-1/4 x 2-1/4 –0.014 0.062
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 –0.015 0.075
13
14 6. All top posts must be capable of fracturing at the point of connection with a single
15 anchor when impacted. Posts must fracture in a manner to allow the piece inside of
16 the anchor to be removed and a new top post be installed.
17 7. The shape of all posts and anchors shall be square and straight with smooth tubing
18 welded in one corner with a tolerance that permits telescoping of the next larger or
19 small size, in 1/4-inch increments.
20 8. All anchors shall be 12 gauge with holes that are fully perforated 7/16-inch
21 diameter on 1-inch centers for at least the top 4 inches of the anchor while being
22 truly aligned in the center of the section.
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 9. All top posts shall be 14 gauge with holes that are die embossed knockouts on 1-
2 inch centers for the entire length of the post and truly aligned in the center of
3 section.
4
5 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
6 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
7 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
8 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
9 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
10 3.10 CLEANING
11 A. Wash completed signs with a biodegradable cleaning solution acceptable to the
12 manufactures of the sheeting, colored transparent film, and screen ink to remove grease,
13 oil, dirt, smears, streaks, finger marks, and other foreign material.
14 B. Wash again before final inspection after erection.
15 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
16 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
17 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
18 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
19 END OF SECTION
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 SECTION 34 71 13
2 TRAFFIC CONTROL - MODIFIED
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Installation of traffic control devices and preparation of traffic control plans
7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification:
8 1.Added 1.5.B.
9 2.Modified 1.5.C.1.
10 3.Modified 1.5.E.
11 4.Added 3.4.D.3 and 3.4.D.4.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to:
13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
14 Contract.
15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurement and Payment
18 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices
19 a. Measurement
20 1) Measured per month of traffic control installed.
21 a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days.
22 b. Payment
23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
24 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
25 price bid per month for Installation of Traffic Control Devices installed.
26 c. The price bid shall include:
27 1) Traffic control implementation
28 2) Maintenance
29 3) Adjustments
30 4) Replacements
31 5) Removal
32 6) Police assistance during peak hours, when required by City
33 2. Portable Message Signs
34 a. Measurement
35 1) Measured per week for the duration of use.
36 b. Payment
37 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
38 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
39 price bid per week for Portable Message Sign rental.
40 c. The price bid shall include:
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 1) Delivery of portable message sign to Site
2 2) Message updating
3 3) Sign movement throughout construction
4 4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post-construction
5 3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details
6 a. Measurement
7 1) Measured per each Traffic Control Detail prepared.
8 b. Payment
9 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item
10 and measured as provided under Measurement will be paid for at the unit
11 price bid per each Traffic Control Detail prepared.
12 c. The price bid shall include:
13 1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or
14 longer.
15 2) Adherence to City and TMUTCD.
16 3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer.
17 4) Incorporation of City comments.
18
19 1.3 REFERENCES
20 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
21 1. TMUTCD Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices
22 B. Reference Standards
23 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard
24 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section
25 unless a date is specifically cited.
26 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
27 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for
28 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges:
29 a. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling of the Texas Department of
30 Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of
31 Highways, Streets, and Bridges.
32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
33 A. Coordination
34 1. Contact City Traffic Control Operations (940-349-8462) a minimum of 48 hours
35 prior to implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal.
36 B. Sequencing
37 1. Any deviations to the Traffic Control Plan specified in the Drawings must first be
38 approved by the City and design Engineer before implementation.
39 1.5 SUBMITTALS
40 A. Provide the City with a current list of qualified flaggers before beginning flagging
41 activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list.
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 B. Provide the City with a designated contact person who shall be responsible for
2 taking or directing corrective actions regarding traffic control on the project. The
3 designated person shall be accessible by phone at any time of the day and be able
4 to respond when notified.
5 C. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the Streets Division, 901 Texas St., Denton, TX 76209.
6 1. The Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic
7 Control Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set or as prepared by the Contractor
8 or Traffic Control Subcontractor.
9 2. A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted with the Street Use Permit.
10 D. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional
11 Engineer.
12 E. Contractor shall prepare or cause to have prepared Traffic Control Plans if required
13 by the Contract Documents or Construction Plans.
14 1. The Contractor will be responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional
15 Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets.
16 F. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site-specific traffic control plan.
17 G. Contractor is responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional Engineer sign and
18 seal changes to the Traffic Control Plan(s) developed by the Design Engineer.
19 H. Design Engineer will furnish standard details for Traffic Control.
20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
25 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
28 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
29 2.2 MATERIALS
30 A. Description
31 1. Regulatory Requirements
32 a. Provide Traffic Control Devices in accordance with the details specified in the
33 Drawings, TMUTCD, and TxDOTs Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control
34 Device List (CWZTCDL).
35 2. Materials
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 a. Traffic Control Devices in accordance with all reflectivity requirements
2 included in the TMUTCD and TxDOT Item 502 at all times during
3 construction.
4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
6 PART 3 - EXECUTION
7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
9 3.3 PREPARATION
10 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions
11 1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment.
12 3.4 INSTALLATION
13 A. Follow the Traffic Control Plan and install Traffic Control Devices as specified in the
14 Drawings and as directed by the City.
15 B. Install Traffic Control Devices straight and plumb.
16 C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implement any other changes to
17 the Traffic Control Plan without the approval of the Engineer.
18 1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructability and visibility are allowed.
19 D. Maintain Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible.
20 1. Corrective action includes but is not limited to cleaning, replacing, straightening,
21 covering, or removing devices.
22 2. Maintain the devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible,
23 and that retroreflective characteristics are in accordance with TMUTCD
24 requirements after dark and during rain events.
25 3.The Contractor, through the designated contact person, is responsible for
26 ensuring that corrective action is taken in a timely manner.
27 4.Failure to take corrective actions for traffic control in a timely manner may
28 result in the City deducting costs incurred in taking corrective action on its
29 own from the money due to the Contractor for traffic control.
30 E. If the City discovers the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable Federal, State,
31 and local requirements, the City may order additional precautionary measures be taken
32 to protect persons and property.
33 F. Subject to the approval of the City, portions of this Project not affected by or in conflict
34 with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adjustments can be constructed
35 during any phase.
36 G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight
37 distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets.
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 H. To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may
2 be erected and mounted on portable supports.
3 1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer.
4 I. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plans.
5 J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction
6 operations, provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as approved by the
7 Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control.
8 K. Contractor shall make arrangements for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic signal
9 turn-ons, street light pole installation, or other construction will be done during peak
10 traffic times.
11 1. AM peak traffic time: 7 AM 9 AM
12 2. PM peak traffic time: 4 PM - 6 PM
13 L. Flaggers
14 1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor
15 through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American
16 Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, or other approved
17 organizations.
18 a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested.
19 b. The certified representative is responsible for verifying all flaggers are qualified
20 to perform flagging duties.
21 2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by one of the organizations
22 listed above or trained by the Contractors certified flagging instructor.
23 3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively communicate with the public.
24 4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, signals, and
25 flagging procedures in accordance with the TMUTCD.
26 5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time to provide
27 for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractors personnel, and as
28 specified in the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
29 a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure.
30 M. Removal
31 1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights,
32 and other Traffic Control Devices used for work-zone traffic handling in a timely
33 manner, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
34 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
35 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
36 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
37 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
38 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
39 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8935
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 250002-1
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
2 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
5 END OF SECTION
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7